HomeMy WebLinkAbout18- Project Manual - a118 - Story Mill Park Community Center l
4
i
l
(
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
( City of Bozeman
i
(
hf
1
PROJECT MANUAL November 9, 2017
CONTRACT COPY NO. /
JANUARY 10, 2018
1 1E3
115 East Oak Street Bozeman Montana 59715
www.arch 118.com 406-404-1777
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
4,
Bond No. 9185894
AIA Document A312
Performance Bored
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY(Name and Principal Place of Business):
R & R Taylor Construction, Inc. Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
P.O. Box 1234 1299 Zurich Way
Bozeman, MT 59771-1234 Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056
OWNER (Name and Address):
City of Bozeman
PO Box 1231
Bozeman, MT 59771-1230
CONSTRUCTIrr�C N RACT
Date: I`�
Amount: $250,000.00 Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars and 00/100
Description (Name and Location): Story Mill Community Center Renovation, Bozeman, Montana
BOND
Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): (flat I
Amount: $250,000.00 Two Hundred Fifty Thousand tars and 00/100
Modifications to this Bond: ® None ❑ See Page 3
CONTRACTOR AS INC AL SURETY
Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)
R & R Tay!or ons ruc 'on, Inc. Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryla
signature:_' Signature: 1)
Nagle and Title: ,�,( f9A pI L' Name and Title:Naomi Gerber
Attorney-in-Fact
(Any addiiionat si n res appear on page 3) {°
(FOP INFORMATION ONLY-Name,Address and Telephone) OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect,[ er
AGENT or BROKER: party) =
PayneWest Insurance, Inc.
3289 Gabel Road
Billings, MT 59102
406-238-1914
AIA DOCUMENTA312-PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND-DECEMBER 1984 ED.-AIA OO
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A312-1984 1
THIRD PRINTING-MARCH 1987
I The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, which it may be liable to the Owner and, as
bind themselves, their heirs, executors,administrators, soar,as practicable after the amount is deter-
successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance mined, tender payment therefor to the
of the Construction Contract,which is incorporated herein Owner; or
by reference. .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the
2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, Owner citing reasons therefor.
the Surety and the Contractor shalt have no obligation
under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as a if the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph
provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 4 with reasonable promptness,the Surety shalt be deemed
to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an
3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety
under this Bond shall arise after: demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under
3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the this Bond,and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any
Surety at its address described in Paragraph 1il (�etoev remedy available to the Owner. if the Surety proceeds as
that the its ad #s considering in Paragraph
a Contractor provided in Subparagraph 4.4,and the Owner refuses the
Default and has is and attempted#o arrange a payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in
requestedp g_ whole orin part,without further notice the Owner shall be
conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the owner,
held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such
notice to discuss methods of performing the Consiruc- to After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right
lion Contract. If the (Owner, the Contractor and the to complete the Construction Contract,and if the Surety
Surety agree,the Contractor shall be allowed a reason- elects to act under Subparagraph 4,1, 4,2, or 4.3 above,
able time to perform the Construction Contract, but then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall
such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right,if not be greater than those of the Contractor under the
any,subsequently to declare a Contractor Default;and Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the
3.2 The[owner has declared a Contractor Default and Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the
formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete Owner under the Construction Contract.To the limit of the
the contract,Such Contractor Default shall not be de-ate amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the
dared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of
Sure-
the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub- costs and damages on the Construction Contract,the Sure-
the Surety
have
and ty is obligated without duplication for:
par3.� The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor- for correc-
Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the lion of defective work and completion of the Construct
terms of the Construction Contract car to a contractor lion Contract;
selected to performs the Construction Contract inaccor- 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay
dance with the terms of the contract with the Owner. costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and re-
4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para- sulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety.
graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex-
under Paragraph 4; and
pense•take one of the following actions: 6.3 Liquidated damages,or if no liquidated damages
4.1 Arrange for the Contractor,with consent of the are specified in the Construction Contract,actual darn-
& ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor-
Owner, to perform and complete the Construction manse of the Contractor.
Contract; or
4.2 undertake to perform and complete the Construe 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner orothers for
Lion Contract itself,through its agents or through lode- obligationsof the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con-
e g g struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price
pendent contractors; or shall not be reduced of set off on account of any such
4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on
qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or
contract for performance and completion of the Con- its heirs, executors, administrators or successors.
struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre- g The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,includ-
pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor ing changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to
Selected with the Owners concurrence,to be secured related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga-
with performance and payment bonds executed by a lions.
qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the
Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond
amount of damages as described In Paragraph 6 in ex• may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in
cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the the location in which tht:work or part of thework is located
Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or and shall be Instituted tuition two years after Contractor
4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete,arrange Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased
for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with working orwithin two years after the Surety refuses or fails
reasonable promptness under the circumstances: to perform its obligations under this Bond,whichever oc-
curs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or
.1 After investigation,determine the amount for prohibited by law,the minimum period of limitation avail-
AIA DOCUMENT A312*PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND o DECEMBER 1984 ED.-AIA
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHiNGTON,D.C.20006 A312-1984 2
THIRD PRINTING-MARCH 1987
able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit tractor of any amounts received or to be received by
shall be applicable. the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims
10 Notice to the Surety,the Owner or the Contractor shall for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re-
be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig- duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on
nature page. behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con-
tract.
11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a 12.2 Construction Contract:The agreement between
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
the construction was to be performed,any provision in this nature page, including all Contract Documents and
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement changes thereto,
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor,
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this which has neither been remedied nor waived,to per-
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the
common law bond. Construction Contract.
12 DEFINITIONS 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner,which has
12.1 Balance of the Contract Price:The total amount neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
Construction Contract after all proper adjustments perform and complete or campiywith the other terms
p p 1 thereof:
have been made, including allowance to the Con-
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY
Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)
Signature: Signature:
Name and Title: Name and Title:
Address: Address:
AIA DOCUMENT A312-PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND-DECEMBER 1984 ED.-AIA
THE AMERIC.AN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A312-1984 3
THIRD PRINTING-MARCH 1987
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
l�
Bond No. 9185894
AIA DocumentA392
Payment Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY(Name and Principal Place of Business):
R & R Taylor Construction, Inc. Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
P.O. Box 1234
Bozeman, MT 59771-1234 1299 Zurich Way
OWNER (Name and Address): Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056
City of Bozeman
PO Box 1231
Bozeman, MT 59771-1230
CONSTRUCTION �ONTRACT
Date: I I�l
Amount: $250.000.00 Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars and 00/100
Description (Name and Location):Story Mill Community Center Renovation, Bozeman, Montana
BOND
Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date):
Amount: $250,000.00 Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars and 00/100
Modifications to this Bond: ❑ None ❑X See Page 6
CONTRACTOR A RIN IPAL SURETY
Company: (Corporate 1) Company: (Corporate Seal)
R & R Taylor nstructi Inc. Fidelity and Deposit Company of Mare duuoij,
Signature: Signature:
nlame and Tiitljsnat
rti Y Name and Title: Naomi Gerber c'
u Attorney-in-Fact p89Q
(Any additional s appear on page 6) _ j"a
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name,Address and Telephone) OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect,Engineerorother
AGENT or BROKER: parts')
PayneWest Insurance, Inc.
3289 Gabel Road
Billings, MT 59102
406-238-1914
AIA DOCUMENT A312 o PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND.DECEMBER 1984 ED..AIA d
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A312-1984 4
THIRD PRINTING.MARCH 1987
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, 5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is sufficient
successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, compliance.
materials and equipment furnished for use in the 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of
performance of the Construction Contract, which is Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's
incorporated herein by reference. expense take the following actions:
2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the
and void if the Contractor: Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating
2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly,for the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for
all Sums due Claimants, and challenging any amounts that are disputed.
2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed
Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any amounts,
person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the
the payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be
for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, credited for any payments made in good faith by the
provided the Owner has promptly notified the Surety.
Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in
Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the
and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of
or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, and provided the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under
there is no Owner Default. any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor
3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree
and void if the Contractor promptly makes payment, that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of
directly or indirectly, for all sums due. the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy
obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this
4. The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the
this Bond until: completion of the work.
4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or
contract with the Contractor have given notice to the others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to
Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and the Construction Contract. The Owner shall riot be liable for
sent a copy,or notice thereof,to the Owner, stating that payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under
a claim is being made under this Bond and, with this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to
substantial accuracy,the amount of the claim. make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise
have obligations to Claimants under this Bond.
4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with
the Contractor: 10-The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,
including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to
.1 Have furnished written notice to the Contractor related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations.
and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the
Owner, within 90 days after having last 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant
performed labor or last furnished materials or under this Bond other than in a court of competent
equipment included in the claim stating, with jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim work is located or after the expiration of one year from the
and the name of the party to whom the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by
materials were furnished or supplied or for Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last
whom the labor was done or performed; and labor or service was performed by anyone or the last
materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the
.2 'Have either received a rejection in whole or in Construction Contract, whichever of(1) or(2)first occurs. If
part from the Contractor, or not received within the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by
30 days of furnishing the above notice any law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as
communication from the Contractor by which a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.
the Contractor has indicated the claim will be
paid directly or indirectly; and 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall
be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the
.3 Not having been paid within the above 30 signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the
days, have sent a written notice to the Surety Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be
(at the address described in Paragraph 12) sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address
and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the shown on the signature page.
Owner, stating that a claim is being made
under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
previous written notice furnished to the statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the
Contractor. construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond
AIA DOCUMENT A312-PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND-DECEMBER 1984 ED.-AIA
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N-W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A312-1984 5
THIRD PRINTING-MARCH 1987
conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be service or rental equipment used in the Construction
deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to Contract, architectural and engineering services
such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed required for performance of the work of the Contractor
incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other
construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in
bond. the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or
equipment were furnished.
14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a
potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall 15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement
promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy between the Owner and the Contractor identified on
to be made. the signature page, including all Contract Documents
and changes thereto.
15 DEFINITIONS
15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner,which has
15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the
contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or
the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment to perform and complete or comply with the other
for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent terms thereof.
of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the
terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of
water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:
§6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Section 4,the Surety shall promptly and at the
Surety's expense take the following actions:
§6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant,with a copy to the Owner,within 4-560.days after receipt of the claim,
stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts,that are disputed.
§6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts.
&6.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations under this Section 6 shall not be deemed to constitute
a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor mahave or acquire as to a claim.however,if the Surety
fails to discharge its obligations under this Section 6,the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the
reasonable attorniU's fees the Claimant incurs to recover qpy sums found to be due and owing to the
Claimant.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties,other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY
Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)
Signature: Signature:
Name and Title: Name and Title:
Address: Address:
AIA DOCUMENT A312*PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND*DECEMBER 1984 ED..AIA
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A312-1984 6
THIRD PRINTING.MARCH 1987
Bond Number 9185894
Obligee: City of Bozeman
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation of the State of New
York,the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,a corporation of the State of Maryland,and the FIDELITY
AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by
Michael P.Bond,Vice President,in pursuance of authority granted by Article V,Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies,which are
set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof,do hereby nominate,constitute,
and appoint Naomi Gerber its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to
make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the
execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon said Companies,as fully and amply,to all
intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN
INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills,Maryland.,and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND
DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland.,in their own proper persons.
The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V,Section 8,of
the By-Laws of said Companies,and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND,this 24th day of April,A.D.2017.
ATTEST:
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
EAL
By: Michael A Bond
Vice President
- FP}pA�LI'ps�`
d �I�. 1♦
�\ 4'ufft
By: Dawn E.Brown
Secretary
State of Maryland
Count),of Baltimore
On this 24th day of April, A.D.2017, before the subscriber,a Notary Public of the State of Maryland,duly commissioned and qualified,Michael P.
Bond,Vice President and Dawn E.Brown,Secretary of the Companies,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who
executed the preceding instrument,and acknowledged the execution of same,and being by me duly swom,deposeth and saith,that he/she is the said officer of
the Company aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and that the said Corporate Seals and
the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written.
%N�g jPAM 4 1?,i
M1�uJtNQT.iq}.\{a
Constance A.Dunn,Notary Public
My Commission Expires:July 9,2019 e�mniti�r�
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES
"Article V,Section 8,Attomeys-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer,the President,or any Executive Vice President or Vice President
may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies,
recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such
attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto;and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any
time."
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the
foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate;and I do further certify that Article V,Section 8,of
the By-Laws of the Companies is still in force.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998.
RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such
facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company."
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of
May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a
meeting duly called and held on the I0th day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature
of any Vice-President,Secretary,or Assistant Secretary of the Company,whether made heretofore or hereafter,wherever appearing upon a
certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have her to subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies,
this day of 20 1
eo osP s, �tins4�., µs+sgt�y,
o r
Je�y�x•�3f� : Ony 8
SEAL
4 r,nl 4�Wiuu�.H.o`a�
Michael C.Fay,Vice President
TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND,PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION
OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND,THE BOND NUMBER,AND YOUR CONTACT
INFORMATION TO:
Zurich Surety Claims
1299 Zurich Way
Schaumburg,IL 60196-1056
www.zurichna.com/en/claims
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Call For Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Notices
Bidder's Checklist
Bid Form
Non-Discrimination Affirmation Form
Notice of Award
Construction Agreement
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
List of Subcontractors
Schedule of Values
Montana Prevailing Wage Rates for Building Construction Services 2017
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division 1 - General Requirements
Summary... ............ . .. .. ..... .... . ........ .. ....... ............. ......................................................... 011000
Alternates .... ..... . . . ...... . .............. .. . .. .................................. .........—......................................... 012300
Contract Modification Procedures ..... .... . . . ... .... . ... ...... .... ..... .. .. ......... . .... . ....... . . .. .................01250
Payment Procedures......... .. ... ..... .......... .. ...... .. . ........ . ....... . .. .. ... .... ..........................................01290
SubmittalProcedures ....... . . . ....... . ............ .... ..... ........... ... ...... . ......... ... . ..................................01330
Temporary Facilities and Controls............. .... ............... ....... ... .... ................ ....... ..................01500 '
Construction Waste Management.. .... ... .. .......... ....... .... ...... . . ..... . .... . ......... ........... . .... ..........01524
ProductRequirements............ .. .. ...... . ........ ... ..... . ... ... . ..... ... ....... . ......... . ................................ 01600
Execution Requirements....... .......... ... . ......... . .. .. .. ......... . .. ......... ................,,.,,,.,, 01700
Cuttingand Patching....... ........ .. ... ..... ........ ...... ......... ...... .. ... ...... ...............................— 01731
SelectiveDemolition. .... .... ... ............ ... ........ .. . ... ....... . . ..... . ....................................................... 01732
CloseoutProcedures—,........ ........ ..... ... ............ ...... ........ .......... ........................................... 01770
Operation and Maintenance Data...... .... . 1........ . ...... .. . ... .. .... ....... . .......... . .... ..... ................. 017823
ProjectRecord Documents........................................................................................................................... 017839
Division 2— Site Construction
SelectiveDemolition................................... .......... .......... ........ ......... ....................................... 024119
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC- 1
Division 3— Concrete
Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete .......................................................................................... ....... 033053
Division 4— Masonry (No requirements this Division)
Division 5— Metals
Pipe and Tube Railings .......................................................................................................................... 055213
Division 6— Wood and Plastics
Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry ............................................................................................................ 061 053
Division 7— Thermal and Moisture Protection
Thermal Insulation.................................................................................................................................. 072100
Weather Barriers ............................................................................................................... ...... ............. 072 500
Vapor Retarders ..................................................................................................................................... 072600
Division 8— Doors and Windows
Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ........................................................................................................ 081113
Flush Wood Doors ................................................................................................................................. 081416
Coiling Counter Doors............................................................................................................................ 083323
Door Hardware ......................................................................................................... ............................. 087100
Automatic Door Operators .............................................................................—.....,............................... 087113
Glazing ................................................................................................................................................... 088000
Division 9— Finishes
Gypsum Board ....................................................................................................................................... 092900
Acoustical Panel Ceilings ....................................................................................................................... 095113
Resilient Base and Accessories .............................................................................................................096513
Exterior Painting ................................................................—.......—.,,.,,.,,,,,,.......,...................................099113
Interior Painting ......................................................................................................................................099123
Division 10 — Specialties (No requirements this Division)
Division 11 — Equipment (No requirements this Division)
Division 12— Furnishings (No requirements this Division)
Division 13 — Special Construction (No requirements this Division)
Division 14 — Conveying Systems (No requirements this Division)
Division 21 - Fire Suppression
Automatic Sprinkler System ................................................................................................................... 211300
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-2
Division 22- Plumbing
Building Mechanical Plumbing Requirements.........................................................................................220000
Demolition....................................................................................................................................................220010
General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping.,.............................................................................................220523
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.........................................................1.,..,.,220529
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment..................................................................................220553
PlumbingPiping Insulation ........................................................................................................... ............220719
Plumbing Piping and Specialties .........................................—....................................................................221010
PlumbingFixtures .....................................................................................................................................224200
Division 23- Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning(HVAC)
Building Mechanical HVAC Requirements.............................................................................................230000 '..
Demolition,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,—..,,.,,,,,,,,..,.,,,,,..,,,,,..,,,,,,.,,,..,.,.,,,,.,.,,,,,,,,,,,,.,....,....,,,.,.....,,,,...............,.................230010
General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping.....................................................................................................230523
Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.... . .. .. .... .. ..... . ... ..... . ..... .... . . . ............ 230529
Antifreeze....................... ...... ...........11,...... ...... ....................................230540
Identification for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment............ .....................I................1 230553
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ................................................................................................................230593
HVACPiping and Duct Insulation . .. ....... . . ............ .... ... .... .... . ........ ....... ..... . . ..... .................230719
Temperature Controls—Standalone ......................................................................................................230901
HVACPiping and Pipe Fittings ..............................................................................................................232113
HydronicSpecialties....... ......... ......... ........... . ...... .......... ........... .. ........................................232116
In-Line Circulating P,mps HVAC ................................................................................................................232123
Ductwork .....................................................................................................................................................233100
Ductwork Accessories ..... . ........ ........ .......,........................... ..........................................................233300
ExhaustFans .... .......... .. ....... . ....... . ........ ......... ... .......... .. . .................................... ............233401
Diffusers, Registers and Grilles...................................................................................................................233713
Louvers ,,..............................,,,,,,, , , ,,,,,,, ..........,.......................................233723
Heat Recovery Ventilator........... .. .. ..... . .. ......... ... ... ... . .......... ............ ...... ... .........................237219
Packaged, Outdoor, Heating-Only Makeup-Air Units............... .. ....... ..... . .......... ...... .... .. ..............237423
HotWater Coils .................... . ........ .. ........ . .... .. ....._... ...,.... .....,........................................238216
ElectricDuct Heaters ........ .. ....... . ......... ........ .. ......... . ........ ....... .. . ........................................238335
Division 26- Electrical
Electrical General Requirements ... . ........ ... ..........................................................................................260500
Medium, Low& Control Voltage Cables .... . . .......... .......... .... . .. ... ... .... ... . ... . ..... ....... .. .. .... ......260513
Grounding & Bonding for Electrical .. ... .... ..... ... .. ... ........ ..... . ...... ............. .. . . ...... ....... . ...........260526
Electrical Materials & Methods ..... . .......... . ... ... .. ....I.. . ........ .... . .. .. . .........., .. ,,,....,,.,...............260533
Electrical Acceptance Tests ....... .I........ ..... .. ... .... ... I...................................................... ............,,260800
WiringDevices ... ........... .. ...... ......... .... ..... .. ....... . ... ........ . .............................................. ......262726
MotorControls...... .. ..... . .......... .......I. ....... .I........ .......... ,.. .......................................,,..........262900
InteriorLighting ... . ....... ............. ... .. ... ...... ......... . . ........ .. .....................................................265100
Division 27 - Communications
Computer, Network &Telephone Low Voltage Cabling .... ..... . ... . . ........ ........................... ........... 2 71500
Division 28- Electronic Safety and Security (No requirements this Division)
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC 3
Division 31 - Earthwork (No requirements this Division)
Division 32 Exterior Improvements (No requirements this Division)
Division 33- Utilities (No requirements this Division)
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 4
CITY OF BOZEMAN, MONTANA
CALL FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Bozeman, Montana, is accepting sealed bids for:
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
Separate sealed bids for renovation of the Story Mill Park Community Center will be received by
the City Clerk at the office of City Hall, 121 North Rouse Ave.,P.O. Box 1230,Bozeman,Montana
59771-1230 until 2:00 p.m., local time, DECEMBER 13, 2017 and then publicly opened and read
aloud.
Please write the name of the project on the front of the sealed bid.
The physical address is:
City Clerk's Office, Suite 202, City Hall, 121 No. Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, Montana.
The mailing address is:
City Clerk's Office, Suite 202, City Hall, P.O. Box 1230, Bozeman, Montana 59771.
Bids must be received before 2:00 p.m., local time, DECEMBER 13, 2017. Original copies must
be submitted-no faxed or electronic bids will be accepted. Bids will be opened and read following
the close of bids.
The project work is generally described as follows:
The Work includes exterior concrete improvements, including new concrete landings, steps, and
ramps. The Work includes the replacement of exterior and interior doors and hardware. The Work
includes the interior renovation of office and multi-purpose spaces. The Work includes necessary
mechanical, electrical, and fire sprinkler system upgrades and modifications.
Bidding Documents will be distributed to various Montana builder's exchanges. Bidding
Documents will be available from the Architect in electronic PDF format. For access to electronic
documents, bidders should contact Architecture 118; 115 East Oak Street; Bozeman, Montana
59715; (406) 404-1777. Questions and other inquiries regarding the Bidding Documents should
be directed to Scott Stroh at Architecture 118.
There will be a Pre-Bid Conference at the Story Mill Park Community Center, 600 Bridger Drive,
Bozeman, MT 59715 at 1:30 PM, Tuesday November 21, 2017. Interested CONTRACTORS are
encouraged to attend or send a representative.
CONTRACTOR and any of the CONTRACTOR'S subcontractors doing work on this project will
be required to obtain registration with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry (DLI).
Forms for registration are available from the Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011,
1805 Prospect Avenue,Helena,Montana 59604-8011. Information on registration can be obtained
by calling 1-406-444-7734. CONTRACTOR is not required to have registered with the DLI prior
to bidding on this project, but must have registered prior to execution of the
Section 00100
CALL FOR BIDS
Page 1 of 2
Construction Agreement. All laborers and mechanics employed by CONTRACTOR or
subcontractors in performance of the construction work shall be paid wages at rates as may be
required by the laws of Gallatin County and the state of Montana. Discrimination in the
performance of any contract awarded under this invitation on the basis of race, color, religion,
creed, sex, age, marital status, national origin, or actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender
identity or disability is prohibited. This prohibition shall apply to the hiring and treatment of the
awarded entity's employees and to all subcontracts. Every entity submitting under this invitation
must sign and return the required affirmation.
Each bid or proposal must be accompanied by a Certified Check, Cashier's Check, or Bid Bond
payable to the City of Bozeman,Montana,in an amount not less than ten percent(10%)of the total
amount of the bid. Successful BIDDERS,shall furnish an approved Performance Bond and a Labor
and Materials Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract
amount. Insurance as required shall be provided by the successful BIDDER(s) and a certificate(s)
of that insurance shall be provided.
No bid may be withdrawn after the scheduled time for the public opening of bids, which is at 2:00
p.m., local time, DECEMBER 13,2017.
The right is reserved to reject any or all proposals received,to waive informalities,to postpone the
award of the contract for a period of not to exceed sixty (60) days, and to accept the lowest
responsive and responsible bid which is in the best interest of the OWNER.
The Contractor is required to be an Equal Opportunity Employer.
DATED at Bozeman, Montana,this 9th day of November 2017.
Robin Crough, CMC
City Clerk, City of Bozeman
Published Bozeman, Montana,
November 12, 2017
November 19, 2017
November 26, 2017
December 3, 2017
Section 00100
CALL FOR BIDS
Page 2 of 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BIDS: All Bids must be made on the forms provided in the Contract Documents. All Bids must be
legibly written in ink, with total Bid amount given in words and figures. No alterations by erasures
or interlineations will be permitted in Bids or in the printed forms. Each Bid shall be enclosed in a
sealed envelope addressed to the City Clerk, City Hall, 121 N. Rouse Avenue,
P.O. Box 1230,Bozeman,Montana 59771-1230,and endorsed on the outside of the envelope with
the words:
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
Bids shall be strictly in accordance with the prescribed form. Any modifications thereof or
deviations therefrom may be considered as sufficient cause for rejection. Bids carrying riders or
qualifications to the Bid being submitted may be rejected as irregular.
BID SECURITY: To be considered,the Bid must be accompanied by a bid security unconditionally
payable to the City of Bozeman for ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. Each Bidder
shall expressly covenant in the Bid that if the Bidder is awarded the contract, the Bidder will,within
thirty (30) days after the Bid is awarded, enter into a formal contract and give an approved
performance bond and a labor and materials payment bond to secure the performance of the terms
and conditions of the contract. Bid security must be provided in a form specified in §18-1-203,
MCA, which includes,but is not limited to, certified check, cashier's check, bank draft, bid bond,
guaranty bond, or surety bond. Bid security through a bid, guaranty or surety bond must be issued
by a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Montana. The Bid security protects
and indemnifies the City against the failure or refusal of the successful Bidder to timely enter
into the contract.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDERS: Each Bid must be signed in ink by the Bidder with the Bidder's full
name and with its business address or place of residence. In case of a firm or partnership, the name
and residence of each member must be inserted. In case the Bid is submitted by, or on behalf of, a
corporation, it must be signed in the name of such corporation by an official who is authorized to
bind the corporation, and who shall also affix the corporate seal of such corporation. The Bid of a
corporation which is signed by a person other than a corporate officer must be accompanied by a
Power of Attorney showing that person's authority.
ONLY ONE PROPOSAL: No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Two Bids under different
names will not be received from one firm or association.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF AGENT: Any person signing a Bid as the agent of another, or of others,
may be required to submit satisfactory evidence of the authority to do so. The title of the person(s)
executing the Bid or Agreement shall be clearly indicated beneath his signature.
TITLE: The position title of any person executing the Bid and Agreement shall be clearly indicated
beneath the authorized person's signature.
QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be required to submit satisfactory evidence that
they have a practical knowledge of the particular work bid upon, and that they have the
Instruction to Bidders
Pagel of 8
necessary financial resources to complete the proposed work.
In determining the lowest responsible Bid, City will consider the following elements: whether the
Bidder involved (a) maintains a permanent place of business; (b) has adequate plant and equipment
to do the work properly and expeditiously; (c) has a suitable financial status to meet obligations
incident to the work; and (d) has appropriate technical experience and experience in projects of
comparable scope and complexity that were satisfactorily completed.
Each Bidder may be required to show that former work performed by it has been handled in such a
manner that there are no just or proper claims pending against such work. No Bidder will be
acceptable if the Bidder is engaged on any other work which impairs its ability to finance its
Agreement with the City. The Bidder shall demonstrate its ability by meeting all requirements
herein stipulated, when requested.
Bidder is not deemed a responsible bidder if Bidder is delinquent in payment of property taxes or
special improvement district assessments for at least six (6)months.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The principle Contract Documents for this Project include,but are not limited to,the following:
Call For Bids
Instructions To Bidders
Notices
Bidders Checklist
Bid Form
Non-Discrimination Affirmation Form
Notice of Award
Construction Agreement
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
List of Subcontractors
Schedule of Values
Montana Prevailing Wage Rates for Building Construction Services; January 7, 2017
Technical Specifications
Construction Drawings
EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE: Before submitting a Bid,
each Bidder must: (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b)visit the site to become
familiar with location conditions that may in any manner affect cost,progress or performance of
the Work; (c)become familiar with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
that may in any manner affect cost,progress or performance of the Work; and (d) study and
carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents.
On request, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such investigations and
tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Any administrative requirements
Instruction to Bidders
Page 2 of 8
and associated costs of such investigations are the responsibility of the Bidder.
The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way for access thereto and other lands
designated for use by Bidder in performing the Work are identified in the specifications or on the
drawings.
The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of this section and that the Contract Documents are
sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for
performance of the work.
Where logs of test borings are included in the contract plans, such logs do not constitute a part of the
Agreement and are included only for the convenience of the Bidder and do not relieve the Bidder of
its duties under this section or of any other responsibility under the Construction Agreement.
No information derived from any inspection of records of investigation or compilation thereof made
by the City will in any way relieve the Bidder from properly performing its obligations under the
Construction Agreement.
INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: If any person contemplating submitting a
Bid for this project is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications, or other
proposed Contract Documents, such person may submit to the City a written request for an
interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery.
Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued and a
copy of any such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person requesting a set of such
documents.
TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion of the Work is a basic consideration of the
Agreement. It will be necessary that the Bidder satisfy the City of the Bidder's ability to complete
the Work within the stipulated time.
ADDENDA: Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, or forming a part of the Contract
Documents loaned to the Bidder for the preparation of a proposal, shall be covered in the Bid and
shall be made a part of the Construction Agreement. Receipt of each addendum shall be
acknowledged in the Bid. Any Bid in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be
considered incomplete and will not be read.
Instruction to Bidders
Page 3 of 8
PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided in these Contract
Documents. Proposals shall be in a sealed envelope and addressed to:
City Clerk
City Hall
121 N. Rouse Avenue
P.O. Box 1230
Bozeman, MT 59771-1230
The envelope shall also contain the following information:
Name of Project:
Name of Bidder:
Montana Certificate of Contractor Registration No.
Acknowledge Receipt of Addendum No.: , ,
In the lower left hand corner of the envelope print or type:
BID DOCUMENTS -DO NOT OPEN UNTIL 2:00 P.M.,DECEMBER 12, 2017.
Proposals shall be made in accordance with the following instructions:
A Bids shall be made in ink upon the unaltered Bid Proposal Form supplied with these
documents.
B. All blank spaces must be properly filled.
C. The total Bid price must be stated in both writing and in figures. In case of a
discrepancy between unit price and total Bid price, the unit prices or lump sum prices shall be used
in computing the total Bid price.
D. The proposal form shall contain no additions, conditions, stipulations, erasures, or
other irregularities.
E The proposal must acknowledge receipt of all addenda issued.
E The proposal must be signed in ink and display the Bidder's name, address, and
current Montana Contractor's License Number.
SIGNING OF BIDS: Bids which are not signed by individuals making them shall have attached
thereto a power of attorney evidencing authority to sign the bid in the name of the person for whom
it is signed.
Instruction to Bidders
Page 4 of 8
Bids which are signed for a co-partnership shall be signed by all of the co-partners or by an attorney-
in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there shall be attached to the Bid a power of attorney
evidencing authority to sign the bid.
Bids which are signed for a corporation shall have the correct corporate name thereof signed in
handwriting or in typewriting and the signature of the president or other authorized officer of the
corporation shall be manually written below the written or typewritten corporate name following the
work:
By:
Corporate Seal
Title:
If Bids are signed for any other legal entity,the authority of the person signing for such legal entity
should be attached to the Bid.
BID REQUIREMENTS The Bidder is expected to base its bid on materials and equipment
complying fully with the plans and specifications and, in the event the Bidder names in its bid
materials or equipment which do not conform, the Bidder will be responsible for furnishing
materials and equipment which fully conform at no charge in its bid price.
Before submitting a proposal, each Bidder should read the complete Contract Documents (including
all addenda, if such exist), specifications and plans, including all related documents containing
herein, all of which contain provisions applicable not only to the successful Bidder, but also to such
Bidder's subcontractors.
BID QUANTITIES: Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the locations of
the proposed Work and by such other means as they may prefer as to the correctness of any quantities.
WITHDRAWAL OF BID: No Bidder may withdraw any bid for a period as specified in the
Request For Bid after the date and hour set for the opening declared herein. Prior to that time,
Bidder may withdraw a Bid by written request. The request to withdraw a bid must be signed in the
same manner and by the same person or persons who signed the Bid.
ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION OF THE BIDS: The City reserves the right to accept or reject
the Bids, or portions of Bids if denoted in the Bid as separate schedules, and to award more than one
Bid or schedule for the same Bid if any of the aforementioned combination of Bids or schedules will
be in the best interest of the City. The City reserves the right to waive irregularities in any Bid
submitted, or reject nonconforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids and to correct arithmetical
errors in the Bid prior to comparison.
Instruction to Bidders
Page 5 of 8
SUBCONTRACTORS: Within thirty(30) days after Bids are opened,the apparent low Bidder, and
any other Bidder so requested, shall submit a list of all Subcontractors the Bidder expects to use in
the work.
An experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of
qualification shall be furnished for each named subcontractor, if requested by the City. If the City or
its representative engineer or architect after due investigation has reasonable objection to any
proposed Subcontractor, they may, before giving the Notice of Award, request the apparent low
Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute. If the substitution results in an increase in the Bid, a
corresponding adjustment will be made in the contract price. If the apparent low Bidder declines to
make any such substitution,the contract may not be awarded to such Bidder,but Bidder's refusal to
substitution will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of Bid Security. Any subcontractor so listed
and to whom City or its representative engineer or architect does not make written objection prior to
the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to the City and its representative
engineer or architect.
Bidder shall not be required to employ any subcontractor against whom the Bidder has reasonable
objection.
The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by City prior to the Notice of Award
will be required in the performance of the work unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the City.
AWARD OF CONTRACT: If the Construction Agreement is to be awarded,City will award the
Construction Agreement to the responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive and conforms with
all material terms and conditions of the bidding documents and proposed Contract Documents,
is lowest in price, is in the best interest of the project and the City, and other factors considered.
The award will be based on the lowest responsive cumulative base Bid plus any added alternate
schedules the City determines to include with the project. If the Construction Agreement is
awarded, the award will be made within the period specified in the Request For Bid. The
successful Bidder will be notified by letter mailed to the address shown on the Bid that the bid
has been accepted and that Bidder has been awarded the contract.
CANCELLATION OF AWARD: The City reserves the right to cancel the award of any Agreement
at any time and for any reason or no reason before the complete execution of the Agreement by all
parties without any liability against the City.
RETURN OF BID GUARANTEE: All Bid guarantees, except those of the three lowest Bidders,
will be returned immediately following the opening and checking of the Bids. The Bid guarantees of
the unsuccessful of the three lowest Bidders will be returned within ten (10) days following the
award of the Agreement. The Bid guarantee of the Bidder to whom the contract is awarded will be
returned when said Bidder has executed an Agreement and filed satisfactory Performance and
Payment Bonds as hereinafter stipulated.
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS: The Bidder to whom the Construction Agreement is
awarded will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond (the "Bonds") in
Instruction to Bidders
Page 6 of 8
favor of the City. The Bonds must be in an amount equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the
Construction Agreement amount.
The Bonds shall be executed on the forms bound herein, signed by a surety company authorized to
do business in the State of Montana, and acceptable as a surety to the City and countersigned by a
Montana Resident Agent.
With the Bonds,there shall be filed with the City one copy of Power of Attorney certified to include
the date of the Bond.
EXECUTION AND APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT: The Construction
Agreement shall be signed by the successful Bidder and returned, together with the Bonds, within
the time shown on the Bid. If the Agreement is not executed by the City within fifteen
(15) days following receipt from the Bidder of the signed Construction Agreement and Bonds, the
Bidder shall have the right to withdraw its Bid without penalty. No Construction Agreement shall be
considered as effective until it has been fully executed by all of the parties thereto.
INSURANCE: The successful Bidder, as part of the Construction Agreement, shall provide liability
insurance and other insurances and maintain required workers' compensation coverage all as
indicated in the Construction Agreement. Bidder shall provide proof of these through either a
certificate of insurance or a current copy of Bidder's policy documents as required by the City.
FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT: Failure to execute the Construction
Agreement and furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond shall be just cause for annulment
of the award. In the event of such annulment of the award, the Bid guarantee shall be forfeited to
the City, not as a penalty but as liquidation of damages sustained. Award may then be made to the
next lowest responsible and qualified Bidder, or the work may be re-advertised as the City may
decide.
PAYMENTS: Payment for all Work performed under the Agreement will be made by the City
within the time period specified in and in accordance with the procedures outlined herein.
When the Work extends beyond thirty (30) days, progress payments will be made monthly for any
work accomplished during the preceding month, but subject to retainage as specified elsewhere.
PREVAILING WAGE RATES: In all public works contracts with the City, contractors and their
subcontractors shall pay for each job classification the standard prevailing wage rate, including
fringe benefits. The standard prevailing wage rate as used herein means the standard prevailing rate
of wages in the locality where the work is to be performed as determined by the Montana
Commissioner of Labor & Industry pursuant to §18-2-402, MCA, and as bound herein to the
proposed Construction Agreement. The Bidder and Bidder's subcontractors are directed to the
Montana Commissioner of Labor & Industry for information on the standard prevailing rate
of wages applicable to this project within this area.
POSTING: Contractor shall post in a prominent and accessible place on the site of the work a
legible statement of all wages to be paid to the employees.
Instruction to Bidders
Page 7 of 8
LOCAL LABOR: Contractor shall give preference to the employment of Montana residents in
accordance with applicable portions of Title 18, Chapter 2, Part 4, MCA.
MONTANA CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS: No Bids will be
considered that do not carry the Bidder's Certificate of Contractor's Registration number on the
envelope containing the Bid and on the Bid. Information pertaining to the Montana Contractor
Registration requirements may be obtained from the Montana State Department of Revenue,Helena,
Montana. (1-406-444-7734)
ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR LICENSE FEE (MONTANA CONTRACTORS GROSS
RECEIPTS TAX): In accordance with Title 15, Chapter 50, MCA, the City shall withhold, in
addition to other amounts withheld as provided by law or specified herein, I percent(I%)of all
payments due the Contractor and shall transmit such moneys to the Montana Department of
Revenue.
BIDDER PREFERENCE: In accordance with the provisions of Title 18, Chapter 1,Part 1,MCA, a
preference will be given to the lowest responsible Bidder who is a resident of the State of Montana
over a nonresident Bidder from any state or country that enforces a preference in their state or
country for their resident Bidders. The preference given to Montana resident Bidders will be equal
to the preference given in the other state or country. This preference applies unless specifically
prohibited by Federal laws or regulations. Products manufactured or produced in the State of
Montana shall be preferred for use in all projects if such products are comparable in price and
quality. Further, wherever possible, products manufactured and produced in the State which are
suitable substitutes for products manufactured or produced outside the State and comparable in price,
quality and performance shall be preferred for use in this project. Preference regarding these
products shall be in accordance with the laws of the State of Montana.
CITY OF BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE: All Bidders conducting work within the City of
Bozeman are required to have a current Business License. Applications for Business Licenses may
be obtained at City Hall, 121 N. Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, Montana.
NON-DISCRIMINATION: In accordance with law, Bidder shall agree not to discriminate against
any client, employee, or applicant for employment or for services because of race, color, religion,
creed, political ideas, sex, age, marital status, physical or mental disability, or national origin, or
actual or perceived sexual orientation or gender identity.
It is further understood that any vendor who is in violation of this clause shall be barred forthwith
from receiving awards of any purchase from the City of Bozeman unless a satisfactory showing is
made that discriminatory practices have ceased, and the recurrence of such acts is unlikely.
Every entity submitting under this invitation must sign and return the required non-
discrimination affirmation form.
Instruction to Bidders
Page 8 of 8
NOTICE REGARDING PERMITS p
The Owner has submitted plans and specifications to the Building Department for the purpose of permit review. The
Owner is responsible for, and will pay, the plan review fee and any impact fees required for the Project.
The Contractor will be responsible for, and will pay for, all required buildingconstruction permits. Bidders shall in-
clude the cost of all required building construction permits in their Bid proposals.
NOTICE REGARDING REFERENCES
Bidders being considered for contract award shall be prepared, on request by the Owner, to submit to the Owner not
less than one, or more than three, professional references for projects of similar size and scope completed in the last '..
three years. '..
NOTICE REGARDING CONTRACT AWARD
It will be necessary for the Commission of the City of Bozeman to approve the award of this contract to the success-
ful bidder. It is anticipated that the Commission Oof the City of Bozeman will take action on this matter during a regu-
larly scheduled meeting held on January U, 201U.
F-
(
( Attachment A
( CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
( This Construction Agreement is made this��ay of 20�i,
b and between the CITY OF BOZEMAN MONT`ANA a municipal co oratio
y p rp organized and
( existing under the laws of the State of Montana, P.O. Box 1231, Bozeman, Montana 59771-1231
("City"),and R&R Taylor Construction,Inc.,a private corporation,whose mailing address is 1775
Love Ln, Bozeman, Bozeman, MT 59718 ("Contractor").
( Recitals
4
A. The City issued an Invitation to Bid for the construction project known as
f Stow Mill Park Community Center, ("Construction Project")pursuant to the requirements of
all applicable statutes, rules,regulations, and ordinances.
B. The City analyzed all responses to the Invitation to Bid received pursuant to its
standard practices and the requirements of all applicable statutes,rules,regulations,and ordinances.
C. The City awarded the bid to Contractor on O ( , pursuant to the
( terms and conditions of this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, agreements, representations,
and warranties contained herein,the parties agree as follows:
Agreement
( 1. Work to be Performed:
( a. A description of the Construction Project and Contractor's duties is set forth
in the Invitation to Bid and Bid Form as awarded and accepted by City and the Construction
Documents for the [insert name of project], which are attached hereto and incorporated
herein by this reference, and the drawings, plans, and specifications provided by the City
and its architects and engineers. The City's Notice of Award is attached here as Exhibit A.
( Where a provision of any other portion of the Construction Documents conflicts with this
Agreement,the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
b. Prior to the commencement of any work on the Construction Project,
Contractor's representatives and City's representatives shall hold a meeting to establish a
f
working understanding among the parties as to the scope of the Construction Project and
( duties of the Contractor. At this meeting, Contractor and City shall resolve any outstanding
( issues related to the plans, designs, drawings, and specifications. If the parties are unable
to resolve these issues and the City fails, refuses, or is unable to approve the same, no work
shall commence on the Construction Project until such issues are resolved and the City
approves the related plans, designs, drawings, and specifications.
! Page ] of 28
Version 12 14 15
c Except as provided elsewhere in this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish
all the labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services necessary to perform and complete
the Construction Project. The Contractor's Bid Form is attached here and incorporated
into this Agreement as exhibit B.
d During work on the Construction Project,and as part of the final completion
of the Construction Project, Contractor shall clean up the Project site,including the removal
and satisfactory disposal of all waste, garbage, excess materials, equipment, temporary
buildings, the removal or grading of all embankments made for construction purposes, the
filling in of all excavations, and the performance of any other work necessary to restore the
site to at least as good order and condition as at the commencement of the Construction
Project.
2. City-Supplied Materials: The City may supply materials from time to time in
furtherance of the Construction Project. Such materials will be noted as an addendum to this
Agreement.
3. Time of Performance:
a Contractor shall begin the Construction Project after receiving a Notice to
Proceed from City and shall complete the Construction Project within one-hundred-fifty
(150) days of the starting date stated in the Notice to Proceed. After receiving the "Notice
to Proceed"from the City Contractor shall develop a Construction Schedule for approval by
the City which shall become part of this Agreement. Time is of the essence of completion
of all work and each phase of the Construction Project.
ih The Construction Schedule is subject to the City's approval. Contractor's
construction plan,methods of operation,materials used, and individuals and subcontractors
employed (collectively "Contractor's Resources") are subject to the City's approval at all
times during the term of this Agreement, and must be such as to ensure the completion of
the work in compliance with the deadlines set in the Construction Schedule during the term
of this Agreement. In the event the City determines the Contractor's Resources are
inadequate to meet the approved Construction Schedule, the City may order the Contractor
to accelerate its performance to give reasonable assurances of timely completion and quality
results. Acceleration under this section shall not be deemed a Change Order as defined in
Section 5.b. ("Compensation") below and the Contractor shall receive no equitable
adjustment for such acceleration. Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to relieve the
Contractor of its duties and responsibilities to plan for and complete the work in a timely
manner according to the Construction Schedule,
4. LLi uidiated D anna�: If the Construction Project is not completed within the time
provided by this Agreement, the City may deduct for each day the Construction Project remains
uncompleted the sum of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) from the compensation
Page 2 of 28
Version 12 14 15
hereinafter specified and retain that sum as payment for liquidated damages sustained by reason
of the Contractor's failure to complete the Construction Project on time.
5. Com1lensation:
a City shall pay to Contractor, and Contractor shall accept as full payment for
the performance of this Agreement and the Construction Project, the amount of two
hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250.000.00), subject to Change Orders as approved by
both parties, and in accordance with Exhibit C.
b. If work not included within the original Construction Documents is
requested by City, such additional work and the related compensation shall be agreed to in
writing by both parties prior to commencement of the additional work ("Change Order")
pursuant to the I+,abibit D - Change of Work Specifications set forth attached hereto.
e Monthly progress payments and final payment will be made only in
accordance with the terms of a completed Compensation Schedule to be approved by the
City's Representative. All invoices must be submitted to the City's Representative.
d City shall retain five percent(5%)of the total amount of compensation to be
paid to the Contractor to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and the timely completion of the Construction Project and any and all "punch list" items
("Retainage Amount"). The Retainage Amount shall be paid to Contractor thirty (30) days
after the City's final acceptance of the portion of work for which a separate price is stated
in the specifications for the Construction Project.
e. Upon acceptance of final payment and for other good and valuable
consideration, Contractor shall and hereby does release and forever discharge City, its
officers, agents,and employees of and from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of
action, obligations, and liabilities of every kind and character whatsoever, in law and in
equity, whether now known or in the future discovered, arising from or related to this
Agreement or the Construction Project that Contractor may have or assert against City, its
officers, agents, and employees.
6. Inspection and Testing,
a City has the right to inspect and test any and all work performed by
Contractor on the Construction Project. Contractor shall allow City and its agents access to
the Construction Project at all times and shall provide every reasonable facility for the
purpose of such inspection and testing, including temporarily discontinuing portions of the
work or uncovering or taking down portions of the finished work. Any inspection and
testing performed by the City and its agents is for the sole benefit of the City and shall not
relieve the Contractor of its duty, responsibility, and obligation to ensure that the
Page 3 of 28
Version 1214 15
work strictly complies with the Agreement terms and conditions and all applicable laws and
building and safety codes. City's inspection and testing shall not be deemed or considered
acceptance by the City of any portion of the Construction Project. City's inspection and
testing shall not serve to nullify,amend,or waive any warranties provided by the Contractor
under this Agreement.
b. Contractor shall, without charge, replace any material or correct any work
found by the City or its agents to be defective or otherwise not in compliance with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement. In the event Contractor fails to replace or correct any
defective work or materials after reasonable written notice by the City to do so, the City
may take such corrective action,either with its own materials and employees or by retaining
any third party to do so, and deduct the cost and expense of such corrective action from the
Contractor's compensation.
7. Partial Utilization of Construction Proicct: City shall have the right to use or
occupy any portion of the Construction Project that City and Contractor mutually agree is
substantially completed and constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Construction
Project for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of
the remaining portions of the Construction Project. In the event City takes possession of any portion
of the Construction Project, such possession shall not be deemed an acceptance of the Construction
Project, in whole or in part. Contractor shall still be required to conduct any final testing of the
portions in the possession of the City. City's use of any portion of the Construction Project shall
not be grounds for extensions of any construction deadlines or a change in the Contractor's
compensation. Contractor's warranties shall run from the completion of the total Construction
Project and not from the date the City may take possession of selected portions of the Construction
Project.
8. Related Work at the Site: Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or preclude
City, through its own employees or by contract with any third party, from performing other work
related to the Construction Project at the construction site; provided such related work is not
otherwise addressed in this Agreement and provided such related work does not otherwise interfere
with Contractor's performance of this Agreement or the completion of the Construction Project.
Contractor shall afford any City employee,agent or representative,or any third party under contract
with the City to perform the related work, proper and safe access to the construction site, a
reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment,the opportunity
to perform the related work, and shall properly coordinate the Contractor's work on the
Construction Project with the related work.
9. +Contragtol- s Warranties: Contractor represents and warrants as follows:
a Unless otherwise specified by the terms of this Agreement, all materials and
equipment used by Contractor on the Construction Project shall be new and where not
otherwise specified, of the most suitable grade for their intended uses.
h All workmanship and materials shall be of a kind and nature acceptable to
the City.
Page 4 of 28
Version 12 14 15
c All equipment, materials, and labor provided to, on, or for the Construction
Project must be free of defects and nonconformities in design, materials, and workmanship
for a minimum period beginning with the commencement of the work on the Construction
Project and ending one (1) calendar year from the final completion and acceptance by the
City of the Construction Project,regardless of whether such equipment,materials, or labor
were supplied directly by Contractor or indirectly by Contractor's subcontractors or
suppliers. Other express warranties on materials that provide for a warranty period longer
than one year apply for the period of that express warranty and are not reduced by this
provision. Upon receipt of City's written notice of a defective or nonconforming condition
during the warranty period, Contractor shall take all actions, including redesign and
replacement, to correct the defective or nonconforming condition within a time frame
acceptable to the City and at no additional cost to the City. Contractor shall also, at its sole
cost, perform any tests required by City to verify that such defective or nonconforming
condition has been corrected. Contractor warrants the corrective action taken against
defective and nonconforming conditions for a period of an additional one (1) year from the
date of City's acceptance of the corrective action.
d Contractor and its sureties are liable for the satisfaction and full performance
of all warranties.
e Contractor shall give its personal attention to the faithful prosecution of the
completion of the Construction Project and Contractor,or its duly authorized representative
assigned to serve as the Construction Project Manager, shall be personally present at the
site of the Construction Project during working hours for the term of this Agreement until
the completion of the Construction Project.
f Contractor shall have a complete, accurate, and up-to-date set of
construction plans, drawings, and specifications on site at all times.
Contractor has examined all available records and made field
examinations of the site of the Construction Project. Contractor has knowledge of the field
conditions to be encountered during the Construction Project. Contractor has knowledge of
the types and character of equipment necessary for the work, the types of materials needed
and the sources of such materials, and the condition of the local labor market.
h Contractor is responsible for the safety of the work and shall maintain all
lights, guards, signs, temporary passages, or other protections necessary for that purpose at
all times.
i All work must be performed at Contractor's risk, and Contractor shall
promptly repair or replace all damage and loss at its sole cost and expense regardless of the
reason or cause of the damage or loss; provided, however, should the damage or loss
Page 5 of 28
Version 12 14 15
be caused by an intentional or negligent act of the City,the risk of such loss shall be
placed on the City.
} Contractor is responsible for any loss or damage to materials,tools, or other
articles used or held for use in the completion of performance of the Construction Project.
k Contractor's performance must be without damage or disruption to any other
work or property of the City or of others and without interference with the operation of
existing machinery or equipment.
1 Title to all work, materials, and equipment covered by any payment of
Contractor's compensation by City, whether directly incorporated into the Construction
Project or not, passes to City at the time of payment, free and clear of all liens and
encumbrances.
10. J20ays and Extensions of Time: If Contractor's performance of this Agreement is
prevented or delayed by any unforeseen cause beyond the control of the Contractor, including acts
or omissions of the City, Contractor shall, within ten (10) days of the commencement of any such
delay, give the City written notice thereof. Further, Contractor shall, within ten (10) days of the
termination of such delay, give the City written notice of the total actual duration of the delay. If
the City is provided with these required notices and if the City determines that the cause of the
delay was not foreseeable, was beyond the control of the Contractor, and was not a result of the
fault or negligence of the Contractor, then the City will determine the total duration of the delay
and extend the time for performance of the Agreement accordingly. Unless the delay is caused by
the intentional interference of the City with the Contractor's performance, Contractor shall make
no claim for damages or any other claim other than for an extension of time as herein provided by
reason of any delays.
11. 5us ension:
a The City may, by written notice to the Contractor and at its convenience for
any reason, suspend the performance of all or any portion of the work to be performed on
the Construction Project("Notice of Suspension"). The Notice of Suspension shall set forth
the time of suspension, if then known to the City. During the period of suspension,
Contractor shall use its best efforts to minimize costs associated with the suspension.
tL Upon Contractor's receipt of any Notice of Suspension, unless the notice
requires otherwise, Contractor shall: (1) immediately discontinue work on the date and to
the extent specified in the Notice of Suspension; (2)place no further orders or subcontracts
for materials, services, or equipment; (3) promptly make every reasonable effort to obtain
suspension upon terms satisfactory to City of all orders, subcontracts,and rental agreements
to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work suspended; and (4) continue to
protect and maintain the Project, including those portions on which work has been
suspended.
Page 6 of 28
Version 12 14 15
e As compensation for the suspended work,Contractor will be reimbursed for
the following costs, reasonably incurred, without duplication of any item, and to the extent
that such costs directly resulted from the suspension: (1) a standby charge paid during the
period of suspension which will be sufficient to compensate Contractor for keeping, to the
extent required in the Notice of Suspension, Contractor's organization and equipment
committed to the Project in standby status; (2) all reasonably incurred costs for the
demobilization of Contractor's and subcontractor's crews and equipment; (3) an equitable
amount to reimburse Contractor for the cost to protect and maintain the Project during the
period of suspension; and (4) an equitable adjustment in the cost of performing the
remaining portion of the work post-suspension if, as a direct result of the suspension, the
cost to Contractor of subsequently performing the remaining work on the Construction
Project has increased or decreased.
d Upon receipt of written notice by the City to resume the suspended work
("Notice to Resume Work"), Contractor shall immediately resume performance of the
suspended work as to the extent required in the Notice to Resume Work. Any claim by
Contractor for time or compensation described in Section I I(c)shall be made within fifteen
(15) days after receipt of the Notice to Resume Work and Contractor shall submit a revised
Construction Schedule for the City's review and approval. Contractor's failure to timely
make such a claim shall result in a waiver of the claim.
e No compensation described in Section I I(c) shall be paid and no extension
of time to complete the Construction Project shall be granted if the suspension results from
Contractor's non-compliance with or breach of the terms or requirements of this Agreement.
12. 'T`er mutation for Contractor's Fault:
a. If Contractor refuses or fails to timely do the work, or any part thereof, or
fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise breaches any
terms or conditions of this Agreement, the City may, by written notice, terminate this
Agreement and the Contractor's right to proceed with all or any part of the Construction
Project ("Termination Notice Due to Contractor's Fault"). The City may then take over the
Construction Project and complete it, either with its own resources or by re-letting the
contract to any other third party, and may immediately take possession of and use such
materials, appliances, tools, and equipment as may be on the site and which may be
necessary for the completion of the Construction Project.
b. In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 12, Contractor shall be
entitled to payment only for those services Contractor actually rendered. In the case of a
lump sum or unit price contract, Contractor shall not be entitled to any further payment until
the Construction Project has been completed. Upon completion of the Construction Project,
if the unpaid balance of the Contractor's compensation exceeds the cost to the City of
completing the work, including all costs paid to any subcontractors or third parties retained
by the City to complete the Construction Project and all administrative costs resulting from
the termination ("City's Cost for Completion"), such excess shall be
Page 7 of 28
Version 12 14 15
paid to the Contractor. If the City's Cost for Completion exceeds the unpaid balance of the
Contractor's compensation, then Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for and shall pay
the difference, plus interest at the rate applicable to court judgments,to the City.
c Any termination provided for by this Section 12 shall be in addition to any
other remedies to which the City may be entitled under the law or at equity.
d In the event of termination under this Section 12, Contractor shall, under no
circumstances,be entitled to claim or recover consequential, special,punitive,lost business
opportunity,lost productivity, field office overhead, general conditions costs, or lost profits
damages of any nature arising, or claimed to have arisen, as a result of the termination.
13. Termination for City's Convenience;
a Should conditions arise which,in the sole opinion and discretion of the City,
make it advisable to the City to cease work on the Construction Project,City may terminate
this Agreement by written notice to Contractor ("Notice of Termination for City's
Convenience"). The termination shall be effective in the manner specified in the Notice of
Termination for City's Convenience and shall be without prejudice to any claims that the
City may otherwise have against Contractor.
b6 Upon receipt of the Notice of Termination for City's Convenience, unless
otherwise directed in the Notice, the Contractor shall immediately cease work on the
Construction Project, discontinue placing orders for materials, supplies, and equipment for
the Construction Project, and make every reasonable effort to cancel all existing orders or
contracts upon terms satisfactory to the City. Contractor shall do only such work as may
be necessary to preserve, protect, and maintain work already completed, in progress, or in
transit to the construction site.
c In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 13, Contractor is
entitled to payment only for those services Contractor actually rendered and materials
actually purchased or which Contractor has made obligations to purchase on or before the
receipt of the Notice of Termination for City's Convenience, and reasonably incurred costs
for demobilization of Contractor's and any subcontractor's crews. It is agreed that any
materials that City is obligated to purchase from Contractor will remain the City's sole
property.
d The compensation described in Section 13(c) is the sole compensation due
to Contractor for its performance of this Agreement. Contractor shall, under no
circumstances,be entitled to claim or recover consequential, special,punitive, lost business
opportunity,lost productivity, field office overhead, general conditions costs, or lost profits
damages of any nature arising, or claimed to have arisen, as a result of the termination.
14. Limitation on Contractor's Damages. Time for Amerting Claim:
Page 8 of 28
Version 12 14 15
( a. In the event of a claim for damages by Contractor under this Agreement,
Contractor's damages shall be limited to contract damages and Contractor hereby expressly
waives any right to claim or recover consequential, special, punitive, lost business
opportunity,lost productivity,field office overhead,general conditions costs, or lost profits
damages of any nature or kind.
E K In the event Contractor wants to assert a claim for damages of any kind or
nature, Contractor shall provide City with written notice of its claim, the facts and
circumstances surrounding and giving rise to the claim, and the total amount of damages
sought by the claim, within ten (10) days of the facts and circumstances giving rise to the
( claim. In the event Contractor fails to provide such notice, Contractor shall waive all rights
( to assert such claim.
i 15. Representatives:
4
a. City's Representative: The City's Representative for the purpose of this
Q Agreement shall be [insert name of representative (could be the consulting architect or
engineer)or such other individual as City shall designate in writing. Whenever approval or
i authorization from or communication or submission to City is required by this Agreement,
such communication or submission shall be directed to the City's Representative and
approvals or authorizations shall be issued only by such Representative;provided,however,
that in exigent circumstances when City's Representative is not available, Contractor may
direct its communication or submission to other designated City personnel or agents and
Q may receive approvals or authorization from such persons.
I
( bh Contractot-'s Representative: The Contractor's Representative for the
purpose of this Agreement shall be 3lC-Z, �- or such other
individual as Contractor shall designate in writing. Whenever direction to or
communication with Contractor is required by this Agreement, such direction or
communication shall be directed to Contractor's Representative;provided,however,that in
exigent circumstances when Contractor's Representative is not available, City may direct
( its direction or communication to other designated Contractor personnel or agents.
(
16. Locating Underground Facilities: Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining
and determining the location of any underground facilities,including but not limited to,the location
F of any pipelines or utility supply, delivery, or service lines in accordance with the provisions of
§69-4-501, et seq., MCA. Contractor shall make every effort to avoid damage to underground
facilities and shall be solely responsible for any damage that may occur. If City personnel assume
responsibility for locating any underground facilities, this fact shall be noted in writing prior to
commencement of such location work.
17. Permits: Contractor shall provide all notices, comply with all applicable laws,
ordinances, rules, and regulations, obtain all necessary permits, licenses, including a City of
Bozeman business license, and inspections from applicable governmental authorities, pay all fees
C
Q
Page 9 of 28
Version 12 14 15
I
I
and charges in connection therewith, and perform all surveys and locations necessary for the
timely completion of the Construction Project.
18. Ownership of Documents: IndemnifiSat on: All plans, designs, drawings,
specifications, documents, sample results and data, in whatever medium or format, originated or
prepared by or for Contractor in contemplation of, or in the course of, or as a result of this
Agreement or work on the Construction Project, shall be promptly furnished to the City ("City
Documents and Information").All City Documents and Information shall be the exclusive property
of the City and shall be deemed to be works-for-hire. Contractor hereby assigns all right, title, and
interest in and to the City Documents and Information, including but not limited to, all copyright
and patent rights in and to the City Documents and Information. Neither party grants to the other
any express or implied licenses under any patents, copyrights, trademarks, or other intellectual
property rights, except to the extent necessary to complete its obligations to the other under this
Agreement.
19. Laws and Regulations: Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable state and
federal laws, regulations, and municipal ordinances including, but not limited to, all workers'
compensation laws,all environmental laws including,but not limited to,the generation and disposal
of hazardous waste, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), the safety rules, codes, and
provisions of the Montana Safety Act in Title 50, Chapter 71, MCA, all applicable City, County,
and State building and electrical codes, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all non-
discrimination, affirmative action, and utilization of minority and small business statutes and
regulations.
20. Non-discrimination: The Contractor shall have a policy to provide equal
employment opportunity in accordance with all applicable state and federal anti-discrimination
laws, regulations, and contracts. The Contractor shall not refuse employment to a person, bar a
person from employment, or discriminate against a person in compensation or in a term,condition,
or privilege of employment because of race, color, religion, creed,political ideas, sex, age, marital
status, national origin, actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity, physical or mental
disability, except when the reasonable demands of the position require an age,physical or mental
disability,marital status or sex distinction.The Contractor shall be subject to and comply with Title
VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Section 140, Title 2, United States Code, and all regulations
promulgated thereunder. The Contractor shall require these nondiscrimination terms of its sub-
contractors providing services under this agreement.
21. Intoxicants: DOI' 12rug and Alcohol Regulations: Contractor shall not permit or
suffer the introduction or use of any intoxicants, including alcohol or illegal drugs, upon the site of
the Construction Project. Contractor acknowledges it is aware of and shall comply with its
responsibilities and obligations under the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations
governing anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention plans and related testing. City shall have the
right to request proof of such compliance and Contractor shall be obligated to furnish such proof.
22. Labor Relations:
Page 10 of 28
Version 12 14 15
a. Contractor shall post a legible statement of all wages and fringe benefits to
be paid to the Contractor's employees and the frequency of such payments (i.e., hourly
wage employees shall be paid weekly). Such posting shall be made in a prominent and
accessible location at the site of the Construction Project and shall be made no later than
the first day of work. Such posting shall be removed only upon the final completion of the
Construction Project and the termination of this Agreement.
b. In performing the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the work on
the Construction Project, Contractor shall give preference to the employment of bona fide
residents of Montana, as required by §18-2-403, MCA, and as such, term is defined by
§18-2-401(1), MCA. When making assignments of work,Contractor shall use workers both
skilled in their trade and specialized in their field of work for all work to which they are
assigned.
e Pursuant to §§18-2-403 and 18-2-422, MCA, Contractor shall pay wages,
benefits, and expenses in conformance with the current version of the Prevailing Wage
Rates for Building Construction Services as published by the Montana Department of Labor
and Industry and which are applicable to Gallatin County. Contractor shall pay all hourly
wage employees on a weekly basis. Violation of the requirements to pay applicable
prevailing wage rates may subject the Contractor to the penalties set forth in
§18-2-407, MCA. Contractor shall maintain payroll records and provide certified copies to
the City. Contractor shall maintain such payroll records during the term of this Agreement,
the course of the work on the Construction Project, and for a period of three (3) calendar
years following the date of final completion of the Construction Project and termination of
this Agreement.
d In the event that, during the term of this Agreement and throughout the
course of Contractor's performance of the Construction Project, any labor problems or
disputes of any type arise or materialize which in turn cause any work on the Construction
Project to cease for any period of time, Contractor specifically agrees to take immediate
steps, at its own expense and without expectation of reimbursement from City, to alleviate
or resolve all such labor problems or disputes. The specific steps Contractor shall take to
resume work on the Construction Project shall be left to the discretion of Contractor;
provided,however,that Contractor shall bear all costs of any related legal action. Contractor
shall provide immediate relief to the City so as to permit the work on the Construction
Project to resume and be completed within the time frames set forth in the Construction
Schedule at no additional cost to City.
e Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless from any
and all claims, demands, costs, expenses, damages, and liabilities arising out of, resulting
from, or occurring in connection with any labor problems or disputes or any delays or
stoppages of work associated with such problems or disputes.
23. Sulk ttrctors:
Page 11 of 28
Version 12 14 15
a. Contractor may employ subcontractors for any work on the Construction
Project. Contractor shall provide City with a list of all subcontractors employed.
b. Contractor remains fully responsible for the acts and omissions of any
subcontractor, just as Contractor is for its own acts and omissions, and Contractor shall
remain fully responsible and liable for the timely completion of the Construction Project.
e Contractor is solely liable for any and all payments to subcontractors.
Contractor shall hold all payments received from the City in trust for the benefit of
subcontractors, and all such payments shall be used to satisfy obligations of the
Construction Project before being used for any other purpose. Contractor shall make any
payments due to any subcontractor within seven(7)days of Contractor's receipt of payment,
including a proportional part of the retainage Contractor has received from the City. In the
event of a dispute regarding any subcontractor's invoice, Contractor shall promptly pay the
undisputed amount to the subcontractor and notify the subcontractor in writing of the
amount in dispute and the reasons for the dispute.Any withholding of payment must comply
with the requirements of §28-2-2103, MCA. In the event the Contractor is unwilling or
unable to make timely and proper payment to any subcontractor, City may elect to withhold
any payment otherwise due to Contractor and upon seven (7) days' written notice to
Contractor, may pay subcontractor by director joint payment.
24. bndth e-dncss and Liens: Before City may make any final payment to Contractor,
Contractor shall furnish City with satisfactory proof that there are no outstanding debts or liens in
connection with the Construction Project. If the Contractor allows any indebtedness to accrue to
subcontractors or others during the progress of the work, and fails to pay or discharge the same
within five(5)days after demand,then City may either withhold any money due to Contractor until
such indebtedness is paid or apply the same towards the discharge of the indebtedness. If any lien
or claim is filed or made by any subcontractor,material supplier,or any other person,the Contractor
shall immediately notify the City and shall cause the same to be discharged of record within thirty
(30) days after its filing.
25. Ugzard_C-gplinunication: Contractor shall comply with all hazard communication
requirements dictated by the Environmental Protection Agency, the Montana Department of
Agriculture, OSHA, Hazard Communications Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, and applicable City
ordinances. Contractor shall supply a chemical list, the associated material safety data sheets
(MSDS), and other pertinent health exposure data for chemicals that the Contractor's,
subcontractor's or the City's employees may be exposed to while working on City property during
the course of the Construction Project. One copy of this documentation must be delivered to City
to the attention of the City's Representative. This documentation must be delivered before work
involving these chemicals may commence.
26. Accounts and Records: During the term of this Agreement and for two (2) years
following the City's final acceptance of the Construction Project, Contractor shall maintain
accounts and records related to the Construction Project. Upon reasonable notice, City shall have
the right to inspect all such accounts and records, including but not limited to, Contractor's
Page 12 of 28
Version 12 14 15
records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, specifications, field and site notes,
receipts, invoices, bills, contracts, or other documents relating to the Construction Project.
27. Indemnification Insurances Bonds:
a Contractor agrees to release, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City,
its agents, representatives, employees, and officers (collectively referred to for purposes of
this Section as the City) from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, fees and
costs (including attorney's fees and the costs and fees of and expert witness and
consultants), losses, expenses, liabilities (including liability where activity is inherently or
intrinsically dangerous) or damages of whatever kind or nature connected therewith and
without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the negligence of any
party or parties that may be asserted against, recovered from or suffered by the City
occasioned by, growing or arising out of or resulting from or in any way related to: (i) the
negligent,reckless,or intentional misconduct of the Contractor; (ii)any negligent, reckless,
or intentional misconduct of any of the Contractor's agents; or
(iii) the negligent, reckless, or intentional misconduct of any other third party.
h Such obligations shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other
rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist. The indemnification
obligations of this Section must not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce any common-
law or statutory rights of the indemnitee(s) which would otherwise exist as to such
indemnitee(s).
e Contractor's indemnity under this Section shall be without regard to and
without any right to contribution from any insurance maintained by City.
d Should any indemnitee described herein be required to bring an action
against the Contractor to assert its right to defense or indemnification under this Agreement
or under the Contractor's applicable insurance policies required below the indemnitee shall
be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorney fees incurred in asserting its right to
indemnification or defense but only if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the
Contractor was obligated to defend the claim(s) or was obligated to indemnify the
indemnitee for a claim(s) or any portion(s)thereof.
e In the event of an action filed against City resulting from the City's
performance under this Agreement,the City may elect to represent itself and incur all costs
and expenses of suit.
£ Contractor also waives any and all claims and recourse against the City or
its officers, agents or employees, including the right of contribution for loss or damage to
person or property arising from, growing out of, or in any way connected with or incident
to the performance of this Agreement except "responsibility for his own fraud, for willful
injury to the person or property of another, or for violation of law, whether willful or
negligent" as per 28-2-702,MCA.
Page 13 of 28
Version 12 14 15
& These obligations shall survive termination of this Agreement and the
services performed hereunder.
h In addition to and independent from the above, Contractor shall at
Contractor's expense secure insurance coverage through an insurance company or
companies duly licensed and authorized to conduct insurance business in Montana which
insures the liabilities and obligations specifically assumed by the Contractor in this Section.
The insurance coverage shall not contain any exclusion for liabilities specifically assumed
by the Contractor in subsection (a) of this Section. The insurance shall cover and apply to
all claims, demands, suits, damages, losses, and expenses that may be asserted or claimed
against, recovered from, or suffered by the City without limit and without regard to the
cause therefore and which is acceptable to the City and Contractor shall furnish to the City
an accompanying certificate of insurance and accompanying endorsements in amounts not
less than as shown on Exhibit E.
The amounts of insurance provided shall be exclusive of defense costs. The City of
Bozeman, its officers, agents, and employees, shall be endorsed as an additional or named
insured on a primary non-contributory basis on both the Commercial General and
Automobile Liability policies. The insurance and required endorsements must be in a form
suitable to City and shall include no less than a thirty(30)day notice of cancellation or non-
renewal. The City must approve all insurance coverage and endorsements prior to the
Contractor commencing work. Contractor shall notify City within two (2) business days of
Contractor's receipt of notice that any required insurance coverage will be terminated or
Contractor's decision to terminate any required insurance coverage for any reason.
The City must allllrovg all .insurance c ve . e " >: t 11c
Contractor comrnencin DM k.
28. Taxes: Contractor is obligated to pay all taxes of any kind or nature and make all
appropriate employee withholdings. Contractor understands that all contractors or subcontractors
working on a publicly funded project are required to pay or have withheld from earnings a license
fee of one percent (1%) of the gross contract price if the gross contract price is Five Thousand
Dollars ($5,000) or more. This license fee is paid to the Montana Department of Revenue.
29. Dispute resolution:
a Any claim, controversy, or dispute between the parties, their agents,
employees, or representatives shall be resolved first by negotiation between senior-level
personnel from each party duly authorized to execute settlement agreements. Upon mutual
agreement of the parties, the parties may invite an independent, disinterested mediator to
assist in the negotiated settlement discussions.
b. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days from
the date the dispute was first raised, then such dispute shall be resolved in a court of
Page 14 of 28
Version 12 14 15
competent jurisdiction in compliance with the Applicable Law provisions of this
Agreement.
30. Survival: Contractor's indemnification and warranty obligations shall survive the
termination or expiration of this Agreement for the maximum period allowed under applicable law.
31. Headinus: The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are
not be construed as a part of the Agreement or as a limitation on the scope of the particular
paragraphs to which they refer.
32. Waiver: A waiver by City of any default or breach by Contractor of any covenants,
terms, or conditions of this Agreement does not limit City's right to enforce such covenants, terms,
or conditions or to pursue City's rights in the event of any subsequent default or breach.
33. Severability: If any portion of this Agreement is held to be void or unenforceable,
the balance thereof shall continue in effect.
34. AllPlicable Law: The parties agree that this Agreement is governed in all respects
by the laws of the State of Montana.
35. Binding L,Met: This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the
heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties.
36. Amendruents: This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or changed in any
respect except by a written document signed by all parties.
37. No Third-Party Beneficiary: This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the
parties, does not constitute a third-party beneficiary agreement, and may not be relied upon or
enforced by a third party.
38. Counter ruts: This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which together
constitute one instrument.
39. Assignment: Contractor may not assign this Agreement in whole or in part without
the prior written consent of the City. No assignment will relieve Contractor of its responsibility for
the performance of the Agreement and the completion of the Construction Project. Contractor may
not assign to any third party other than Contractor's subcontractors on the Construction Project,the
right to receive monies due from City without the prior written consent of City.
40. Authority: Each party represents that it has full power and authority to enter into
and perform this Agreement and the person signing this Agreement on behalf of each party has
been properly authorized and empowered to sign this Agreement.
Page 15 of 28
Version 12 14 15
41. Independent Contractor: The parties agree and acknowledge that in the
performance of this Agreement and the completion of the Construction Project, Contractor shall
render services as an independent contractor and not as the agent, representative, subcontractor, or
employee of the City. The parties further agree that all individuals and companies retained by
Contractor at all times will be considered the agents, employees, or independent contractors of
Contractor and at no time will they be the employees, agents, or representatives of the City.
42. Agreement Documents: All work on the Construction Project shall be performed
by Contractor in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and are
incorporated herein by this reference:
Exhibit A: Contractor's submitted Bid Form
Exhibit B: Construction Schedule
Exhibit C: Compensation Schedule
Exhibit D: Change of Work Specifications
Exhibit E: Required Insurance Coverage
Exhibit F: Required Bonds
Exhibit G: Plans and Specifications
43. Integration: This Agreement and all Exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire
agreement of the parties. Covenants or representations not contained therein or made a part thereof
by reference, are not binding upon the parties. There are no understandings between the parties
other than as set forth in this Agreement. All communications, either verbal or written, made prior
to the date of this Agreement are hereby abrogated and withdrawn unless specifically made a part
of this Agreement by reference.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor and City have caused this Agreement to be
executed, effective on the date written above, and intend to be legally bound thereby.
CITY OF BOZEMAN, MONTANA CONTRACTOR—R&R TAYLOR
CONSTRUCTION,INC.
By: Andrea Surratt, City Manager By: 1�Z✓ '�Zig
(Print Name)Title: ?t' t7)-v-t/ /"/��" A&�t,v
APP OV D O FORM (§18-2-406, MCA):
Z
eg u 1><van, >< Attorney
Page 16 of 28
Version 12 14 15
EXHIBIT A
Notice of Award
Dated January 8,2018
TO: R&R Taylor Construction
ADDRESS: 1775 Love Ln,Bozeman;MT 59718
PROJECT:_ Story MITI Community Center Renovation
CONTRACT FOR: Sitework and Landscaping
You are notified that your Bid opened on December 13,2017,for the above Contract has been considered. You are
the apparent Successful Bidder and have been awarded a Contract for the: Story Mill Park Community Center
Renovation Project, The Contract Price of your Contract is:Two hundred fifty thousand dollars($250,000.00).
Five(5)copies of Contract Documents(except Drawings)accompany this Notice of Award.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen(15)days of the date of this Notice of Award,
that is,by January 23, 2018.
1. You must deliver to the OWNER Five (5) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the
Contract Documents and Drawings. Executed copies will be distributed as follows: City Clerk; Facilities;
Parks;Architect;Contractor.
2. You must deliver with the executed Construction Agreement the Contract Security(Bonds) as specified in
the Instruction to Bidders.
3. You must deliver with the executed Construction Agreement the Certificates of Insurance as specified in the
Agreement.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned,
to annul this Notice of Award,and to declare your Bid Security forfeited.
Y'
Within ten(101 tdays after you comply with,these conditions, OWNER will return to you two fully signed counterpart
of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached.
i
CITY OF BOZEMAN,MONTANA ATTEST:
BY: BY:
'tdTY MANAGER) I
(CITY CLERK)
DATE t
4
Page 17 of28 �7jf'
Version 12 14 15
EXHIBIT B
Contractor's Bid Form
Bid Form
Non-discrimination Affirmation Form
Bid Bond
BID FORM
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
CITY OF BOZEMAN
BOZEMAN, MONTANA 59771
TO: City Clerk
P.O. Box 1230
Bozeman, Montana 59771-1230
THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having familiarized himself with the Work required by the
Contract Documents, the site(s) where the work is to be performed, local labor conditions and all
laws, regulations, municipal ordinances and other factors which may affect the performance of the
Work, and having satisfied himself of the expense and difficulties attending performance of the
work:
HEREBY PROPOSES and agrees, if this bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement, in the form
attached, to perform all work for the construction of STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY
CENTER, including the assumption of all obligations, duties, and responsibilities necessary for the
successful completion of the contract and the furnishing of all materials and equipment required to
be incorporated in, and form a permanent part of, the work; tools, equipment, supplies,
transportation, facilities, labor, superintendence, and services required to perform the Work; Bonds,
Insurance and Submittals; all as indicated or specified in the Contract Documents to be performed or
furnished by Contractor within the time and for the prices set forth in the following schedules.
The undersigned bidder agrees to be bound by this Bid for a period not to exceed that specified in
the Invitation to Bid.
The undersigned Bidder agrees to furnish the required Bonds and to enter into a contract within
fifteen (15) calendar days after Owner's acceptance of this Bid, and further agrees to complete all
Work within the time specified per schedule after commencement of the contract time as defined in
the General Conditions.
The allowed contract time is 180 calendar days unless approved otherwise by Owner.
Liquidated Damages shall be as specified in Article 2.2 &2.3 of the Agreement Form.
The undersigned Bidder agrees that he has been afforded access to the construction site and has
performed those independent site investigations as he deemed necessary.
Section 00300
BID FORMS
Page ] of 4
The undersigned Bidder hereby certifies the following:
A) That this Bid is genuine and is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed
person, firm, or corporation, and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any
group, association, organization, or corporation;
B) That he has not directly or indirectly solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid;
C) That he has not solicited or induced any person, firm, or corporation to refrain from bidding;
D) That he has not sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or
over the Owner.
E) That he is not currently operating beyond the contract time on any previously awarded public
works contract as defined and required by Article 15-50-203, MCA, as amended.
The undersigned Bidder(s) either singularly or as a joint venture hereby certifies (certify)pursuant to
Article 37-71-203,MCA, that he (they) is (are) duly and regularly licensed.
BIDDER agrees to perform all the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the
following stipulated sums:
BASE BID ~/
1 W10 H Anal- l"� 0 1 Ftc�t DOLLARS "��t� q®.op
BASE BID
ALTERNATE NO. 1
DOLLARS 16
ALTERNATE NO.t
ALTERNATE NO. 2
_"`� o �6t", e4011 Hwyt'r J- DOLLARS 1
ALTERNATE NO.2
ALTERNATE NO. 3
f&-eo DOLLARS 27,000
ALTERNAlt NO.3
ALTERNATE NO. 4
- " tt/b �'&,,,S W f ll to � DOLLARS g 2s
ALTER ATE N0.4
Section 00300
BID FORMS
Page 2 of 4
ALTERNATE NO. 5A
,*A Hcp,dy, DOLLARS
11660
ALTERN TE NO.5A
ALTERNATE NO. 5B
a �s . 36J yb�5 A
ALTERNATC NO.5B
ALTERNATE NO. 5C
0r 441-ttce- ge-UCO DOLLARS 4�3 f 206
ALTERN TE NO.5C
BASIS OF AWARD: If the contract is awarded, the Owner will award a single Contract in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject the
Bids, or portions of the Bids denoted as separate schedules or alternates. The award will be made by
the Owner on the basis of that Bid from the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder which, in the
Owner's sole and absolute judgment, will best serve the interest of the Owner.
The undersigned Bidder acknowledged receipt of the following Addenda, which have been
considered in preparation of this Bid:
No. Dated
No. Dated
No. Dated
No. Dated
Submitted this 13 day of December 2017.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER:
Bill Si. bxdSSe, Project Manager
Montana Contractor Registration Number 5 4 7 6 6
Section 00300
BID FORMS
Page 3 of 4
If an individual:
doing business as
If a Partnership: by
partner
If a Corporation: R&R Taylor Construction, Inc .
(a) S Corporation
by Russell L. Olsen 49Z.4Zd
(Seal &
Title President Attest)
Business Address of Bidder: 1775 Love Lane
Bozeman , MT 59718
If Bidder is a joint venture, other party must sign below:
Montana License Number and Class
If an Individual: doing
business as
If a Partnership:
by Partner
If a Corporation:
(a) Corporation
by
Title (Seal & Attest)
Section 00300
BID FORMS
Page 4 of 4
NON-DISCREAMATION AFFIRMATION FORM
R&R Tay,lor Construe tl&0g1A%pfelthg submitting]hereby affirms itwillnotdiscriminate
on the basis of race, color,religion,creed,sex, age,marital status,national origin,or because
of actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity or disability in the performance of
work performed for the city of Bozeman,if a contract is awarded to it,and also recognizes the
eventual contract,if awarded,will contain a provision prohibiting discrimination as described
above and that this prohibition shall apply to the hiring and treatment of the
R&R Tavlor Cons tructioi1naTntwf entity submitting]employees and to all subcontracts it
enters into in performance of the agreement with the city of Bozeman.
Signature of Bidder:
1,Ored to/s'ign ;behalf ofthebidder
Bill SiebLkse, Project Manager
Document A31 O TM - 2010
Conforms with The American Institute of Architects AIA Document 310
Bid Bond
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
(Name,legal status and address) (Name,legal status and prineipul place r f htcriness)
Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
R & R Taylor Construction, Inc. 1299 Zurich Way
P.O. Box 1234 Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 This document has important
legal consequences.Consultation
Bozeman, MT 59771-1234 Mailing Address for Notices with an attorney is encouraged
1299 Zurich Way with respect to its completion or
OWNER: y modification.
(Name,legal status and address) Schaumburg, IL 60196 Any singular reference to
City of Bozeman Contractor,Surety,Owner or
other party shall applicable.be
considered
PO Box 1230 plural where
Bozeman, MT 59771-1230
BOND AMOUNT: 10% Ten Percent of Amount Bid
PROJECT:
(Manic,location or address audProject,umber,ifant}
Story Mill Park Community Center, Bozeman, Montana
The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above,for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind
themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,as provided herein.The conditions of this
Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the tine specified in the bid documents,or within such tine period
as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor,and the Contractor either(1)enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with
the terms of such bid,and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents,with a surety admitted in
the,jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner,for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt
payment of labor and material famished in the prosecution thereof;or(2)pays to the Owner the difference,not to exceed the amount of
this Bond,between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another
Party 10 perlbrnt the worfi covered by said bid,then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise to remain in lull three and ellect.Tire
Surely hereby waives any notice ol'an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the tine in which the Owner may accept the
bid.Waiver ol'nolice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty(60)days in tine aggregate beyond the lime Ibr
acceptance of bids speciled in the bid documents,and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent tier an extension beyond
sixty(60)days.
If this Bond is issued in connection with n subcontractor's bid to a Contractor,the terns Contractor iit this Bond shall be deemed to be
Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.
When this Bond has been luniixhed to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project any provision in
this Bond conflicting v0th said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herelTom and provisions conforming to such
statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein.When so furnished,the intent is lhat this Bond shall be construed
as u statulon,bond and not as a connwn law bond.
Signed and sc,pl,Cd this 11 th day of December, 2017.
R & R Taylor-Gpnstruction, inc.
'' ! ,'lt, (Seat)
LII
t� s}
Byil
t 10 ®EPp'rt.
Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland A.
(Witness) ffob Borsvo d
By
Milo)Naomi GerberAttorney-in- pact
S-00541AS 8t10
Bond Number Bid Bond
Obligee: City of Bozeman
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation of the State of New
York,the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,a corporation of the State of Maryland,and the FIDELITY
AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by
Michael P.Bond,Vice President,in pursuance of authority granted by Article V,Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies,which are
set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof,do hereby nominate, constitute,
and appoint Naomi Gerber its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to
make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the
execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon said Companies,as fully and amply,to all
intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN
INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills,Maryland.,and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND
DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland.,in their own proper persons.
The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V,Section 8,of
the By-Laws of said Companies,and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND,this 24th day of April,A.D.2017.
ATTEST:
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
EA 6
L
+ tzfi ..ja
By: Michael P.Bond ' ?
Vice President
�*v Qtrp�xs
By; Dawn E.Brown
Secretary
State of Maryland
County of Baltimore
On this 24th day of April, A.D.2017, before the subscriber,a Notary Public of the State of Maryland,duly commissioned and qualified,Michael P.
Bond,Vice President and Dawn E.Brown,Secretary of the Companies,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who
executed the preceding instrument,and acknowledged the execution of same,and being by me duly swom,deposeth and saith,that he/she is the said officer of
the Company aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and that the said Corporate Seals and
the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seat the day and year first above written.
rt+^n1ja�,tQ+���'•
Constance A.Dunn,Notary Public
My Commission Expires:July 9,2019 f+1r+r11,+'�
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES
"Article V,Section 8,Attorneys-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer,the President,or any Executive Vice President or Vice President
may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies,
recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such
attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto;and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any
time."
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the
foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate;and I do further certify that Article V,Section 8,of
the By-Laws of the Companies is still in force.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998.
RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such
facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company."
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of
May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a
meeting duly called and held on the I Oth day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature
of any Vice-President,Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company,whether made heretofore or hereafter,wherever appearing upon a
certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies,
this I Ith day of December 2017 _
jpiS
�p OCfQ,}r� apa`,-Sty ,.
SlCAL
tFM o su iG46 pi.
jj6
Michael C.Fay,Vice President
TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND,PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION
OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND,THE BOND NUMBER,AND YOUR CONTACT
INFORMATION TO:
Zurich Surety Claims
1299 Zurich Way
Schaumburg,IL 60196-1056
www.zurichna.com/en/claims
EXHIBIT C
Compensation Schedule
Contractor shall not demand or be entitled to receive payment for any work on the
Construction Project, in whole or in part, except in the manner set forth herein.
Monthly Prj1g1°es5 Payments
A After the commencement of work on the Construction Project, the Contractor may
request monthly progress payments by submitting an Application for Payment to the City's
Representative during each successive calendar month, with a copy to the project architect or
engineer. The Application for Payment must be based upon the actual or estimated percentage of
work completed and materials supplied on the Construction Project prior to the date of the
Application and shall be filled out and signed by the Contractor on a form provided by the City.
Contractor shall attach all supporting documentation to the Application, including certified payroll
records and receipts, to verify that the work claimed in the Application has been completed. Only
one Application for Payment may be submitted within a calendar month.
B. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall also
include an affidavit signed by the Contractor stating that all previous monthly progress payments
received have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's obligations associated with the
prior Applications for Payment.
C City and its architect or engineer shall promptly review all Applications for Payment
and, within twenty-one (21) days after receipt of each Application, deterniine whether a progress
payment should be disapproved in whole or in part. An Application for Payment is considered to
have been received when it is submitted to City's Representative and is considered approved unless
prior to the expiration of the 21-day period the City or its architect or engineer provides the
Contractor with a written statement containing specific items that are being disapproved.A progress
payment or any portion may be disapproved upon a claim of. (1) unsatisfactory job progress; (2)
failure to remedy defective construction work or materials; (3) disputed work or materials; (4)
failure to comply with material provisions of this Agreement, drawings, plans, specifications for
the Construction Project, or other required documents, including but not limited to, payroll
certifications, insurance coverage, bonding, lien releases, warranties, material certifications, and
test data; (5) failure of Contractor to make timely payment for claims including, but not limited to
claims for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and
royalties; (6) damages to the City; (7) the existence of reasonable evidence that the Agreement
cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Agreement's Compensation;and(8)Contractor's
non-compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and ordinances.
IL The City will furnish Contractor a written statement specifying a reason for
disapproval that is listed in Section C above for which approval of the Application for Payment or
a portion thereof is being withheld. If the City disapproves only a portion of an Application for
Payment, the remainder of the Application for Payment is considered approved.
Page 20 of 28
Version 12 14 15
E If the City approves a monthly progress payment, the City shall withhold the five
percent(5%)Retainage Amount from the total payment requested in the Application for Payment
and may withhold an amount that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that the City may
reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any claim based on the eight (8) items set out in
Section C above. City shall tender the balance of the approved monthly progress payment to
Contractor within seven (7) days following the approval.
E Contractor understands that the Montana Public Contractors' Gross Receipts Tax
requires all contractors or subcontractors working on a publicly funded project to pay or have
withheld from earnings one percent (1%) of the gross contract price if the public contract price,
including subcontracts attached thereto, is Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000)or more. If required,the
City will withhold this tax from any payment made to Contractor and will remit the amount
withheld to the Montana Department of Revenue. Contractor must withhold the tax from payments
made to subcontractors by Contractor.
G. City's approval of any progress payment shall not operate as City's acceptance of
any portion of the Construction Project as complete or free of defects or nonconformities, nor shall
it operate as a waiver of Contractor's obligations under the Agreement including, but not limited
to, Contractor's testing and warranty obligations.
Find Pgyplent
A Upon completion of the Construction Project, Contractor shall submit a final
Application for Payment to the City's Representative seeking payment of the remaining balance of
Contractor's compensation, including all retainage amounts. Contractor shall attach all supporting
documentation and receipts to the final Application for Payment to verify that the Construction
Project has been fully and finally completed in compliance with all terms and conditions of the
Agreement, including complete and legally effective releases or waivers of all liens or
encumbrances that have been filed against the Construction Project, and a consent from all of
Contractor's sureties to final payment. In addition, Contractor shall include an affidavit signed by
the Contractor stating that all previous monthly progress payments received have been applied on
account to discharge Contractor's obligations associated with the Construction Project and that the
prior Applications for Payment and all claims asserted by any person arising from or related to the
Construction Project have been settled or satisfied. In the event any claims have not been settled
or satisfied, the Affidavit shall contain a complete listing of such claims, the name and address of
each person making a claim, the facts and circumstances surrounding each claim, the amount of
each claim, and the efforts made to date by Contractor to resolve, settle or satisfy each claim.
R City and its architect or engineer shall promptly review the final Application for
Payment and, within twenty-one (21) days after receipt of the request, determine whether it should
be disapproved in whole or in part. The final Application for Payment is considered to have been
received when it is submitted to City's Representative and is considered approved unless the City's
Representative provides the Contractor with a written statement containing specific items that are
being disapproved prior to the expiration of the 21-day period. A final payment or any portion may
be disapproved upon a claim of. (1) unsatisfactory job progress; (2)
Page 21 of 28
Version 12 14 15
after City's final inspection of the Construction Project, Contractor has not completed all punch list
items and failed to remedy defective construction work or materials; (3)disputed work or materials;
(4) failure to comply with material provisions of this Agreement, drawings, plans, specifications
for the Construction Project, or other required documents including, but not limited to, payroll
certifications, insurance coverage, bonding, lien releases, warranties, material certifications, and
test data; (5)failure of Contractor to make timely payment for claims including, but not limited to,
claims for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and
royalties; (6) claims have been brought or liens have been filed against Contractor or the City
related to the Construction Project, or any such claims have not been properly documented in
Contractor's Affidavit; (7) damage to the City; (8) Contractor has not delivered all maintenance
and operating instructions, marked-up record documents, and any other documents relating to the
Construction Project as required by City; and (9) the Contractor is not in compliance with
applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and ordinances and has not remedied the
noncompliance.
C The City's Representative will furnish Contractor a written statement specifying a
reason for disapproval that is listed in Section B above for which approval of the final Application
for Payment or a portion thereof is being withheld. If the City disapproves only a portion of an
Application for Payment, the remainder of the Application for Payment is considered approved.
A Final payment is due and payable within fourteen (14) days of the City's
Representative's approval, but City may withhold an amount that is sufficient to pay the direct
expenses that the City may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any claim based on the
nine (9) items set out in Section B above and any tax withholding required by law.
Page 22 of 28
Version 12 14 15
EXHIBIT D
C'hapg of Work _Specifications
A. City may, at any time or from time to time, order changes, additions, deletions, or
revisions to the work on the Construction Project by submitting a written Change Order to
Contractor on a form as provided for by the City. Upon receipt of any Change Order, Contractor
shall comply with the terms of the changed work as reflected in the Change Order.
B. City and Contractor shall negotiate in good faith for an agreement as to any increase
or decrease in the Contractor's compensation that results from any Change Order. The increased or
decreased Contractor's compensation shall be set forth in the Change Order and both the City and
the Contractor shall sign the Change Order as an indication of their respective acceptance of the
changes and modifications to the Agreement. In the event the City and Contractor are unable to
agree upon the increase or decrease in Contractor's compensation resulting from any Change Order,
such increase or decrease shall be determined as follows:
1. increases to Contractor's compensation shall be calculated as follows and shall be
evidenced by Contractor's submission to the City of its actual supporting documentation
including time slips/cards, invoices, and receipts:
a. by unit prices otherwise set forth in the Agreement or subsequently agreed
upon;
b. by an agreed upon lump sum; or
C. by the cost of the work and an agreed upon mark-up for Contractor's
overhead and profit, with the costs of the work determined as follows:
01 Contractor's actual, direct payroll expenses for the cost of labor.
Payroll expenses shall only include actual gross wages paid, without any
deductions, withholding, or overhead. The agreed upon mark-up fee shall
cover Contractor's liability insurance, workers' compensation, and Social
Security taxes applicable to said wages, Contractor's reasonable profit, the
costs for the use of small tools and equipment not otherwise classified under
heavy equipment use, and Contractor's general overhead expenses.
01 Contractor's actual cost of materials, including actual
transportation costs, for all materials supplied by Contractor.
Costs for the use of heavy equipment and the transportation of the
same. Such costs shall be the actual rental fees incurred for the use of the
heavy equipment and the actual costs of transporting such heavy equipment
to and from the site of the Construction Project.
Page 23 of 28
Version 12 14 15
2. decreases to Contractor's compensation shall be determined by the City's good faith
estimate. If Contractor disagrees with such good faith estimate, Contractor can avail itself
of the Dispute Resolution provisions set forth in the Agreement.
C. Except for minor modifications in the work not involving an increase of costs or
Contractor's compensation and not inconsistent with the purposes of the work required by the
Agreement, and except in an emergency situation which endangers life or property, no change to
the work requirements shall be made unless pursuant to a written Change Order duly executed.
D. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contractor's compensation or
the extension of any deadlines set forth in Construction Schedule with respect to any work
performed by Contractor that is not required by the terms and conditions of the Agreement and is
not contained in a duly executed Change Order.
Page 24 of 28
Version 12 14 l5
EXHIBIT E
Re fired Inisurs ngg LoueraU
Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance coverage as set forth below. The
insurance policy must protect, defend, and indemnify the City, its employees, officers, and
agents and must endorse the City, its employees, officers and agents as an additional insureds
and be written on a "primary—noncontributory basis." Each coverage shall be obtained from
an insurance company that is duly licensed and authorized to transact insurance business and
write insurance within the state of Montana,with a minimum of"A.M. Best Rating"of A-, VI,
as will protect the Contractor, the various acts of subcontractors, the City and its officers,
employees, agents, and representatives from claims for bodily injury and/or property damage
which may arise from operations and completed operations under this Agreement. All
insurance coverage shall remain in effect throughout the life of this Agreement and for a
minimum of one (1) year following the date of expiration of Contractor's warranties. All
insurance policies must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not
be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least forty-five (45) days prior
written notice has been given to Contractor, City, and all other additional insured to whom a
certificate of insurance has been issued.
Required Insurance Coverage:
1. Commercial General Liability $1,500,000 per occurrence
(bodily injury and property damage) $3,000,000 aggregate
2. Products and Completed Operations $3,000,000
3. Automobile Liability $1,500,000 per accident
(all owned, hired, non-owned)
4. Workers'Compensation Not less than statutory limits
5. Employers' Liability $1,500,000
6. Professional Liability(E&O) $1,500,000
(only if applicable)
7. Builder's Risk/Property Insurance (for buildings) Equal to greater of
Contractor's compensation or full replacement(covering all work, buildings, materials and equipment,
whether on site or in transit,loss due to fire,lightening,theft,vandalism, malicious mischief,earthquake,
collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of laws, water damage, flood if site
within a flood plain, repair or replacement costs, testing and start-up costs)
8. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability $1,000,000 per occurrence
$3,000,000 aggregate
9. Contractual Liability Insurance $1,000,000 per occurrence
(covering indemnity obligations) $3,000,000 aggregate
Page 25 of 28
Version 12 14 15
Additional coverage may be required in the event of the following:
crane operating services: add On-Hook Coverage
transportation services: add$1,000,000 Transit Coverage
Page 26 of 28
Version 12 14 IS
EXHIBIT F
Required Bonds
Contractor shall make, execute, purchase, maintain and deliver to City performance and
payment bonds in an amount at least equal to the Contractor's compensation under this Agreement,
conditioned that the Contractor shall faithfully perform of all of Contractor's obligations under this
Agreement and pay all laborers,mechanics, subcontractors, material suppliers and all persons who
supply the Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors with provisions, provender, material, or
supplies for performing work on the Construction Project. All bonds must be obtained with a
surety company that is duly licensed and authorized to transact business within the state of Montana
and to issue bonds for the limits so required. The surety company must have a Best's Financial
Strength Rating of A, as rated by the A. M. Best Co., or an equivalent rating from a similar rating
service. All bonds must remain in effect throughout the life of this Agreement and for a minimum
of one (1) year following the date of expiration of Contractor's warranties. A certified copy of the
agent's authority to act must accompany all bonds signed by an agent. If the surety on any bond
furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business within
the state of Montana is terminated, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall within twenty
(20) days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond with another surety
company, both of which shall comply with all requirements set forth herein.
Bond Types and Amounts:
1. Performance Bond Equal to Contractor's compensation amount
2. Labor and Materials Bond Equal to Contractor's compensation amount
Page 27 of 28
Version 12 14 15
EXHIBIT G
J)rawin s, flan.. anti Specifications
The Drawings, Plans and Specifications provided by the City or its architect or
engineer as described below:
CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS PRODUCED BY
ARCHITECTURE 118 AND DATED NOVEMBER 9, 2018
Page 28 of 28
Version 12 14 15
PERFORMANCE BOND
(Insert full legal name and address of Contractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, and:
(Insert full legal name and address of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto:
City of Bozeman,Montana
121 North Rouse Ave.
PO Box 1230
Bozeman,MT 59771-1230
as Obligee, hereinafter called CITY,in the amount of:
(Dollars) ($ 1
for the payment,whereof CONTRACTOR and SURETY bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally.
WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR has,by written agreement dated 20 ,
entered into a contract with CITY for:
(Insert project name)
in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by:
(Insert company name)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Agreement.
NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if CONTRACTOR shall promptly
and faithfully perform said Agreement,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall
remain in full force and effect. As a minimum, this obligation shall remain in full force and effect
beyond the completion of all work to include the correction period as specified in the Contract
Documents.
The SURETY hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by CITY.
Revised 9/2/11 1
Whenever CONTRACTOR shall be, and declared by CITY to be, in default under the Agreement,
CITY having performed CITY's obligations thereunder, the SURETY may promptly remedy the
default or shall promptly:
1. Complete the Agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions;or
2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Agreement in accordance with its terms and
conditions, and upon determination by SURETY of the lowest responsible bidder,or,
if CITY elects, upon determination by CITY and the SURETY jointly of the lowest
responsible bidder,arrange for a contract between such bidder and CITY, and make
available as work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession
of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this
paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the
contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which
SURETY may be liable hereunder,the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof.
The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the
total amount payable by CITY to CONTRACTOR under the Agreement and any
amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by CITY to CONTRACTOR.
No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other
than CITY named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of CITY.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ( ) counterparts, each one
(number)
of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of , 20
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL: SURETY:
(Seal)
Company Name Surety Name and Corporate Seal
By: (Seal) By:
Signature Signature Attorney-in-Fact
Printed Name Printed Name
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Title
Attest%Signature Attest:
Signature
Title Title
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR is a partnership, all partners must
execute Bond.
Revised 9/2/11 2
PAYMENT BOND
(Insert full legal name and address of Contractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, and:
(Insert full legal name and address of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto:
City of Bozeman, Montana
121 North Rouse Ave.
PO Box 1230
Bozeman, MT 59771-1230
as Obligee, hereinafter called CITY, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined in
the amount of:
(Dollars) ($ 1
for the payment,whereof CONTRACTOR and SURETY bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally.
WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR has,by written agreement dated 20 ,
entered into a contract with CITY for:
(Insert project name)
in accordance with drawings and specification prepared by:
(Insert company name)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Agreement.
NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if CONTRACTOR shall promptly
make payments to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and materials used or
reasonably required for use in the performance of the Agreement, and any duly authorized
modifications that may hereafter be made, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall
remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
Version 12 16 15
Page 1 of 3
1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or
with a subcontractor of CONTRACTOR as defined by Title 18, Chapter 2, Part 2,
MCA, for labor, materials, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Agreement; labor and material being construed to include that
part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental of
equipment directly applicable to the Agreement.
2. The above named CONTRACTOR and SURETY hereby jointly and severally agree
with CITY that every claimant as herein defined who has not been paid in full before
the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such
claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by
such claimant, may sue on this Bond for the use of such claimant in the name of
CITY, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly
due claimant, and have execution thereon, provided, however, that CITY shall not
be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
3. A claimant may only commence a suit or action:
a. If the claimant has complied with applicable state laws; and
b. In District Court located in and for Gallatin County, Montana, in Bozeman
Municipal Court, if applicable, or in the United States District Court for the district
in which the project, or any part thereof, is situated and not elsewhere.
4. Special exceptions:
5. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or
payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payments by SURETY of
construction liens which may be filed on record against said improvement, whether
or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this Bond.
Version 12 16 15
Page 2 of 3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in (_) counterparts, each one
(number)
of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of , 20_
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL: SURETY:
(Seal)
Company Name Surety Name and Corporate Seal
By: (Seal) By:
Signature Signature Attorney-in-Fact
Printed Name Printed Name
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Title
Attest%Signature Attest:
Signature
Title Title
NOTE:Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.If CONTRACTOR is a partnership,all partners must
execute Bond.
Version 12 16 15
Page 3 of 3
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Project Name: Story Mill Park Community Center Project No,: 17-030
Location: Bozeman,Montana
Owner. City of Bozeman, Dept. of Parks and Recreation Contractor:
415 North Bozeman Street
Bozeman,Montana 59715
This information is submitted for the approval of the Owner, I�
The following Subcontractors have been retained to provide materials and/or labor in the interests of the Project. All
Subcontractors with contracts in the amount of$5,000.00 or more have been listed, The Contractor certifies:
• The Subcontractors have been advised of all requirements, provisions, and standards applicable to the Project,
• The provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor will be incorporated into the contracts between the
Contractor and Subcontractors,
• The Subcontractors are qualified to accomplish the work for which they have been retained.
SUBCONTRACTOR NAME SCOPE OF WORK LICENSE NO,
SUBMITTED BY(CONTRACTOR) AUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
REVIEWED BY(CONSULTANT) AUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
APPROVED BY(OWNER) AUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Project Name. Story Mill Park Community Center Project No.: 17-030
Location. Bozeman, Montana
Owner: City of Bozeman, Dept. of Parks and Recreation Contractor.
4 e
15 North Bozeman Street
Bozeman, Montana 59715
This information is submitted for the purpose of evaluating applications for payment.
The following is a complete accounting of the amounts used to generate the Contract Sum.
DIVISION SCOPE OF WORK MATERIAL LABOR OTHER TOTAL
TOTALS
SUBMITTED BY(CONTRACTOR) AUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
REVIEWED BY(CONSULTANT) AUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
APPROVED BY(OWNER) AUTHORIZED AGENT DATE
MONTANA
PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 2017
Effective: January 7, 2017
Steve Bullock, Governor
State of Montana
Pam Bucy, Commissioner
Department of Labor and Industry
To obtain copies of prevailing wage rate schedules, or for information relating to public works projects and payment of
prevailing wage rates, visit ERD at www.mtwagehourbopa.comor contact:
Employment Relations Division
Montana Department of Labor and Industry
P. O. Box 201503
Helena, MT 59620-1503
Phone 406-444-5600
TDD 406-444-5549
The Labor Standards Bureau welcomes questions, comments, and suggestions from the public. In addition,we'll
do our best to provide information in an accessible format, upon request, in compliance with the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
MONTANA PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS
The Commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry, in accordance with Sections 18-2-401 and 18-2-402 of the
Montana Code Annotated (MCA), has determined the standard prevailing rate of wages for the occupations listed in this
publication.
The wages specified herein control the prevailing rate of wages for the purposes of Section 18-2-401, et seq., MCA. It is
required that each employer pay(as a minimum)the rate of wages, including fringe benefits, travel allowance, zone pay
and per diem applicable to the district in which the work is being performed as provided in the attached wage
determinations.
All Montana Prevailing Wage Rates are available on the internet at www.mtwagehourbopa.com or by contacting the Labor
Standards Bureau at (406)444-5600 or TDD (406)444-5549.
In addition, this publication provides general information concerning compliance with Montana's Prevailing Wage Law and
the payment of prevailing wages. For detailed compliance information relating to public works contracts and payment of
prevailing wage rates, please consult the regulations on the internet at www.mtwagehourbopa.com or contact the Labor
Standards Bureau at (406)444-5600 or TDD (406)444-5549.
PAM BUCY
Commissioner
Department of Labor and Industry
State of Montana
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MONTANA PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS:
A. Date of Publication ..............................................................................................................I......................... 3
B. Definition of Building Construction .................................................................................................................. 3
C. Definition of Public Works Contract ............................................................................................I.......I............ 3
D. Prevailing Wage Schedule ............................................................................................................................. 3
E. Rates to Use for Projects ................................................................................................................................ 3
F. Wage Rate Adjustments for Multiyear Contracts ................................................................................................ 3
G. Fringe Benefits .............................................................................................................................................. 4
H. Prevailing Wage Districts ................................................................................................................................ 4
I. Dispatch City ................................................................................................................................................. 5
J. Zone Pay ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
K. Computing Travel Benefits ............................................................................................................................. 5
L. Per Diem ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
M. Apprentices .................................................................................................................................................. 5
N. Posting Notice of Prevailing Wages ................................................................................................................. 5
O. Employment Preference ................................................................................................................................. 5
P. Projects of a Mixed Nature .................................................................................................................................................... 5
Q. Occupations Definitions Website ....................................................................................................................... 6
R. Welder Rates ......................................................................................................................................... 6
S. Foreman Rates ........................................................................................................................................... 6
WAGE RATES:
BOILERMAKERS .................................................................................................................................................. 7
BRICK, BLOCK,AND STONE MASONS .................................................................................................................. 7
CARPENTERS ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
CEMENT MASONS AND CONCRETE FINISHERS .......................................................................................... 8
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
OPERATORSGROUP 1 ..................................................................................................................................... 8
OPERATORSGROUP 2 ..................................................................................................................................... 9
OPERATORSGROUP 3 ..................................................................................................................................... 9
OPERATORSGROUP 4..........................................................................................................................................................................10
OPERATORSGROUP 5..........................................................................................................................................................................10
OPERATORSGROUP 6..........................................................................................................................................................................10
OPERATORSGROUP 7..........................................................................................................................................................................11
CONSTRUCTION LABORERS
LABORERSGROUP 1....................................................----...............................................................................................................A l
LABORERSGROUP 2.............................................................................................................................................................................11
LABORERSGROUP 3.............................................................................................................................................................................12
LABORERSGROUP 4.............................................................................................................................................................................12
DRYWALLAPPLICATORS .........................................................................................................................................................................12
ELECTRICIANS: INCLUDING BUILDING AUTOMATION CONTROL........................................................................................................13
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS.......... ............ ..................---.......... ...................................... ....... ............... ............... .............13
FLOORLAYERS.........................................................................................................................................................................................14
GLAZIERS...................................................................................................................................................................................................14
HEATINGAND AIR CONDITIONING..........................................................................................................................................................14
INSULATION WORKERS-MECHANICAL(HEAT AND FROST)...............................................................................................................15
IRONWORKERS-STRUCTURAL STEEL AND REBAR PLACERS..........................................................................................................A5
MILLWRIGHTS............................................................................................................................................................................................15
PAINTERS: INCLUDING PAPERHANGERS ..............................................................................................................................................16
PILEBUCKS................................................................................................................................................................................................16
PLASTERERS.............................................................................................................................................................................................16
PLUMBERS, PIPEFITTERS,AND STEAMFITTERS ..................................................................................................................................17
ROOFERS...................................................................................................................................................................................................18
SHEETMETAL WORKERS ........................................................................................................................................................................18
SPRINKLERFITTERS.................................................................................................................................................................................19
TAPERS......................... ............................. ......... ....................................................................................................................................19
TEAMSTERSGROUP 2 (TRUCK DRIVERS).............................................................................................................................................19
TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS..............................................................................................................................20
TILELAYERS,TERRAZZO AND MARBLE FINISHERS..............................................................................................................................20
TILELAYERS,TERRAZZO AND MARBLE SETTERS................................................................................................................................20
2
A.Date of Publication January 7,2017
B.Definition of Building Construction
For the purposes of Prevailing Wage,the Commissioner of Labor and Industry has determined that building construction
occupations are defined to be those performed by a person engaged in a recognized trade or craft,or any skilled, semi-skilled,or
unskilled manual labor related to the construction, alteration, or repair of a public building or facility, and does not include
engineering, superintendence,management,office or clerical work.
The Administrative Rules of Montana (ARM),24.17.501(2)—2(a), states `Building construction projects generally are the
constructions of sheltered enclosures with walk-ire access for housing persons, machinery, equipment, or supplies. It includes
all construction ofsuch structures, incidental installation of utilities and equipment, both above and below grade level, as iiell
as incidental grading, utilities and paving.
Examples oj'building construction include, but are not limited to, alterations and additions to buildings, apartment buildings (5
stories and above), arencts(closed), auditorhons, automobile parking garages, banks and financial buildings, barracks,
churches, city halls, civic centers, commercial buildings, count houses, detention facilities, dormitories,fcurnr buildings,fire
stations, hospitals, hotels, industrial buildings, institutional buildings, libraries, mausoleums, motels, musetnns, nursing and
convalescent facilities, office buildings, out patient clinics,passenger and freight terminal buildings,police stations,post
offices,powerplants,prefabricated buildings, remodeling buildings, renovating buildings, repairing buildings, restaurants,
schools, service stations, shopping centers, stores, subway stations, theaters, warehouses, water and sewage treatment plants
(buildings only), etc."
C.Definition of Public Works Contract
Section 18-2-401(1 1)(a),MCA defines"public works contract"as "...a contract for construction services let by the state,
cotno, municipality, school district, orpolitical subdivision or_for nonconst°uction services let by the state, coNntJ�,
municipality, or political subdivision in which the total cost of'the contract is in excess of$25,000...".
D. Prevailing Wage Schedule
This publication covers only Building Construction occupations and rates. These rates will remain in effect until superseded by
a more current publication. Current prevailing wage rate schedules for Heavy Construction,Highway Construction, and
Nonconstruction Services occupations can be found on the internet at www.mtwageboubopa.com or by contacting the Labor
Standards Bureau at(406)444-5600 or TDD (406)444-5549.
E. Rates to Use for Projects
ARM, 24.17.127(1)(c),states "The range rates applicable to a particidarpublic worlfs project are those in effect at the time the
bid specifications are advertised."
F. Wage Rate Adjustments for Multiyear Contracts
Section 18-2-417,MCA states:
"(1)Any public 14107-ks contract that by the terms of the original contract calls for more than 30 months to foully per form must
inehrde a provision to adjust, as provided in subsection (2), the standard prevailing rate of wages to be paid to the workers
performing the contract.
(2) The standard prevailing rate of wages paid to workers under a contract subiect to this section must be adjusted 12 months
after the date of the award of'the public woks contract. The amount of the adjustment must be a 3%increase. The ac#ustnent
must he made and applied every 12 months.for the term of the contract.
(3)Any increase in the standard rate ofprevailing wages for ivorkers under this section is the sole responsibility of the
contractor and any subcontractors and not the contracting agency."
3
G. Fringe Benefits
Section 18-2-412,MCA states:
"(1) To fulfill the obligation...a contractor or subcontractor mcry:
(a)pay the amount of fringe benefits and the basic hourly rate ofpay that is part of the standard prevailing rate of wages
directly to the worker or employee in cash;
(b)make an irrevocable contribution to a trustee or a third person pursuant to a fringe benefit fund,plan, or program that
meets the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security)Act of 1974 or that is a bona fide program approved by the
U. S. department of labor; or
(c)make pcnnnents using arty combination ofinethods setforth in subsections (1)(a) and(1)(b)so that the aggregate of
payments and contributions is not less than the standard prevailing rate of wages, including fringe benefits and travel
alloivances, applicable to the district for the particular type of work beingperformed.
(2) The fringe benefit.fiind,phin, or program described in subsection (1)(b)mustprovide benefits to workers or employees.for
health care,pensions on retirement or•death, life insurance, disabilio)and sickness insurance, or-bona fide programs that meet
the requirerrrents of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or that are approved by the U. S. department of
labor. "
Fringe benefits are paid for all hours worked (straight time and overtime hours). However, fringe benefits are not to be
considered a part of the hourly rate of pay for calculating overtime,unless there is a collectively bargained agreement in effect
that specifies otherwise.
H. Prevailing Wage Districts
Montana counties are aggregated into 4 districts for the purpose of prevailing wage. The prevailing wage districts are composed
of the following counties:
Montana Prevailing Wage Districts
t i[m€f
Nal�rad t Valduy
Cascact!_ ._... t�tu`rt r••,a,.si t
I,e1,rl� to tti+>td
anci }udri Petrc';cu
TU
`�--- tr oauk
t i�Yrrti tip �it,;s iy(
�`r rtKB S'" 4" :;,�rtand f usa&1..ire 'Rase)5Ia§ a� Fallon
4ivitt�:.,, fiala7t?t Mr
1J�at tsy +:tstar
Rklv,'t1j S;e€t .lefiersrutt .�
L++age i `j—
tltlr;=.stone
Bow t Gaflatm S'xef.I
Big Gana,
t.Ld-its 1
Pik
4
I.Dispatch City
ARM,24.17.103(11), defines dispatch city as "...the courthouse in the eioJ from the following list which is closest to the center
of the job: Billings, Bozeman, Butte, Great Falls, Helena, Kalispell, and Missoula."A dispatch city shall be considered the
point of origin only for jobs within the counties identified in that district(as shown below):
District I—Kalispell and Missoula: includes Flathead,Lake,Lincoln,Mineral,Missoula,Ravalli,and Sanders;
District 2—Butte and Helena: includes Beaverhead,Broadwater,Deer Lodge,Glacier,Granite,Jefferson,Lewis and Clark,
Liberty,Madison,Pondera,Powell,Silver Bow,Teton,and Toole;
District 3—Bozeman and Great Falls: includes Blaine,Cascade,Chouteau,Fergus,Gallatin,Golden Valley,Hill,Judith Basin,
Meagher,Park,Petroleum,Phillips,Sweet Grass,and Wheatland;
District 4—Billings: includes Big Horn,Carbon,Carter,Custer,Daniels,Dawson,Fallon,Garfield,McCone,Musselshell,Powder
River,Prairie,Richland,Roosevelt,Rosebud, Sheridan,Stillwater,Treasure,Valley,Wibaux,and Yellowstone.
I Zone Pay
Zone pay is not travel pay. ARM,24.17.103(24),defines zone pay as "...an amount added to the base pay; the combined sum
then becomes the new base wage rate to be paid for all horns worked on the project. Zone pay mast be determined by
measuring the road miles one ivay over the shortest practical maintained route fr•orn the dispatch city to the center of the job."
See section I above for a list of dispatch cities.
K. Computing Travel Benefits
ARM,24.17.103(22), states " `Travel pay,'also referred to as `travel allowance,'is and must be paid for travel both to and
from the job site, except those with special provisions listed under the classiW cation. The rate is determined by measuring the
road miles one direction over the shortest practical maintained route fi•om the dispatch city or the employee's home, whichever
is closer, to the center of the job." See section I above for a list of dispatch cities.
L.Per Diem
ARM,24.17.103(18), states " 'Per diem'typically covers costs associated with board and lodging expenses. Per dienn is paid
when an employee is required to work at a location outside the daily commuting distance and is required to stay at that location
overnight or longer."
M.Apprentices
Wage rates for apprentices registered in approved federal or state apprenticeship programs are contained in those programs.
Additionally, Section 18-2-416(2),MCA states "...The full amount of any applicable fringe benefits must be paid to the
apprentice while the apprentice is world ng on the public ivorks contract."Apprentices not registered in approved federal or
state apprenticeship programs will be paid the appropriate journey level prevailing wage rate when working on a public works
contract.
N. Posting Notice of Prevailing Wages
Section 18-2-406,MCA provides that contractors, subcontractors and employers who are "...per forming work or providing
construction services under public works contracts, as provided in this part, shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the
Project or staging area, not later than the first clay of work and continuing for the entire duration of the project, a legible
statement of'all wages cud fi•inge benefits to be paid to the employees."
O.Employment Preference
Sections 18-2-403 and 18-2-409,MCA requires contractors to give preference to the employment of bona fide Montana
residents in the performance of work on public works contracts.
P.Projects of a Mixed Nature
Section 18-2-408,MCA states:
"(1) The contracting agency shall determine, based on the preponderance of labor hours to be worked, whether the public
ivorks construction services project is classified as a highway construction project, a heayly construction project, or a building
construction project.
(2) Once the project has been classified, employees in each trade classification who are working on that project must be paid at
the rate for that project classification"
5
Q.Occupations Definitions
You can find definitions for these occupations on the following Bureau of Labor Statistics website:
http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes stru.htm
R.Welder Rates
Welders receive the rate prescribed for the craft performing an operation to which welding is incidental.
S.Foreman Rates
Rates are no longer set for foremen. However, if a foreman performs journey level work,the foreman must be paid at
least the journey level rate.
6
WAGE RATES
BOILERMAKERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $30.25 $30.30 All Districts
District 2 $30.25 $30.30 0-120 mi. free zone
District 3 $30.25 $30.30 >120 mi. federal mileage rate/mi.
District 4 $30.25 $30.30
Special Provision:
Duties Include: Travel is paid only at the beginning and end of the job.
Construct, assemble, maintain, and repair stationary
steam boilers, boiler house auxiliaries, process vessels, Per Diem:
and pressure vessels. All Districts
0-70 mi. free zone
>70-120 mi. $55.00/day
>120 mi. $70.00/day
T Back to Table of Contents
BRICK, BLOCK, AND STONE MASONS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $26.58 $13.77 All Districts
District 2 $26.58 $13.77 0-45 mi. free zone
District 3 $26.22 $13.19 >45-60 mi. $25.00/day
District 4 $26.22 $13.19 >60-90 mi. $55.00/day
>90 mi. $65.00/day
T Back to Table of Contents
CARPENTERS
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $22.50 $11.82 All Districts
District 2 $22.50 $12.11 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $22.50 $11.82 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr.
District 4 $22.50 $11.82 >60 mi. base pay+ $6.00/hr.
Duties Include:
Install roll and batt insulation, and hardwood floors.
T Back to Table of Contents
7
CEMENT MASONS AND CONCRETE FINISHERS
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $19.22 $10.36 All Districts
District 2 $21.73 $10.51 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $19.52 $10.36 >30-60 mi. base pay+$2.95/hr.
District 4 $19.22 $10.36 >60 mi. base pay+$4.75/hr.
Duties Include:
Smooth and finish surfaces of poured concrete, such as
floors, walks, sidewalks, or curbs. Align forms for
sidewalks, curbs, or gutters.
T Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 1
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $25.41 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $25.41 $12.05 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $25.41 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $3.50/hr.
District 4 $25.41 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+ $5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Air Compressor; Auto Fine Grader; Belt Finishing; Boring
Machine(Small); Cement Silo; Crane, A-Frame Truck
Crane; Crusher Conveyor; DW-10, 15, and 20 Tractor
Roller; Farm Tractor; Forklift; Form Grader; Front-End
Loader, under 1 cu. yd; Oiler, Heavy Duty Drills; Herman
Nelson Heater; Mucking Machine; Oiler, All Except
Cranes/Shovels; Pumpman.
T Back to Table of Contents
8
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 2
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $26.20 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $26.20 $12.05 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $26.20 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+$3.50/hr.
District 4 $26.20 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+$5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Air Doctor; Backhoe\Excavator\Shovel, up to and incl. 3
cu. yds; Bit Grinder; Bitunimous Paving Travel Plant;
Boring Machine, Large; Broom, Self-Propelled; Concrete
Travel Batcher; Concrete Float& Spreader; Concrete
Bucket Dispatcher; Concrete Finish Machine; Concrete
Conveyor; Distributor; Dozer, Rubber-Tired, Push, &
Side Boom; Elevating Grader\Gradall; Field Equipment
Serviceman; Front-End Loader, 1 cu. yd up to and incl. 5
cu. yds; Grade Setter; Heavy Duty Drills, All Types;
Hoist\Tugger, All; Hydralift Forklifts &Similar; Industrial
Locomotive; Motor Patrol (except finish); Mountain
Skidder; Oiler, Cranes\Shovels; Pavement Breaker,
EMSCO; Power Saw, Self-Propelled; Pugmill;
Pumperete\Grout Machine; Punch Truck; Roller, other
than Asphalt; Roller, Sheepsfoot(Self-Propelled); Roller,
25 tons and over; Ross Carrier; Rotomill, under 6 ft;
Trenching Machine; Washing/Screening Plant.
T Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 3
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $27.95 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $27.95 $12.05 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $27.95 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $3.50/hr.
District 4 $27.95 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+$5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Asphalt Paving Machine; Asphalt Screed;
Backhoe\Excavator\Shovel, over 3 cu. yds; Cableway
Highline; Concrete Batch Plant; Concrete Curing
Machine; Concrete Pump; Cranes, Creter; Cranes,
Electric Overhead; Cranes, 24 tons and under; Curb
Machine\Slip Form Paver; Finish Dozer; Front-End
Loader, over 5 cu. yds; Mechanic\Welder; Pioneer
Dozer; Roller Asphalt (Breakdown & Finish); Rotomill,
over 6 ft; Scraper, Single, Twin, or Pulling Belly-Dump;
YO-YO Cat.
T Back to Table of Contents
9
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 4
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $28.95 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $28.95 $12.05 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $28.95 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $3.50/hr.
District 4 $28.95 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+$5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Asphalt\Hot Plant Operator; Cranes, 25 tons up to and
incl. 44 tons; Crusher Operator; Finish Motor Patrol;
Finish Scraper.
t Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 5
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $29.95 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $29.95 $12.05 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $29.95 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $3.50/hr.
District 4 $29.95 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+ $5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Cranes, 45 tons up to and incl. 74 tons.
T Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 6
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $30.95 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $30.95 $12.05 0-30 mi.free zone
District 3 $30.95 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $3.50/hr.
District 4 $30.95 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+$5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Cranes, 75 tons up to and incl. 149 tons; Cranes,
Whirley(All).
T Back to Table of Contents
10
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 7
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $31.95 $12.05 All Districts
District 2 $31.95 $12.05 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $31.95 $12.05 >30-60 mi. base pay+$3.50/hr.
District 4 $31.95 $12.05 >60 mi. base pay+ $5.50/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Cranes, 150 tons up to and incl. 250 tons; Cranes, over
250 tons—add $1.00 for every 100 tons over 250 tons;
Crane, Tower(All); Crane Stiff-Leg or Derrick; Helicopter
Hoist.
T Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 1 / FLAG PERSON FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $18.75 $7.92 All Districts
District 2 $18.75 $7.92 0-15 mi. free zone
District 3 $18.75 $7.92 >15-30 mi. base pay+ $0.65/hr.
District 4 $18.75 $7.92 >30-50 mi. base pay+ $0.85/hr.
>50 mi. base pay+$1.25/hr.
T Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 2
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $18.72 $8.82 All Districts
District 2 $18.47 $6.95 0-15 mi. free zone
District 3 $15.88 $4.17 >15-30 mi. base pay+ $0.65/hr.
District 4 $17.31 $4.44 >30-50 mi. base pay+ $0.85/hr.
>50 mi. base pay+ $1.25/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
General Labor; Asbestos Removal; Burning Bar; Bucket
Man; Carpenter Tender; Caisson Worker; Cement
Mason Tender; Cement Handler(dry); Chuck Tender;
Choker Setter; Concrete Worker; Curb Machine-lay
Down; Crusher and Batch Worker; Heater Tender;
Fence Erector; Landscape Laborer; Landscaper; Lawn
Sprinkler Installer; Pipe Wrapper; Pot Tender;
Powderman Tender; Rail and Truck Loaders and
Unloaders; Riprapper; Sign Erection; Guardrail and
Jersey Rail; Spike Driver; Stake Jumper; Signalman;Tail
Hoseman; Tool Checker and Houseman and Traffic
Control Worker.
T Back to Table of Contents
11
CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 3
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $19.80 $7.92 All Districts
District 2 $19.80 $7.92 0-15 mi.free zone
District 3 $19.80 $7.92 >15-30 mi. base pay+ $0.65/hr.
District 4 $19.80 $7.92 >30-50 mi. base pay+ $0.85/hr.
>50 mi. base pay+$1.25/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Concrete Vibrator; Dumpman (Grademan); Equipment
Handler; Geotextile and Liners; High-Pressure
Nozzleman; Jackhammer(Pavement Breaker) Non-
Riding Rollers; Pipelayer; Posthole Digger(Power);
Power Driven Wheelbarrow; Rigger; Sandblaster; Sod
Cutter-Power and Tamper.
T Back to Table of Contents
CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 4
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $20.15 $7.96 All Districts
District 2 $20.15 $7.92 0-15 mi. free zone
District 3 $22.20 $7.92 >15-30 mi. base pay+ $0.65/hr.
District 4 $20.15 $7.92 >30-50 mi. base pay+ $0.85/hr.
>50 mi. base pay+$1.25/hr.
This group includes but is not limited to:
Hod Carrier***; Water Well Laborer; Blaster; Wagon
Driller; Asphalt Raker; Cutting Torch; Grade Setter;
High-Scaler; Power Saws (Faller&Concrete)
Powderman; Rock & Core Drill; Track or Truck Mounted
Wagon Drill and Welder incl. Air Arc.
***Hod Carriers will receive the same amount of travel
and/or subsistence pay as bricklayers when requested to
travel.
T Back to Table of Contents
DRYWALL APPLICATORS
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $22.50 $11.82 All Districts
District 2 $22.50 $12.11 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $22.50 $11.82 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr.
District 4 $22.50 $11.82 >60 mi. base pay+$6.00/hr.
Duties Include:
Drywall and ceiling tile installation.
T Back to Table of Contents
12
ELECTRICIANS: INCLUDING BUILDING AUTOMATION CONTROL
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $29.28 $13.09 District 1
District 2 $30.50 $12.77 No mileage due when traveling in employer's vehicle.
District 3 $30.50 $12.37
District 4 $32.74 $13.45 The following travel allowance is applicable when
traveling in employee's vehicle:
Duties Include:
Electrical wiring; equipment and fixtures; street lights; 0-10 mi. free zone
electrical control systems. Installation and/or adjusting >10-45 mi. $0.585/mi. in excess of the free zone.
of building automation controls also during testing and >45 mi. $75.00/day
balancing, commissioning and retro-commissioning.
Districts 2 & 3
No mileage due when traveling in employer's vehicle.
The following travel allowance is applicable when
traveling in employee's vehicle:
0-08 mi. free zone
>08-50 mi. federal mileage rate/mi. in excess of
the free zone.
>50 mi. $66.00/day
District 4
No mileage due when traveling in employer's vehicle.
The following travel allowance is applicable when
traveling in employee's vehicle:
0-18 mi.free zone
>18-60 mi. federal mileage rate/mi.
>60 mi. $75.00/day
T Back to Table of Contents
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $49.66 $35.61 All Districts
District 2 $49.66 $35.61 0-15 mi.free zone
District 3 $49.66 $35.61 >15-25 mi. $39.63/day
District 4 $49.66 $35.61 >25-35 mi. $79.26/day
>35 mi. $84.90/day or cost of receipts for hotel and
meals, whichever is greater.
T Back to Table of Contents
13
FLOOR LAYERS
No Rate Established
Lay and install carpet from rolls or blocks on floors.
Install padding and trim flooring materials.
T Back to Table of Contents
GLAZIERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $18.67 $2.97 All Districts
District 2 $19.00 $2.50 No travel established.
District 3 $20.82 $2.61
District 4 $20.82 $2.61 Per Diem
Districts 1, 2 &3
$25/day
District 4
No per diem established.
T Back to Table of Contents
HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $25.97 $12.53 All Districts
District 2 $28.04 $17.38 0-50 mi.free zone
District 3 $28.04 $17.38 >50 mi.
District 4 $28.04 $17.38 $0.25/mi. in employer vehicle.
■ $0.65/mi. in employee vehicle.
Duties Include: Per Diem:
Testing and balancing, commissioning and retro- All Districts
commissioning of all air-handling equipment and duct $65/day
work.
T Back to Table of Contents
14
INSULATION WORKERS - MECHANICAL (HEAT AND FROST)
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $34.17 $19.47 All Districts
District 2 $34.17 $19.47 0-30 mi.free zone
District 3 $34.17 $19.47 >30-40 mi. $20.00/day
District 4 $34.17 $19.47 >40-50 mi. $30.00/day
>50-60 mi. $40.00/day
Duties Include: >60 mi. $45.00/day plus
Insulate pipes, ductwork or other mechanical systems. • $0.56/mi. if transportation is not provided.
■ $0.20/mi. if in companyvehicle.
>60 mi. $80.00/day on jobs requiring an overnight stay
plus
• $0.56/mi. if transportation is not provided.
• $0.20/mi. if in companyvehicle.
T Back to Table of Contents
IRONWORKERS -STRUCTURAL STEEL AND REBAR PLACERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $27.21 $23.16 District 1
District 2 $27.25 $22.06 0-45 mi.free zone
District 3 $27.25 $20.83 >45-60 mi. $35.00/day
District 4 $27.25 $20.83 >60-100 mi. $60.00/day
>100 mi. $80.00/day
Duties Include:
Structural steel erection; assemble prefabricated metal Special Provision:
buildings; cut, bend, tie, and place rebar; energy When the employer provides transportation, travel will
producing windmill type towers; metal bleacher seating; not be paid. However, when an employee is required to
handrail fabrication and ornamental steel. travel over 70 miles one way, the employee may elect to
receive the travel pay in lieu of the transportation.
Districts 2, 3 &4
0-45 mi.free zone
>45-85 mi. $55.00/day
>85 mi. $85.00/day
T Back to Table of Contents
MILLWRIGHTS
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $32.00 $11.82 All Districts
District 2 $32.00 $12.11 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $32.00 $11.82 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr.
District 4 $32.00 $11.82 >60 mi. base pay+ $6.00/hr.
T Back to Table of Contents
15
PAINTERS: INCLUDING PAPERHANGERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $23.60 $9.35 All Districts
District 2 $23.73 $8.76 0-120 mi. free zone
District 3 $23.73 $8.76 >120 mi. $45.00/day
District 4 $21.05 $9.56
T Back to Table of Contents
PILE BUCKS
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $29.00 $11.82 All Districts
District 2 $29.00 $12.11 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $29.00 $11.82 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr.
District 4 $29.00 $11.82 >60 mi. base pay+ $6.00/hr.
Duties Include:
Set up crane; set up hammer; weld tips on piles; set
leads; insure piles are driven straight with the use of
level or plum bob. Give direction to crane operator as to
speed and direction of swing. Cut piles to grade.
T Back to Table of Contents
PLASTERERS
Wage Benefit Zone Pay:
District 1 $19.22 $10.36 All Districts
District 2 $21.73 $10.51 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $19.52 $10.36 >30-60 mi. base pay+$2.95/hr.
District 4 $19.22 $10.36 >60 mi. base pay+$4.75/hr.
T Back to Table of Contents
16
PLUMBERS, PIPEFITTERS, AND STEAMFITTERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $28.28 $14.56 District 1
District 2 $28.62 $14.33 0-30 mi. free zone
District 3 $28.62 $14.33 >30-50 mi. $25.00/day
District 4 $32.31 $16.86 >50-75 mi. $40.00/day
>75 mi. $75.00/day
Duties Include:
Assemble, install, alter, and repair pipe-lines or pipe Special Provision
systems that carry water, steam, air, other liquids or If transportation is not provided, mileage at$0.35/mi.
gases. Testing of piping systems, commissioning and with a separate free zone of 20 miles is added to the
retro-commissioning.Workers in this occupation may amounts above. However, if the employee is traveling
also install heating and cooling equipment and more than 75 miles/day, only subsistence will be is
mechanical control systems. required.
Districts 2 & 3
0-40 mi. free zone
>40-80 mi. $35.00/day
>80 mi. $85.00/day
Special Provision:
If employer provides transportation, travel pay will be %2
of the amounts listed above unless the employee stays
overnight. If the employee chooses to stay overnight,
the employee will receive the full amount of travel listed
above even if the employer furnishes transportation.
District 4
0-70 free zone
>70 mi.
• On jobs when employees do not work
consecutive days: $0.55/mi. if employer doesn't
provide transportation. Not to exceed twotrips.
• On jobs when employees work any number of
consecutive days: $100.00/day if employer
doesn't provide transportation.
?Back to Table of Contents
17
ROOFERS
Wage Benefit Travel
District 1 $22.84 $ 9.47 District 1
District 2 $22.79 $ 9.08 0-50 mi. free zone
District 3 $20.09 $ 5.10 >50 mi. $0.35/mi.
District 4 $20.54 $ 4.15
District 2,
0-25 mi.free zone
>50 mi. $0.35/mi.
District 3
0-30 mi. free zone
>50 mi. $0.25/mi.
District 4
0-30 mi. free zone
>50 mi. $0.25/mi.
Per Diem:
District 1
$56.00/day
District 2
Employer pays for room + $25.00/day.
District 3
Employer pays for room + $25.00/day.
District 4
$50.00/day.
T Back to Table of Contents
SHEET METAL WORKERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $28.04 $17.38 All Districts
District 2 $28.04 $17.38 0-50 mi.free zone
District 3 $28.04 $17.38 >50 mi.
District $28.04 $17.38 ■ $0.25/mi. in employer vehicle
■ $0.65/mi. in employee vehicle
Duties Include:
Testing and balancing, commissioning and retro- Per Diem:
commissioning of all air-handling equipment and duct All Districts
work. Manufacture, fabrication, assembling,installation, $65.00/day
dismantling, and alteration of all HVAC systems, air
veyer systems, and exhaust systems.All lagging over
insulation and all duct lining. Metal roofing.
T Back to Table of Contents
18
SPRINKLER FITTERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $35.10 $17.20 All Districts
District 2 $35.10 $18.70 0-60 mi. free zone
District 3 $35.10 $18.70 >60-80 mi. $17.50/day
District 4 $31.56 $14.77 >80-100 mi. $27.50/day
>100 mi. $80.00/day
Duties Include:
Duties Include but not limited to any and all fire
protection systems: Installation, dismantling, inspection,
testing, maintenance, repairs, adjustments, and
corrections of all fire protection and fire control systems,
including both overhead and underground water mains,
all piping, fire hydrants, standpipes, air lines, tanks, and
pumps used in connection with sprinkler and alarm
systems.
T Back to Table of Contents
TAPERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $23.73 $8.76 All Districts
District 2 $23.73 $8.76 0-120 mi. free zone
District 3 $23.73 $8.76 >120 mi. $45.00/day
District 4 $23.73 $8.76
T Back to Table of Contents
TEAMSTERS GROUP 2 (TRUCK DRIVERS)
No Rate Established
This group includes but is not limited to:
Combination Truck and Concrete Mixer and Transit
Mixer; Dry Batch Trucks; Distributor Driver; Dumpman;
Dump Trucks and similar equipment; Dumpster; Flat
Trucks; Lumber Carriers; Lowboys; Pickup; Powder
Truck Driver; Power Boom; Serviceman; Service
Truck/Fuel Truck/Tireperson; Truck Mechanic; Trucks
with Power Equipment;Warehouseman, Partsman,
Cardex and Warehouse Expeditor;Water Trucks.
T Back to Table of Contents
19
TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS
Wage Benefit Travel•
District 1 $23.82 $8.34 All Districts
District 2 $23.82 $8.60 The federal mileage rate/mi. in effect when travel occurs
District 3 $22.96 $8.60 if using own vehicle.
District 4 $23.82 $8.60
Per Diem:
All Districts
Duties Include: Employer pays for meals and lodging up to $65.00/day.
Install voice; sound; vision and data systems. This When jobsite is located in Big Sky, West Yellowstone,
occupation includes burglar alarms,fire alarms, fiber and Gardiner, lodging and meals will be provided by the
optic systems, and video systems for security or employer for all actual and reasonable expenses
entertainment. incurred.
T Back to Table of Contents
TILELAYERS, TERRAZZO AND MARBLE FINISHERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $18.82 $13.38 All Districts
District 2 $18.82 $13.38 0-60 mi. free zone
District 3 $18.82 $13.38 >60-75 mi. $30.00/day
District 4 $18.82 $13.38 >75-215 mi. $65.00/day
>215 mi. $80.00/day
Duties Include:
Finish work on hard tile, marble, and wood tile to floors,
ceilings, and roof decks
T Back to Table of Contents
TILELAYERS, TERRAZZO AND MARBLE SETTERS
Wage Benefit Travel:
District 1 $26.04 $13.38 All Districts
District 2 $26.04 $13.38 0-60 mi. free zone
District 3 $26.04 $13.38 >60-75 mi. $30.00/day
District 4 $26.04 $13.38 >75-215 mi. $65.00/day
>215 mi. $80.00/day
Duties Include:
Apply hard tile, marble, and wood tile to floors, ceilings,
and roof decks
T Back to Table of Contents
20
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 011000 -SUMMARY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Project inform at!on.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3, Access to site.
4, Work restrictions.
B. Related Requirements,
1, Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls for limitations and procedures governing
temporary use of Owners facilities.
1.2 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification; Story Mill Park Community Center, Project No,: 17-030.
1, Project Location. 600 Bridger Drive, Bozeman, Montana 59715.
B. Owner: City of Bozeman, Department of Parks and Recreation, 415 North Bozeman Street, Bozeman,
Montana 59715,
1. Owners Representative: Carolyn Poissant, Department of Parks and Recreation, 415 North
Bozeman Street, Bozeman, Montana 59715.
C, Architect: Scott Stroh,Architecture 118 LLC; 115 East Oak Street, Bozeman, Montana 59715
1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:
1. The Work includes exterior concrete improvements, exterior door replacement, and interior building
renovation.
a. Exterior concrete steps and ra mps.
b. Exterior door,window, and siding modifications.
C. Interior renovation of office, kitchen, and multi-purpose spaces.
d, Necessary mechanical, electrical, and fire sprinkler upgrades.
2, The Work is organized into Base Bid and Alternate scopes of work.
B. Type of Contract:
SUMMARY 011000- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.4 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General.Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period.
Contractors use of Project site is limited only by Owners right to perform work or to retain other contractors
on portions of Project.
B. Use of Site, Limit use of Project site to Work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond
areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Driveways, Walkways, and Entrances, Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances serving
premises clear and available to Owner, Owners employees, and emergency vehicles at all times.
Do not use these areas for parking orfor storage of materials.
C. Condition of Existing Building, Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in
a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
1.5 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General. Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. On-Site Work Hours. Nor estrictions.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according
to requirements indicated.
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Obtain Owners written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.
D. Restricted Substances. Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not
permitted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011000
SUMMARY 011000-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 012300-ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate,An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form forcertain work defined in the bidding
requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a
corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials,
equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement.
2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to
incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.3 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination. Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the
alternate into Project,
1, Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.
B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work ofthe Contract.
C. Schedule.A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced
in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each
alternate.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1: Installation of new exterior egress door, including new concrete landing, ramp, and railings,
B. Alternate No. 2: Replacement of existing exterior and interior doors at Activity and Meeting Rooms.
ALTERNATES 012300- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Alternate No. 3:Acoustic ceiling finish and lighting upgrades at Activity Room.
D. Alternate No. 4: Interior renovation of Meeting Room, including interior door, counter shutter, wall finishes,
acoustic ceiling finishes, and electrical and lighting upgrades.
E. Alternate No. 5: Mechanical ventilation upgrades as follows:
1. Alternate No. 5A: Convert office ventilation system preheat from electric to hot-water.
2. Alternate No. 513: Install minimum ventilation system in gymnasium and exhaust fan in Activity
Room.
3. Alternate No, 5C: Upsize ventilation system in gymnasium to provide outside air cooling.
END OF SECTION 012300
ALTERNATES 012300-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01250-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract
modifications.
1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving
adjustment to the Contract Sum orthe Contract Time, on a form acceptable to the Owner.
1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests. Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the
Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description
will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions
either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within seven days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments
to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,with total amount
of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate
quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
c. Include costs of labor(amend supervision directly attributable to the change.
d. Include an updated Contractors Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and
activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract _
Time.
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals. If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract,
Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work.
Provide a complete description ofthe proposed change. Indicate the effect ofthe proposed change
on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of
purchases and credits to be made, If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts oftrade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
5. Include an updated Contractors Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change,
including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity
relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension ofthe Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section Product Requirements if the proposed change
requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form. A form acceptable to the Owner.
1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owners approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner
and Contractor on the form included in the Project Manual,
1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive,Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on a form acceptable '..
to the Owner. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for
subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also
designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation. Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction
Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01290- PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
Applications for Payment.
1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination. Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractors
Construction Schedule,
1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and
schedules, including Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets, Submittals Schedule,
and Contractors Construction Schedule.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days
before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
B. Format and Content. Utilize the form provided in the Project Manual.
1. Identification. Include the following information on the Schedule of Values.
a. Contract date.
b. Contractors name and address.
c, Date of submittal.2. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for
Payment and progress reports. Provide separate values for the cost of materials and labor as ap-
propriate.3, Round amounts to nearest whole dollar,total shall equal the Contract Sum.
4. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total
cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place
may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as
general overhead expense, at Contractors option,
5, Schedule Updating. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for
Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract
Sum,
1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by
Architect and paid for by Owner,
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final
Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times. The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between
Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the
period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Application Forms. Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as
form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation, Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to
sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action.
1, Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractors Construction Schedule. Use
updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of
construction period covered byapplication,
E, Transmittal. Submitthree signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect
by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours.One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments
ifrequired.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
F. Initial Application for Payment, Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with
submittal of first Application for Payment include the following.
1. List of Subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values,
3. Contractors Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. Copies of building permits.
G. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion. After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion,
submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as
substantially complete.
1, Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum,
N, Final Payment Application. Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited,to the following,
1, Evidence ofcompletion of Project closeout require to ents.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,
fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AIA Document G706, Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.
5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens.
6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment,
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
7, Evidence that claims have been settled.
8, Final,liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01290
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01330-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product
Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. See Division 1 Section Closeout Procedures for submitting warranties.
C. See Division 1 Section Project Record Documents for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications,
and Record Product Data.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals. Written and graphic information that requires Architects responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals,Written information that does not require Architects responsive action. Submittals
may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction
activities.
B. Processing Time. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, Time for review
shall commence on Architects receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized
because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including
resubmittals.
C. Identification. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.t�
D. Deviations. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on
submittals.
E. Additional Copies. Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes
noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal,
F. Transmittal, Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit
each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from
sources other than Contractor.
G. Resubmittals. Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
H. Distribution. Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,
installers, authorities havingjurisdiction, and others as necessaryfor performance ofconstruction activities.
Show distribution on transmittal forms.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1A�CTION SUBMITTALS
A. General. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
B. Product Data. Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of
product or equipment.
C. Shop Drawings. Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop
Drawings on reproductions ofthe Contract Documents or standard printed data.
D. Samples. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check ofthese characteristics
with other elements and for a comparison ofthese characteristics between submittal and actual component
as delivered andinstalled.
E. Application for Payment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section Payment Procedures."
F. Schedule of Values. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section Payment Procedures.
G. List of Subcontractors. Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion
ofthe Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Utilize
form provided in Project Manual.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General. Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
B. Qualification Data. Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or
person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
architects and owners, and other information specified.
C. Installer Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturers letterhead certifying that Installer
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and,where required, is authorized by manufacturer
for this specific Project.
D. Manufacturer Certificates, Prepare written statements on manufacturers letterhead certifying that
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing
experience where required.
E. Product Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturers letterhead certifying that product
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
/ F. Material Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturers letterhead certifying that material
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
G. Manufacturers Instructions. Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturers
recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include
name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer.
H. Insurance Certificates and Bonds. Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or
bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of
deductibles, if any, and term ofthecoverage.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A, Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with
the Contract Documents, Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before
submitting to Architect.
B. Approval Stamp, Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location,
submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractors approval,
and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the
Contract Documents,
3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractors approval stamp and will return
them without action,
B. Action Submittals.Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications
required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp
appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
1. "Approved:"No exceptions taken and no modifications necessary.
2, "Approved As Noted:"Approval is contingent on revisions noted on submittal.
3, "Rejected:" Submittal is not.p pro ved.
4, "Revise And Resubmit:"Submittal is not approved. Contractor to incorporate revisions noted on
submittal and resubmitfor review and approval.
C, Informational Submittals. Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does
not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable,will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned withoutreview.
E, Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded,
END OF SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection
facilities.
B. See Division 1 Section Execution Requirements for progress cleaning requirements.
1.2 USE CHARGES
A. General. Lost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other
entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Architect and
authorities havingjurisdiction.
B. Water Service.Water from Owners existing water system is available for use without metering and without
payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction
operations. Monitor and manage use to ensure service is not being wasted.
C. Electric Power Service. Electric power from Owners existing system is available for use without metering
and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for
construction operations. Monitor and manage use to ensure service is not being wasted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers, Portable, UL rated, with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and
classes of fire exposures.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with
performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer
needed.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General. Comply with thefoll—mg.
1. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Comple-
tion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facili-ties,
under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Traffic Controls, Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2, Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Parking. Use designated areas of Owners existing parking areas for construction personnel.
D. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. '..
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered tools and equipment
and not temporary facilities.
E, Sanitary Facilities. Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction
personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation,
and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
3.3 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A, Environmental Protection. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways
and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and
subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
B. Temporary Fire Protection. Maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
1. Prohibit smoking on site.
2. Supervise construction operations that are potential sources of fire ignition. Provide and maintain
portable fire extinguishers where such construction operations are occurring, Ensure that all
personnel have been trained in the proper use of fire extinguishing equipment.
3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision. Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit
availability oftemporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B, Maintenance. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
C. Termination and Removal, Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it
has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
2, At Substantial Completion,clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period.
Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section Closeout Procedures.
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01524 -CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following,
1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
B. See Division 1 Section Selective Demolition for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of
buildings, structures, and site improvements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste. Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from
construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste. Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition
operations.
C. Disposal. Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or
deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records, Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and
incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General. Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste
materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities
havingjurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate
on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a mannerthatwill prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. Burning. Do not burn waste materials,
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C, Disposal.Transport waste materials off Owners property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 01524
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project,
product delivery, storage, and handling, manufacturers standard warranties on products, special
warranties, product substitutions, and comparable products,
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Products. Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from
previously purchased stock. he term product includes the terms material, equipment, system, and
terms of similar intent.
B. Substitutions. Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required
by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests. Submit request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles,
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and
loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturers written instructions.
1.5 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties
required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturers disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do
not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements ofthe Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranties, Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready
for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
C. Submittal Time. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section Closeout Procedures.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Conditions. Architect will consider Contractors request for substitution when the following conditions are
satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,Architect will return requests without action, except to
record noncompliance with these requirements,
1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or
other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume, Owners
additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation
services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated
results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractors Construction Schedule.
6, Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions ofthe Work.
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01600
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01700- EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not
limited to, the following.
1, General installation ofproducts.
2, Progress cleaning.
3. Protection of installed construction.
4. Correction of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Landfill Receipts.Submit copy ofreceipts issued by a landfill facility,licensed to accept hazardous materials,
for hazardous wastedisposal.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions. The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and
location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work.
B. Acceptance of Conditions. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present
where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance. Record observations.
1, Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with
the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements.Take field measurements as required to fitthe Work properly. Recheck measurements
before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify
dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication.Coordinate fabrication schedule
with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions, Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification
of the Contract Documents,submit a request for information, in accordance with Division 1 Section"Project
Management and Coordination," to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered,
togetherwith recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
33 INSTALLATION
A. General. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as
indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications
indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain
conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in
excess ofthat expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment. Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
F. Anchors and Fasteners. Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely
in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions ofthe Work.
G. Hazardous Materials. Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.
3.4 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General, Clean Project site and work areas daily. Coordinate progress cleaning forjoint-use areas where
more than one installer has worked, Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark
containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
B. Site. Maintain Project site free ofwaste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas. Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper
execution of the Work.
1, Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work
area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work. Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of
manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If
specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health
or property and thatwill notdamage exposed surfaces.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
E. Concealed Spaces. Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas.Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom
from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials
down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
H. During handling and installation,clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already
in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at
Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the
remainder of the construction period.
J. Limiting Exposures. Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,completed
or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the
construction period.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.6 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction, Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply
with requirements in Division 1 Section Cutting and Patching.
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with
matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without
visible evidence ofrepair.
D. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01700
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01731 -CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Structural Elements, Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-
carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B. Operational Elements, Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that
results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or
decreased operational life orsafety.
C. Miscellaneous Elements. Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner
that could change their load-carrying capacity,that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended,
orthat results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
D. Visual Requirements. Do not cut and patch construction in a mannerthat results in visual evidence ofcutting
and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner
that would, in Architects opinion,reduce the buildings aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction
that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
B. In-Place Materials. Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that
visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will
match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be
performed.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Compatibility. Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including
compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support. Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection. Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection
from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching
operations.
C. Adjoining Areas. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the
earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other
construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting. Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations,
including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If
possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer, comply with original Installers written
recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and
chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching, Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following
performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials
and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections.
1. Inspection. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate
integrity ofinstallation.
2. Exposed Finishes. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into
retained adjoining construction in a manner thatwill eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
D. Cleaning. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint,
mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
END OF SECTION 01731
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following,
1, Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
B. See Division 1 Section Construction Waste Management for disposal of demolished materials.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove. Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose ofthem off-site, unless indicated to
be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage. Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.
C. Remove and Reinstall. Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall
them where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain. Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise
indicated to be removed,removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled,
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Landfill Records. Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to
accept hazardous wastes.
1. Comply with submittal requirements in Division 1 Section Construction Waste Management.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Demolition Firm Qualifications. An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in
material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective
demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities h a ving jurisdiction,
C. Standards. Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA241.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will not occupy any portion of the building during the construction period.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Conditions existing attime of inspection forbidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical,
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective
de mol ition.
D. Hazardous Materials. It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb,
immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate
contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and
salvaged,
C. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems. Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
B. Service/System Requirements. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and
mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1, If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with
selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition
and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls. Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used
facilities.
1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1 Section Temporary
Facilities and Controls.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 -2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Temporary Facilities. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people
and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as
indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as
follows.
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods
least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.Use hand tools or small power
tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of
adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing
finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces,
such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-
cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting
operations.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls,floors, or framing.
5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
Construction Waste Management.
B. Removed and Salvaged Items.
1. Transport items to Owners storage area on-site.
2, Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
C. Removed and Reinstalled Items,
1, Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
3. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and
equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item
functional for use indicated.
D. Existing Items to Remain. Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during
selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage
location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition
operations are complete.
3,5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated
to remain Owners property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in
an EPA-approved landfill.
1, Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section Construction Waste Management.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 -3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B, Burning. Do not burn demolished materials.
C, Disposal. Transport demolished materials off Owners property and legally dispose ofthem,
3.6 CLEANING
A, Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition
operations, Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 01732
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 01770-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
11 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not
limited to, the following,
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Warranties.
3, Final cleaning.
B. See Division 1 Section Payment Procedures for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial
and Final Completion.
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures. Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected punch list), the value of items on the list, and
reasons why the Work is notcomplete.
2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similardocuments.
3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services
and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, damage or settlement surveys, and similar final
record information.
5. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction
tools, and similar elements.
6, Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting,
7, Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B, Inspection. Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will
prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on
Contractors list or additional items identified by Architect that must be completed or corrected before
certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed orcorrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1.3 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures. Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,
complete the following.
1, Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section Payment Procedures,
2. Submit certified copy of Architects Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed
or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state
that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance,
B. Inspection. Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,Architect will
either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final '..
Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or
corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Remspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete
is completed orcorrected,
1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation, Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by
construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas
disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use a form acceptable to the Architect,
1.5 WARRANTIES
A. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project
Manual.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents. Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the
surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or
that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General. Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws
and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project.
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including
landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign
substances.
b. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior
surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
d. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums,
shafts,trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
e. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace
finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show
evidence of repair orrestoration.
f. Leave Project clean and ready foroccupancy.
B. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess
materials on Owners property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage
systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 017823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance
manuals, including thefollowing.
1. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
2. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
3. Product maintenance manuals.
1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in
individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals, Submit
reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.
B. Format. Prior to Substantial Completion, submit operation and maintenance manuals for review in the
following format.
1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.
Incorporate requested revisions in final versions.
C. Final Manual Submittal. Submit each manual in the final forms listed below prior to requesting inspection for
Final Completion.
1. Electronic Files. Organized and loaded on a single, labeled CD disk.
2. Paper Copies, Two hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes.
1.3 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files, Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for
each manual type required. 1��
1. Electronic Files, Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of
paper documents is required,configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.
B. Manuals, Paper Copy. Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes.
1, Binders. Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper, with clear plastic sleeve on spine to
hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION,AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Organization of Manuals. Unless otherwise indicated,organize each manual into a separate section for each
system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each
manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed.
1. Title page,
2. Table ofcontents.
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page. Include the following information.
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project,
3. Name and address ofOwner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name and contact information for Contractor '...
C. Table of Contents. List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content
ofthe volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
1.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual. Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each
system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily
operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures.
B. Systems and Equipment Controls. Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.
1,6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals. Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance
of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers
maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring
and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information.
B. Maintenance and Service Schedules. Include service and lubrication requirements, list ofrequired lubricants
for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard
time allotment.
C. Spare Parts List and Source Information. Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified
and cross-referenced to manufacturers maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance
materials and related services.
D. Warranties and Bonds. Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions
that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1.7 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Product Maintenance Manual. Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and
maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work,
B. Repair Materials and Sources. Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
C. Warranties and Bonds. Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions
that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 017823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the
following,
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Product Data.
1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings. Comply with the following,
1. Number ofCopies.
a. Submit one paper set(s) of marked-up record prints.
b. Submit one disk with PDF format electronic scans of marked-up record prints.
B. Record Product Data,
1. Number of Copies.
a. Submit one paper copy of each approved submittal.
1) Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance
manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
b. Submit one disk with PDF format electronic scans of each approved submittal.
1.3 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints, Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings,
incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.
B. Format. Identify and date each record Drawing, include the designation PROJECT RECORD DRAWING
in a prominent location.
1.4 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording. Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document
purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur, do not wait until end of
Project.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Preparation. Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal,
C. Specification
Submit record Product Data as required. Include directory of record Product Data organized by
Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data,
1.5 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents. Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract
Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain
record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss.
Provide access to project record documents for Architects reference during normal working hours.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PART 3 EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove. Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose ofthem off-site unless indicated to
be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage, Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and
deliver to Owner,
C. Remove and Reinstall, Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where
indicated.
D. Existing to Remain, Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are
not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as
practical.
B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with
Hazardous selective demolition. ��/
C, Materials. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb, immediately notify Architect and
Owner, Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
E. Utility Service, Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage
during selective demolition operations,
1, Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective
demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards. Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that affected utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition
operations.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or
design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent ofconflict. Promptly submit a written
report to Architect.
D. Survey of Existing Conditions. Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A, Existing Services/Systems to Remain. Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them
against damage.
1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Section 011000
Summary.
B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned. Locate, identify, disconnect, and
seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively
demolished.
1. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary
services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of
services/systems to other parts ofbuilding.
2. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems,
equipment, and components indicated to be removed.
a. Piping to Be Removed. Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug
remaining piping with same orcompatible piping material.
b. Equipment to Be Removed. Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls, Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used
facilities,
1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01500 Temporary
Facilities and Controls.
B. Temporary Facilities. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people
and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
C. Temporary Shoring. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve
stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to
prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
3A SELECTIVE DEMOLITION,GENERAL
A. General. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as
indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as
follows.
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods
least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power
tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of
adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing
finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces,
such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-
cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting
operations.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
B. Removed and Salvaged Items.
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owners storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
C. Removed and Reinstalled Items.
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and
equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item
functional for use indicated.
D. Existing Items to Remain, Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during
selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage
location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition
operations are complete.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General. Exceptfor items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated
to remain Owners property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner thatwill prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey
debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01524 Construction Waste Management,
B. Burning. Do not burn demolished materials,
C. Disposal Transport demolished materials off Owners property and legally dispose of them.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 024119
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOHMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 033053 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design,
placement procedures, andfinishes.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data. For each type ofproduct.
B. Design Mixtures. For each concrete mixture.
1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed
concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL
A. Comply with ACI 301.
B. Comply with ACI 117.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
B. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain,fabricated from as-drawn steel wire
into flat sheets,
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Materials:
1, Portland Cement:ASTM C 150/C 150M,Type 1/II,Type III, gray.
2, Fly Ash: Not allowed.
3. Slag Cement: Notallowed.
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
4. Blended Hydraulic Dement: Notallowed.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregate. ASTM C 33/C 33M,graded.
C. Air-Entraining Admixture.ASTM C 260/C 260M.
D. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not
contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete, Do not use calcium
chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1, Water-Redoing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A.
2, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
3, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type F.
5. High-Range,Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type IL
E. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable,
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Joint-Filler Strips:ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber,or ASTM D 1752,cork or self-expanding
cork.
2.5 CURING MATERIALS
A. Moisture-Retaining Cover.ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
B. Water: Potable.
2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Norma l-Weig ht Concrete:
1. Minimum Compressive Strength:4000 psi at 28 days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio:0,45.
3. Maximum aggregate size: 3/4 inch.
4. Slump Limit, 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
5. Air Content: 5 percent, plus or minus 1 percent.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M.
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.
3.2 Place
ITEM INSTALLATION
A. f lace and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached
to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and
directions furnished with items to be embedded.
3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION
A, Comply with CRSI s Manual of Standard Practice forfabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.
3.4 JOINTS
A. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade. Place joint-filler strips against existing vertical concrete surfaces, such
as foundation walls, concrete piers, and edge of concrete sidewalk slab.
1, Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth ofjoint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface
unless otherwise indicated.
3,5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A, Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement.
B. Consolidate concrete according to AC1301.
3.6 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish,As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects
repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 112 inch.
3.7 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES
A. General. Comply with ACI 302.1 R for sc,eeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete
surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a
uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface.
1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations.
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Float Finish.Apply float finish to surfaces that receive broom finish.
D. Slip-Resistive Broom Finish. Apply a slip-resistive finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete
platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming
with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.
3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during
curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause
moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to
manufacturer s written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before
floatfinishing.
C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface.
D. Luring Methods. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of
the following methods.
1. Moisture-Reta i ning-Cover Curing. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing
concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and
sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any
holes ortears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape.
END OF SECTION 033053
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 -4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 055213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel pipe and tube railings.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL AND IRON
A. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A513,
B. Pipe:ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight(Schedule 40).
1. Provide galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated.
C, Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A36M,
D. Cast Iron. Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise
indicated.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. General Provide the following:
1, Hot-Dip Galvanized Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel fasteners
complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 for Zinc coating.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless-
steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F594.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AW�tS specifications for metal alloy welded.
B. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C, Galvanizing Repair Paint. High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with
paints specified to be used overit.
D. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel. Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and
compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
E. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout. Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying
with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and
exterior applications.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of
approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
B. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.
C. Welded Connections. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this
purpose.Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
of base metals,
2. Obtain fusion without undercut oroverlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows
after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.
D. Form changes in direction by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. '..
E. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
2.5 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanized Railings.
1, Hot-dip galvanize exterior steel railings, including hardware, after fabrication.
2. Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings,
3. Comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware.
B. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming, After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease,
dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner,
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels
and free ofrack.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Do notweld,cut,or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication
and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or
fitting.
2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet.
3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of
steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet.
B. Control of Corrosion. Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other
materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
3.2 ANCHORING POSTS
A. Use metal sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts are inserted into
sleeves,fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement,
mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturers written instructions.
B. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post for installing posts
in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete
with nonshrink, nonmetallic grouter anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material
manufacturers written instructions.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting, Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-
PA1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
B, Galvanized Surfaces. Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and repair galvanizing to
comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
END OF SECTION 055213
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 061053 -MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A, Section Includes.
1. Framing with dimension lumber,
2. Wood blocking and nailers.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber, DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated,
provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC
Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect
and grade lumber under the rulesindicated.
1, Factory mark each piece Coif lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber. 19 percent, unless otherwise indicated,
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process. AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in
contact with the ground and Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground.
1. Preservative Chemicals.Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or
chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates.
B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is
warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.
D. Application.Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following,
1. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.
2, Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions. Construction or No. 2 grade ofthe following species.
B. Other Framing. Construction or No. 2 grade and the following species.
1, Douglas fir-larch; WCLIB orWWPA.
2. Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other
construction, including thefollowing.
1, Blocking,
2, Nailers.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of any species.
C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the following species
and grades.
1. Western woods, Construction or No. 2 Common grade, WCLIB or WWPA.
FASTENERS
A. General Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article
for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-pre servative treated, or in area
of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM
A 153/A 153M or of Type 304 stainless steel.
B. Power-Driven Fasteners. NISNER-272.
C. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing. ASTM C 1002, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for
material being fastened.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A, Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to
other construction, scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
B. Framing Standard. Comply with AF&PA s WCD 1, Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction,
unless otherwise indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
D. Comply with AVVPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.
E. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the
following.
1, NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2, Table 2304.9.1, Fastening Schedule, in ICC s International Building Code,
END OF SECTION 061053
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 072100-THERMAL INSULATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes,
1. Glass-fiber blanket.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET
A. Glass-Fiber Blanket, Unfaced. ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed
indexes of 25 and 50,respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids,
1. Glass-Fiber Insulation, ASTM C 764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-
developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E 84.
2. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation,ASTM C 1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame-
spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturers written instructions applicable to products and applications.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or
snow at anytime.
C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with
insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturers standard thicknesses,widths, and lengths.
Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total
thickness orto achieve R-value.
THERMAL INSULATION 072100- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION
A. Blanket Insulation. Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements,
1, Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members, If more than
one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.
2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of
insulation and adjoining framing members,
3, For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320,
B. Miscellaneous Voids. Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent
gaps in insulation using the following materials. A
1. Glass-Fiber Insulation. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling
a density of approximately 2.5 Ib/cu.ft..
2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation.Apply according to manufacturers written instructions.
END OF SECTION 072100
THERMAL INSULATION 072100-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 012500 -WEATHER BARRIERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1, Building paper.
2. Building wrap.
3. Flexible flashing,
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER
A. Building Paper:ASTM D 226/D 22M,Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.
B. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677, Type I air barrier, with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less
than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested according to ASTM E 84; UV stabilized, and acceptable to
authorities havingjurisdiction.
1. Water-Vapor Permeance: Not less than 75 perms per ASTM E 96/E 96M, Desiccant Method
(Procedure A),
2. Flame Propagation Test: Materials and construction shall be as tested according to NFPA 285.
C. Building-Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building-wrap manufacturer for
sealingjoints and penetrations in building wrap.
2.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING
A. Butyi Rubber Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber _
compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce
an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch.
1. Flame Propagation Test: Materials and construction shall be as tested according to NFPA 285.
B. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing:Composite, self-adhesive,flashing product consisting of a pliable,rubberized-
asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to
produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch. p
1. Flame Propagation Test: Materials and construction shall be as tested according to NFPA 285.
WEATHER BARRIERS 072500- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER INSTALLATION
A. Lover sheathing with water-resistive barrier as follows.
1. Cut back barrier 112 inch on each side ofthe break in supporting members at expansion-or control-
joint locations,
2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4-inch overlap unless otherwise indicated.
B. Building Paper, Apply horizontally with a 2-inch overlap and a 6-inch end lap, fasten to sheathing with
galvanized staples or roofing nails.
C. Building Wrap, Comply with manufacturers written instructions and warranty requirements.
1. Seat seams, edges, fasteners, and penetrations with tape,
2. Extend intojambs of openings and seal corners with tape.
3.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturers written instructions.
1. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches except that at flashing flanges of
other construction, laps need not exceed flange width.
2. Lap flashing over water-resistive barrier at bottom and sides of openings. '..
3. Lap water-resistive barrier over flashing at heads of openings.
END OF SECTION 072500
WEATHER BARRIERS 072500-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, BOZEMAN
SECTION 072600-VAPOR RETARDERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Polyethylene vaporretarders.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYETHYLENE VAPOR RETARDERS
A, Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, 6-mil-thick sheet, with maximum permeance rating of 0.1
perm.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS ON FRAMING
A. Extend vapor retarders to extremities of areas to protect from vapor transmission. Secure vapor retarders
in place with adhesives, vapor retarder fasteners, or other anchorage system as recommended by
manufacturer. Extend vapor retarders to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those
filled with loose-fiber insulation.
B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping no fewer than two studs and sealing with
vapor-retarder tape according to vapor-retarder manufacturers written instructions. Locate all joints over
framing members or other solid substrates.
C. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with
vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarders.
D. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with
vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarders.
END OF SECTION 072600
VAPOR RETARDERS 072600- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes hollow-metalwork.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803
or SDI A250.8.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type ofproduct,
B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for
hardware, and otherdetails.
C. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and
openings as those on Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following,
1, Amweld International,LLC.
2, Ceco Door Products, an Assa Abloy Group Company,
3, Curries Company, an Assa Abioy Group Company.
4, Republic Doors and Frames.
5. Steelcraft, an Ingersol-Randcompany.
2.2 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Leve12.
1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250A.
2. Doors:
a, Type: As scheduled.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
C. Face: Uncoated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch.
d. Edge Construction: Model 2,Seamless.
e. Core: Manufacturers standard.
f. Basis of Design Product: Steelcraft, CE-Series Emcraft Doors, or approved equal,
3. Frames:
a. Materials. Uncoated, steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch.
b. Construction: Face welded.
C. Basis of Desiqn Product: Steelcraft, F-Series and FN-Series Flush Frames, or approved
equal.
4. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.3 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level2.
1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4.
2. Doors;
a. Type, As scheduled.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
C. Face, Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0,042 inch, with minimum A40
coating.
d. Edge Construction, Model 2,Seamless.
e. Core:Manufacturers standard insulation material.
f. Basis of Design Product, Steelcraft, CE-Series Emcraft Doors, or approved equal.
3. Thermal-Rated Doors: Provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less
than R-2.0 when tested according to ASTM C1363.
4. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0,053 inch, with minimum A40
coating.
b. Construction: Full profilewelded.
C. Basis of Design Product: Steelcraft, F-Series and FN-Series Flush Frames, or approved
equal.
5. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.4 BORROWED LITES
A. Hollow-metal frames of metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch.
B. Construction: Full profilewelded.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2,5 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1, Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames, not less than 0.042 inch
thick.
B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of0.042 inch, and as follows: -
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors,with two holes to receive fasteners.
2.6 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed
applications.B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or
surface defects; pickled and oiled.
C, Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet:ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS),Type B.
D. Frame Anchors:ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation, mill
phosphatized,
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or
ASTM A 1011/A 1011 M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M,
F. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: From corrosion-resistant materials.
G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation:ASTM C 665,Type I (blankets without membrane facing).
H. Glazing: Section 088000 Glazing.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to
required sizes and profiles,with minimum radius for metal thickness.Where practical,fit and assemble units
in manufacturers plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be
permanently factory assembled before shipment.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors:
1, Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to
escape. Sealjoints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations,
provide alignment plates or angles at eachjoint,fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Transom Bar Frames, Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints,
fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt
welding.
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Floor Anchors. Weld anchors to bottoms ofjambs with at least four spot welds per anchor,
however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms ofjambs.
4. Jamb Anchors, Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows,
a. Stud-Wall Type, Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame.
Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows.
1) Four anchors perjamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
5. Door Silencers. Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers.
a. Single-Door Frames, Drill stop in strikejamb to receive three door silencers.
b. Double-Door Frames. Drill stop in headjamb to receive two door silencers.
D. Hardware Preparation. Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware, include
cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware
Schedule, andtemplates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door
hardware.
2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-
metal work for hardware.
E. Stops and Moldings. Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form
corners of stops and moldings with [mitered] hairlinejoints.
1. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and
frames.
2. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work.
2.8 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish. Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturers standard primer.
1. Shop Primer. SDI A250.10.
2.9 ACCESSORIES
A. Transom Bars.Join to adjacent members by welding.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Hollow-Metal Frames. Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other
openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by
standards specified.
1, Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors
are set.After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and
undamaged.
a. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field
splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously, grind, fill, dress, and make
splice smooth,flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening,
C. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly
set and secured.
d. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to
comply with installation tolerances.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure
with postinstalled expansion anchors.
3. Stud-Framed Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames.
4, Installation Tolerances:Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment,twist, and plumb
to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from
jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b, Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured atjambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane
of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners ofjambs on parallel
lines, and perpendicular to plane ofwall.
d. Piumbness, Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured atjambs at floor.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim
as necessary.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors.
a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
c. At Bottom of Door: 3/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 088000 Glazing and with hollow-metal
manufacturer s written instructions.
1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than
9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c, from each corner.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments. Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave
work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-
metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B, Prime-boat Touchup, Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and
apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer,
C. Metallic-boated Surface Touchup, Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according
to manufacturer s written instructions.
END OF SECTION 081113
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneerfaces.
2, Factory finishing flush wood doors.
3. Factory machining for hardware.
B, Related Requirements.
1. Section 088000 Glazing for glass view panels in flush wood doors.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A, Product Data. For each type ofdoor,
B. Shop Drawings. Indicate location, size, and hand of each door, elevation of each kind of door, construction
details not covered in Product Data, and the following,
1. Dimensions and locations ofblocking.
2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.
3. Dimensions and locations ofcutouts.
4. Undercuts.
C, Samples, For factory-finished doors.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers, Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following.
1, Graham Wood Doors, an Assa Abloy Groupcompany.
2. Marshfield Door Systems,Inc.
3. Oshkosh Door Company.
4, Vancouver Door Company,
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS,GENERAL
A. Quality Standard. In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, Architectural Wood
Flush Doors.
B. WDMA I.S.1-A Perform a nce Grade.
1. Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated.
C, Particleboard-Core Doors.
1, Particleboard.ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1 or Grade LD-2, made with binder containing no urea-
formaldehyde.
2, Blocking. Provide wood blocking in particle board-core doors as needed to eliminate through-bolting
hardware.
3. Provide doors with glued-wood-stave or structural-composite-lumber cores instead of particleboard
cores for doors indicated to receive closers.
2.3 VENEER-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Interior Solid-Core Doors:
1. Grade: Premium, with Grade Afaces.
2. Species: Red oak.
3. Cut: Rift cut.
4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match.
5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Center-balance match.
6. /Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening.
7. bore: Particleboard or either glued wood stave or structural composite lumber,
8. Construction: Five or seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is abrasive
planed before veneering.
2.4 LIGHT FRAMES AND LOUVERS
A. Wood Moldings for Light Openings: Manufacturers standard wood moldings matching veneer species of
door faces.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied,
B. Openings: Factory cut and trim openings through doors.
1. Light Openings:Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated.
2. Glazing, Factory install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply with applicable '..
requirements in Section 088000 Glazing.
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.6 FACTORY FINISHING
A. General, Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including
fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing,
1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on
bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.
B. Factory finish doors that are indicated to receive transparent finish.
C. Transparent Finish.
1. Grade. Premium,
2, Finish:WDMA TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane.
3. Staining.As selected by Architect from manufacturers full range.
4. Effect. Semifilled finish, produced by applying an additional finish coat to partially fill the wood
pores,
5. Sheen. Satin.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A, Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100"Door Hardware.
B. Installation Instructions, Install doors to comply with manufacturers written instructions and referenced
quality standard, and as indicated.
C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below.
Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and
machining.
1, Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads,jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from
bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where
threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site.
END OF SECTION 081416
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 083313 - COILING COUNTER DOORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Counter doors.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data, For each type and size of coiling counter door and accessory,
B. Shop Drawings. For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in
manufacturers product data.
C. Samples. For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 COUNTER DOOR ASSEMBLY C A. Counter Door. oiling counter door formed with curtain of interlocking metal slats.
B. Operation Cycles. Door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 20,000.
C. Door Curtain Material, Galvanized steel.
D. Door Curtain Slats, Flat profile slats of 1-1/2-inch center-to-center height.
E. Bottom Bar. Manufacturers standard continuous channel or tubular shape, fabricated hot-dip galvanized
steel and finished to match door.
F. Curtain Jamb Guides. Galvanized steel with exposed finish matching curtain slats. Provide continuous
integral wear strips to prevent metal-to-metal contact and to minimize operational noise.
G. Integral Frame, Hood, and Fascia,Galvanized steel.
1. Mounting, Face ofwall.
COILING COUNTER DOORS 083313 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
H. Jill Configuration. No sill.
I. Locking Devices. Equip door with slide bolts at eachjamb,
J. Manual Door Operator. Push-up operation.
K, Curtain Accessories. Equip door with push pull handles.
L. Door Finish.1. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coated Finish. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturers full
range.
2.2 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A. Door Curtains. Fabricate coiling counter door curtain of interlocking metal slats in a continuous length for
width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of thickness and mechanical
properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated,
B. Curtain Jamb Guides. Manufacturers standard angles or channels and angles of same material and finish
as curtain slats unless otherwise indicated, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow
curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide
removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain.
2,3 HOODS
A. General. Form sheet metal hood to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening
head, Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for
stiffness. Form closed ends for surface-mounted hoods and fascia for any portion of between-jamb
mounting that projects beyond wall face. Equip hood with intermediate support brackets as required to
prevent sagging.
2.4 LOCKING DEVICES
A. Slide Bolt. Fabricate with side-locking bolts to engage through slots in tracks for locking by padlock, located
on both left and rightjamb sides, operable from coil side.
2.5 CURTAIN ACCESSORIES
A. Push/Pull Handles. Equip each push-up-operated or emergency-operated door with lifting handles on each
side of door, finished to match door.
2.6 COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM
A, General. Counterbalance doors by means of manufacturers standard mechanism with an adjustable-
tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel
COILING COUNTER DOORS 083313 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
connected to top of curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite
bearings for rotating members.
B. Brackets. Manufacturers standard mounting brackets of either cast iron or cold-rolled steel plate,
2.7 MANUAL DOOR OPERATORS
A. General. Equip doorwith manual door operator by door manufacturer.
B. Push-up Door Operation: Design counterbalance mechanism so that required lift or pull for door operation
does not exceed 251bf.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install coiling counter doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts,
hangers, and equipment supports, according to manufacturers written instructions and as specified.
3.2 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owners maintenance personnel to adjust,
operate, and maintain coiling counterdoors.
END OF SECTION 083313
COILING COUNTER DOORS 083313 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Mechanical door hardware for thefollowing.
a. Swinging doors,
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data, For each type ofproduct.
B. Door hardware schedule.
13 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
1 A WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty. Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in
materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.1. Warranty Period. Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise indicated
below,
a. Exit Devices.Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
b. Manual Closers, 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Means of Egress Doors. Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do not require
use of a key,tool, or special knowledge for operation.
B. Accessibility Requirements. For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the DOS's
2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design and ICC A117.1,
DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.2 SCHEDULED DOORHARDWARE
A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that maybe
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following,
1. Arrow USA, an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
3. LCN, a division of Allegion.
4, SARGENT Manufacturing Company, an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
5. Schlage, a division of Al legion.
6. Von Duprin, a division of Allegion.
7, Yale Security Inc., as ASSA ABLOY Group Company.
B. Basis of Design Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the basis of design product
indicated or an approved comparable product.
C. Provide products for each door that comply with requirements indicated in Part 2 and door hardware
schedule.
1. Door hardware is scheduled on Drawings.
2.3 HINGES
A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1, full mortise, ball bearing, standard weight, 4-1/2"x 4-1/2",five knuckle template
hinges for use on medium weight, medium frequency use doors.
1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following.
a. Interior Doors and Exterior, Inward-Swinging Doors: Hager Companies, BB1191 (brass or
stainless steel with stainless steel pin).
b. Exterior, Outward-Swinging Doors. Hager Companies, BB1191 (stainless steel only with
stainless steel pin,non-removable).
c. Finish: US26D/626
2.4 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Lock Functions: As specified orscheduled.
B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as
follows:
1. Bored Locks. Minimum 1/2-inch latchboltthrow.
C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
D. Lock Trim. As specified.
- E. Strikes: Provide manufacturers standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with requirements
indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame, finished
to match lock or latch.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
F. Bored Locks: BHMAAl56.2; Grade 1; Series4000,
1. Subjectto compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a. Schlage, ND Series with Rhodes Lever/Trim (no substitutions).
b. Cylinder/Core: As specified,
c, Finish: US26D/626
d, Function: Standard lockset function to be Entrance Lock, ANSI F109, unless noted
otherwise.
2.5 SELF-CONTAINED ELECTRONIC LOCKS
A. Self-Contained Electronic Locks: BHMA A156.25, bored, with internal, battery-powered, self-contained
electronic locks; consisting of complete lockset, motor-driven lock mechanism, and actuating device;
enclosed in zinc-dichromate-plated, wrought-steel case, and strike that suits frame. Provide key override,
low-battery detection and warning, LED status indicators, and ability to program atthe lock.
1. Access Control Locks: Alarm Lock, Trilogy Networx, Gateway, Gen2 (no substitutions), and as
required for installation on rim panic device.
2.6 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS
A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMAA156.3,
1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a. Von Duprin, 98/99 Series, Rim Exit Device, unless noted otherwise.
b. Outside Trim: Standard trim and lever operation (L) with 06 lever, unless noted otherwise.
C. Finish: US26D/626
2.7 LOCK CYLINDERS AND CORES
A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5; Grade 1 cylinders and permanent cores; face finished to match
lockset.
1. Cylinder/Core Types:
a. Exterior Doors: Medeco Bii aaxle (no substitutions).
b, Interior Doors: Schlage SC1 (no substitutions),
2. Bidding, Contractor to provide for, and include the cost of, the permanent cores, including two key
blanks per core, in their bids. Contractor to coordinate with Owner to make final determinations
regarding the permanent cores during the submittal process. Contractor's supplier shall deliver
permanent cores directly toOwner's designated locksmith.
3. Keying and Installation: Keying and installation of permanent cores will be provided by the Owner.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.8 SURFACE CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4, rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds
controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with manufacturers written
instructions for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated
frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for
opening force.
1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a, LCN, 4040XP Series
b. Mounting, Push-side, parallel arm, unless noted otherwise.
C. Arm Function: Provides door stop and hold open capabilities, unless noted otherwise.
d. Finish: US26D/626.
2.9 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMAA156.16.
2.10 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily
available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
1, Basis of Design Manufacturer Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
manufactured by the following, '..
a. P e m k o
b. Product Numbers: As scheduled ordetailed,
2.11 THRESHOLDS
A, Thresholds: BHMA A]56.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated.
1. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
manufactured by the following.
a. Pemko
b. Product Numbers: As scheduled ordetailed,
2.12 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch-thick brass, with manufacturer's
standard machine or self-tapping screw fasteners.
1. Finish: US26D/626.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.13 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes complying with BHMAA156.18.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights. Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless otherwise
indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames.ANSI/SDI A250.8.
2. Wood Doors, DHI s Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors.
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturers written instructions.Where cutting and fitting
are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another
way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work. Do
not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
C. Hinges. Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than the number
recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches of door height,
whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or
pivots, are provided.
D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant.
E. Perimeter Gasketing:Apply to head andjamb,forming seal between door and frame.
1. Do not notch perimeter gasketing to install other surface-applied hardware.
F. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles,forming seal when doors are closed.
G. Door Bottoms:Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or
function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control
devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with
referenced accessibility requirements.
END OF SECTION 087100
DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 087113 -AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes low-energy door operators for swinging doors.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data. For each type ofproduct.
B. Shop Drawings. For automatic dooroperators.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, hardware mounting heights, and attachment details.
2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Samples, For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product certificates.
B. Field quality-controlreports.
C. Sa mple warra nties.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
1.5 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications, An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer for
installation and maintenance of units required forthis Project.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty. Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of automatic door operators that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period.Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 087113 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following.
1. Horton Automatics Inc.
2. LCN, a division of Allegion.
3. Stanley Security Solutions,Inc.
2.2 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS,GENERAL
A. General. Provide operators of size recommended by manufacturer for door size,weight, and movement,for
condition of exposure, and for long-term, maintenance-free operation under normal traffic load for
occupancy type indicated, and according to UL 325. Coordinate operator mechanisms with door operation,
hinges, and activation and safetydevices.
B. Electromechanical Operating System, Self-contained unit powered by permanent-magnet do motor, with
closing speed controlled mechanically by gear train and dynamically by braking action of electric motor,
connections for power and activation- and safety-device wiring, and manual operation including spring
closing when power is off.
C. Cover for Surface-Mounted Operators. Fabricated from 0.125-inch-thick, extruded or formed aluminum,
manufacturers standard width, with enclosed end caps, provision for maintenance access, and fasteners
concealed when door is in closed position.
D. Brackets and Reinforcements. Fabricated from aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning
system components.
E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified
testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
23 LOW-ENERGY DOOROPERATORS
A. Standard: BHMAA156.19,
B. Performance Requirements.
1. Opening Force if Power Fails. Not more than 15 Ibf required to release a latch if provided, not more
than 30 Ibf required to manually set door in motion, and not more than 15 Ibf required to fully open
door.
2. Ent—pment-Prevention Force, Not more than 15 Ibf required to prevent stopped door from closing
or opening.
C. Configuration: Operator to control single swinging door.
1. Traffic Pattern: Two way.
2, Operator Mounting:Surface.
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 087113 -2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
�^�
D, Operation. Power opening and spring closing. When not in automatic mode, door operator shall function
as manual door closer,with orwithout electrical power.
E. Operating System.Electromechanical,
F. Microprocessor Control Unit.Solid-state controller.
G. Features:
1, Adjustable opening and closing speed.
2, Adjustable opening and closing force.
3. Adjustable backcheck,
4, Adjustable hold-open time from zero to 30seconds.
5. Adjustable time delay.
6. Adjustable acceleration.
7. Obstruction recycle.
8. On-off/hold-open switch to control electric power to operator.
H. Activation Device, Push-plate switch on each side of door to activate door operator.
I. Exposed Finish. Anodized Aluminum.
J. Basis of Design Product. LCN, 9540 Series Senior Swing.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum.Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.
1. Extrusions: ASTM B 221.
2. Sheet:ASTM B 209.
B. Fasteners and Accessories: Corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories
compatible with adjacent materials.
2.5 CONTROLS
A. General: Provide controls according to BHMA standards for condition of exposure and for long-term,
maintenance-free operation under normal traffic load for occupancy type indicated. Coordinate devices with
door operation and door operator mechanisms.
B, Push-Plate Switch: Momentary-contact door control switch with flat push-plate actuator with contrasting-
colored, engraved message.
1, Configuration: Round or square push plate with 4-by-4-inchjunction box.
a. Mounting: Surface mounted on wall in locations indicated.
2, Push-Plate Material. Stainless steel as selected by Architect from manufacturers full range.
3. Message. International symbol of accessibility and Push to Open.
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 087113 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Electrical Interlocks. Unless units are equipped with self-protecting devices or circuits, provide electrical
interlocks to prevent activation of operator when door is locked, latched, or bolted.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Factory fabricate automatic door operators to comply with indicated standards.
B. Fabricate exterior components to drain condensation and water passing joints within operator enclosure to
the exterior.
C. Use concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use
countersunk Phillips flathead machine screws,finished to match operator.
2.7 ACCESSORIES
A. Signage.As required by cited BHMA standard for type of door and its operation.
1. Application Process,Operator manufacturers standard process.
2. Provide sign materials with instructions for field application when operators are installed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General. Install automatic door operators according to manufacturers written instructions and cited BHMA
standard for type of door operation and direction of pedestrian travel, including signage, controls, wiring,
remote power units if any, and connection to building s power supply.
B. Controls, Install devices according to manufacturers written instructions and cited BHMA standard for
operator type and direction of pedestrian travel.
C. Signage. Apply on both sides of each door as required by cited BHMA standard for type of door operator
and direction of pedestrian travel
D. Adjusting.Adjust automatic door operators to function smoothly and for weathertight closure, and lubricate
as recommended by manufacturer, comply with requirements of applicable BHMA standards.
1. Readjust automatic door operators and controls after repeated operation of completed installation
equivalent to three days use by normal traffic (100 to 300 cycles).
E, Demonstration. Engage factory-authorized service representative to train Owners maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain automatic door operators.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Certified Inspector. Engage a Certified Inspector to test and inspect components, assemblies, and
installations, including connections.
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 087113 - 4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service
representative.
1, Test and inspect each automatic door operator installation, usingAAADMinsper,tion forms, to
determine compliance of installed systems with applicable BHMA standards.
C, Automatic door operators will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 087113
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 087113 - 5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 088000 - GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Glass for windows and doors.
1.2 (COORDINATION
A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face
clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Cardinal Glass Industries.
2. PPG Flat Glass, PPG Industries,Inc.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated or required, provide glazing that complies with 16
CFR 1201, Category II.
2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS,GENERAL
A. Glazing Publications, Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and
organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing
terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.
1, GANA Publications: Laminated Glazing Reference Manual and Glazing Manual,
2. IGMA Publication for Insulating Gass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Gazing Guidelines for
Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use.
GLAZING 088000- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Safety Glazing Labeling:Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label
of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction or manufacturer.
Label shall indicate manufacturers name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which
glass complies. I�
C. Insulating-Glass Certification Program:Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component
lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC.
D. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with
performance requirements and is not less than the thickness indicated.
E. Strength: Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat-strengthened float
glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with Performance Requirements Article. Where
heat-strengthened float glass is indicated, provide heat-strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass
as needed to comply with Performance Requirements Article.Where fullytempered float glass is indicated,
provide fully tempered float glass.
2.4 GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Clear Annealed Float Gass:ASTM C 1036,Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3.
B. Fully Tempered Float Gass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless
otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3.
C. Heat-Strengthened Float Gass: ASTM C 1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type 1, Condition A
(uncoated) unless otherwise indicated,Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-M.
D, Low-E-Coated Vision Gass: ASTM C 1376, coated by vacuum disposition process, and complying with
other requirements specified.
1. Products, Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following.
a. PPG Industries, Inc., Solarban 60.
b, Cardinal Glass Industries,LoE2-272.
c. Approved equal.
2.5 LAMINATED GLASS
A. Laminated Gass: ASTM C 1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble,
discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation.
1. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer to comply with interlayer
manufacturers written instructions.
2, Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with
requirements.
3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated.
GLAZING 088000-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.6 INSULATING GLASS
A. Insulating-Glass Units. Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a
dehydrated inte�r`space, qualified according to ASTM 12190.
1. Sealing System. Dual seals.
2. Perimeter Spacer. Manufacturers standard spacer material and construction..
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers.Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C
B. Setting Blocks. Elastomeric material with a Shore,Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.
C. Spacers. Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to
maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.
D. Edge Blocks. Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement(side walking).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL
A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing
materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing
publications.
B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project
site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other
imperfections that,when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance.
C. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless
otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel
bead.
D. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
E. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is largerthan 50 inches.
F. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing
channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced
glazing publications.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces.
GLAZING 088000- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine
glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals
during construction, but not less than once a month,for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains.
�. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove
substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace
glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings.
C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period.
3.3 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE
A. Glass Type GL-1: Clear fully tempered float glass,
1. Minimum Thickness. 6 mm.
3.4 LAMINATED GLASS SCHEDULE
A. Glass Type GL-2: Clear laminated glass with two plies of fully tempered float glass.
1. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 4mm.
2. Interlayer Thickness: 0.030 inch.
3. Safety glazing required.
3.5 INSULATING GLASS SCHEDULE
A. Glass Type GL-3: Low-E-coated,clear insulating glass,
END OF SECTION 088000
GLAZING 088000-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 092900- GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1. Interior gypsum board,
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data. For each type ofproduct.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Manufacturers, Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following.
1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.
2. National Gypsum Company,
3. USG Corporation.
B. Size. Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that
correspond with support system indicated.
2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C1396M.
1. Thickness: 112 inch.
2. Long Edges.Tapered.
B. Gypsum Board, Regular or Type X:ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
2. Long Edges:Tapered.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim:ASTM C 1047.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. LC-Bead:J-shaped, exposed long flange receivesjoint compound.
c. L-Bead: L-shaped, exposed long flange receivesjoint compound.
d. U-Bead:J-shaped, exposed short flange does not receivejoint compound,
2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C475M.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Board:Paper.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other
compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling. At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use
setting-type taping compound.
2, Embedding and First Coat For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, '..
use setting-type taping compound. '...
3, Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
4. Finish Coat Forthird coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's
written instructions.
R Steel Drill Screws:ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated.
C. Sound-Attenuation Blankets:ASTM C 665, Type I blankets without membrane facing) produced by
combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.
B, Acoustical Sealant, Manufacturers standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with
ASTMC 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and
openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM
E 90.
E. Thermal Insulation:As specified in Section 072100"Thermal Insulation.
F. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 072600 Vapor Retarders.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS
A. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
B. Comply with ASTM C 840.
C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide
1/4-to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are
exposed. Sealjoints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
D. For trim with back flanges Intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels.
Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturers written instructions.
E. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
F. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to
receive tape.
G. Gypsum Board Finish Levels. Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:
1. Level 1.Ceiling plenum areas,concealed areas, and where Indicated.
2. Level 4:At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and
other causes during remainder of the construction period.
B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
END OF SECTION 092900
GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 095113 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for interior ceilings.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product,
B. Samples, For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified,
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance. Suspended ceilings shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined
according to ASCE/SE17.
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics. Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify
products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency,
1. Fiame-Spread Index. Class A according to ASTM E 1264.
2. Smoke-Developed Index. 50 orless.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS:APC-1
A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Manufacturers standard panels according to ASTM E 1264,
B. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following.
1, Armstrong World Industries, Mesa Second Look II, 688,
C. Color:White.
D. Edge/Joint Detail.Angled tegular reveal sized to fit flange of exposed suspension-system members.
E. Thickness: 3/4 inch.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
F. Modular Size: 24 by 48 inches.
2.3 ACOUSTICAL PANELS:APC-2
A. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following product or an
approved substitut�i noon.
1. Armstrong World Industries, Soundsoak 60 Standard Acoustical Wall Systems.
B. General Description. Factory-finished acoustic panel product intended for installation on vertical and non-
vertical surfaces utilizing concealed attachment methods. Panels will be installed over furring strips with
sound-attenuation blanket insulation in between.
1. Color or Finish:As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard options.
2. Mounting Method: C n n Concealed mounting utilizing H splines, panel clips, and similar hardware.
3, Thickness: 3/4 inch minimum.
4. Panel Size. Varies depending on product, but may range from 24 to 36 inches in width and 72 to '..
120 inches in length, '..
2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM:APC-1
A. Metal Suspension-System Standard. Manufacturers standard, direct-hung, metal suspension system and
accessories according to ASTM C 635/C635M.
B. Wide-Face, Lapped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-
rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized, G30 coating designation,
with prefinished 15/16-inch-wide metal caps on flanges,
1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct
Hung, unless otherwise indicated, Comply with seismic design requirements.
B. Seismic Clips: Manufacturers standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical panels in place during
a seismic event.
2.6 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS ANDTRIM
A. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated,
manufacturers standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design
requirements, formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges
of suspension-system runners,
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A, Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite
edges of each ceiling.Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless otherwise indicated.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical panel ceilings according to ASTM C 636/C 636M, seismic design requirements, and
manufacturer s written instructions.
B. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where
necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings
before they are installed.
2. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
3. Install seismic clips as required, space according to panel manufacturers written instructions
unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 095113
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 211300-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Scope of Work 1. The Automatic Sprinkler Control Contractor is responsible for the design and installation of an
automatic sprinkler system in the-remodel areas ofthe building.
2. Coordinate with the architect and general contractor to provide that piping is concealed where
required.
3. Install sprinkler heads in the center of ceiling tiles.Any head not installed in the center of tile will be
required to be removed, recentered and the ceiling the replaced to match.
B. Section Includes.
1. Automatic Sprinkler systems.
2. Requirements of NFPA 13 and local governing authorities.
3. Fire protection sprinkler piping work with feed and cross main piping, branch line piping test valves,
test connections and sprinklers. Also include flow indicators, valves, gauges, alarms, and drain
piping.
C, Related Sections;
1. Applicable Division 22 and 23 Sections. Refer to other Divisions for coordination ofwork.
2. Refer to section 220000 for electronic file delivery requirements and fees.
D. The electrical contractor is responsible for all electrical wiring of damper switches, flow switches, alarm
horn/strobel and central station wiring. See specifications Division260000.
1.2 GOVERNING AUTHORITIES
A. Comply with applicable state and local codes.Meetthe requirements of NFPA 13. Meet requirements ofthe
Bozeman Fire department. Conform to classifications of occupancy, area coverage, rating of heads, and
maximum number of heads served by each branch line and riser.
B. Provide sprinkler products bearing approved labels.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings.
1. Submit Shop Drawings and details of the fire protection system to and receive approval from the
governing authorities before six copies are forwarded to Consulting Design Solutions,Inc.
2. Submit a certificate upon completion of each fire protection sprinkler piping system stating that the
work has been completed and tested in accordance with NFPA 13, that there are no defects in the
system, and that it is operational. Sprinkler test procedures and certificate format will be as indicated
in NFPA 13, unless otherwise directed by the governing authorities.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211300- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1.4 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND CRITERIA
A. Design a wet-pipe sprinkler system to protect the remodel areas of the building. Provide design that is per
NFPA 13.
B. Hazard Classifications:
1. Office areas: Light Hazard.
2. Mechanical rooms, Storage rooms: Ordinary Hazard Group 1.
3, Other rooms not listed: Per NFPA 13.
C. Include required outside hose stream flows in the calculations.
1.5 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A. The contractor for the automatic sprinkler installation is required to be a qualified fire protection contractor
regularly engaged in the installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems and other fire equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide materials complying with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.. Size drain
piping as shown, or if not shown, as required to drain the sprinkler system piping properly.
2.2 FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING
A. All interior piping is required to be in accordance with NFPA 13. Provide piping that is UL/FM approved.
B. Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Smaller
1. Pipe, Schedule 40 ASTM A-120 black steel
2. Fittings: Class 150 malleable iron or Class 125 cast iron, or forged
steel, threaded,ANSI B16.3 or B16.4
C. Pipe Sizes 2 112 Inches and Larger.
1. Pipe: Schedule 40, ASTM A-120 black steel
2. Fittings: Class 150 malleable iron, Class 125 cast iron,or forged steel,
threaded, ANSI B16.3 or B16A
D. Fittings. UL and Factory Mutual approved; electric-resistance welded steel pipe,ASTMA135.
F, Option, Schedule 10 pipe may be used on overhead sprinkler piping. Join pipe by UL Listed mechanical
grooved couplings. Cut grooves are not permitted. Fit-fast installation technique couplings fittings are not
permitted on this project.
F. Option, Allied XL piping may be used on overhead sprinkler piping provided the following conditions are
m et,
1. Minimum Pipe Size 1 inch; maximum pipe size 3 inches.
2. Threads: Shop cut according to applicable ANSI standards.
3. Pipe Fittings: Provide pipe fittings that are listed for use with this type of pipe.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211300-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.3 PIPING PRODUCTS
A. Provide factory-fa bricated fire protection sprinkler piping products of the sizes and types indicated. Where
not indicated, provide products to comply with installation requirements and with NFPA 13. Provide sizes
and types to match piping and equipment connections.
2.4 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS
0
Provide standard, soldered-link, automatic sprinklers with 165 F operating temperature, except provide
sprinklers with operating temperatures as required by NFPA 13 for installation near heating equipment or
lights, or as indicated in other Sections of Specifications. Heads will be as follows.
1. In exposed areas, heads will be brass upright orequal.
2. In all areas with ceilings,conceal all piping and utilize white recessed heads with white eschutcheon.
Size orifice according to hydraulic calculations.
3. In all exterior canopies provide recessed brass heads with painted escutcheon with color to match
ceiling. Color to be selected by the architect.
B. Maintenance Stock. For each style and temperature range required,furnish additional fire sprinklers of each
type installed. Comply with NFPA13.
C. Emergency Head Storage Cabinet, Provide red, baked enamel, steel sprinkler cabinet to store the extra
sprinklers and wrenches, as required by NFPA13.
t
D. Hangers and Supports. Provide hangers and supports as required by NFPA 13 and by governing authorities.
Hangers will be listed by UL.
2.5 VALVES
A. Provide valves as specified or required to comply with NFPA Standards and requirements of governing
authorities. Provide backflow prevention devices and check valves,where required by state or local codes.
Provide valves that are in accordance with the following detailed specifications.
1. Gate Valves 2 inches and smaller(for 175 PSI working pressure).
a. Crane No. 459.
b. Jenkins No. 275-U (for 175 PSI working pressure).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA
A. System Design. Design entire existing building and new addition per NFPA 13, This standard will be used
for water supply and demand and sprinkler design density. Comply with all localcodes.
B. Provide a 10 pound cushion between the supply curve and the demand point, including the hose stream
allowance. Include underground piping in the hydraulic calculation for sprinkler piping.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. During installation,comply with the requirements of NFPA 13. Install sprinkler piping products in accordance
with recognized industry practices to ensure that fire protection sprinklers piping complies with governing
requirements and services the intended purposes.
B. Examine other work shown on the Drawings and conditions at the jobsite. Coordinate the routing of work
with other construction trades to avoid interference with other installations.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211300-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Locate pipe routing and sprinkler head locations as required to avoid equipment, plumbing piping, heating,
and air conditioning piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures, electrical conduits and bus ducts and similarwork.
D. Provide pipe offsets as required to complete the installation. Modify shop prefabricated piping, pipe hangers,
and other components as required to fit the jobsite conditions.
E. Shop drill and weld weld-o-lets piping.
F. Center all heads installed in lay-in ceiling in the lay-in panels.
G. Contractor is responsible for a neat and clean installation. Confirm proposed location of all exposed piping
with engineer prior to bid.Conceal all piping in finished areas.Install all heads level. Fully recess all recessed
heads.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Apply signs to controls, and drain, test and alarm valves to identify their purposes and functions. Provide
lettering sizes and styles from NFPAS suggested styles.
3.4 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
A. Prior to connecting sprinkler piping for flushing, underground contractor must flush water feed mains, lead-
in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation has been
completed, and before piping is placed in service,flush entire sprinkler system under pressure, as required
to remove foreign substances as required by NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to
ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers.
3.5 TESTING
A. After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically in accordance with NFPA 13, at not less that
200 PSIG, or at 50 PSIG in excess of normal operating pressure when normal operating pressure is in
excess of 150 PSIG. Check system for leakage atjoints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each
system or zone being tested.
B. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with NFPA Standards for
little or no leakage , and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance.
END OF SECTION 211300
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211300-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 220000—BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SUPPLEMENTARY AND OTHER CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
A. The general, supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract and-the General Requirements (Division
1) are hereby made a part of this section.
1.2 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The plans and specifications contemplate the complete installation of the system described so that at the
conclusion of the construction, the systems will be turned over to the owner complete and ready for safe,
efficient operation. The plans and specifications cannot deal individually with the many minute items which
may be required by the nature of the systems. Furnish and install all such items normally included on
systems of this type, which while not mentioned directly herein, are obviously essential to the installation
and operation of the system and which are normally furnished on quality installations ofthistype.
B. In receiving bids, it will be assumed that each bidder has made a thorough inspection ofthe conditions and
is familiar with all conditions affecting the extent or cost of this work. Claims for extra payments as a result
of failure to examine the conditions prior to submitting the bid will not be allowed.
C. The drawings are partly diagramtic and do not necessarily show the exact locations of plumbing and piping
runs unless specifically dimensioned. Install piping to avoid other trades and install in a compact and neat
manner to maximize the available space.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS
A. Comply with all state and local codes and ordinances applying to the work specified herein. Attention is
directed in particular to the UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE,
INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE, INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE, INTERNATIONAL
ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE AND/OR ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, and local
regulations concerning the specified plumbing, heating and cooling equipment.
B. Make application for, obtain and pay for all required permits and certificates of inspection forthe work.
C. In the event of conflict between this specification and a governing code or ordinance, provide work to meet
the higher standard. Provide all work to meet any local codes that affectwork on the project. Extra payment
will not be allowed for changes required by local regulations.
1.4 INSPECTION
A. Request regular inspections of duly authorized inspectors as required by codes and ordinances.
1.5 SUBSTITUTING
A. Submit proposals to contractor for substitution of material and equipment listed on the drawings and/or these
specifications after the architect engineers approval has been obtained. For such proposals, provide
materials and equipment that conform in type, function, quality of material and assembly and meet the
requirements indicated in drawings and specifications. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL TO THE -
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE. Include the name ofthe material
or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description ofthe proposed substitute including
drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information needed for an evaluation. Include a
statement setting forth any changes in any other equipment or other work that incorporation ofthe substitute
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
would require. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. If these
proposed substitutions are considered as acceptable equals for quotations and use, approval will be issued
in an addendum.
1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Prior to the placing of orders for any equipment, submit to the engineer for approval a complete schedule of
mechanical equipment and fixtures to be installed. Include in the schedule at least six (6) sets each of
catalogs, cuts, diagrams, shop drawings, performance curves or any other descriptive material necessary
to fully describe the equipment proposed and its operating characteristics. In the schedules,list the operating
conditions of the equipment at the conditions listed on the schedules.
B. Submit all shop drawings and sign, approve and initial priorto submittal to the engineer. The engineer will
check the shop drawings to aid in interpreting the plans and specifications, and in so doing will assume that
the shop drawings conform to all specified requirements set forth in this specification. The approval of the
shop drawings by the engineer does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of complying with all
elements of the specification.
C. Make the determination of quantities of material and equipment required based on the drawings. Schedules
on the drawings and in the specification are completed as an aid to the contractor, but where discrepancies
arise, provide the proper number to complete thiswork.
1.7 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS
A, Coordinate all work with the asbestos abatement contractor for this project. Prior to the start of work review
all asbestos reports or sample analysis, that the Owner has had completed. Do not cut into or in any other
way disturb existing materials which contain asbestos. Asbestos abatement is not within the scope of
Division 22 work. If a material that has not been tested for asbestos must be disturbed, make a request in
writing to the Owner that the material be tested for asbestos prior to the start ofwork.
B. Provide materials and equipment which do not contain asbestos.At the completion of the project, certify in
writing that the materials and equipment installed do not contain asbestos.
1.8 LEAD FREE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
A. Provide a lead-free domestic water system including all equipment, piping, valves, fittings,joint materials
and all other components in contact with domestic water. Lead-free is determined by the current codes and
standards.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS.
A. Provide 3M CP25 caulk for fire barrier caulking system. Provide fire barrier caulk that is UL classified and
Factory Mutual System approved.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF THE WORK
A, Examine all the drawings before proceeding with the layout and installation of his work. General and
electrical wiring contract drawings will be made available to this Contractor. SHOULD DISCREPANCIES
AFFECTING THE WORK BE FOUND, IMMEDIATELY REPORT SAME TO THE ENGINEER FOR
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
INSTRUCTIONS. Provide for and cover the expense of subsequent changes made necessary by neglecting
to discover and report such discrepancies, under the direction ofthe Engineer.
B. "Furnish", "Provide", and/or"Install'are all considered as a requirement to both furnish the equipment and
install it unless specific reference is made to the furnishing or installing of the equipment byothers.
C. Confer and cooperate with other Contractors on the job in the installation of the work so all work will be
installed in proper relationship to the surrounding location and shape of any part to avoid conflicts. Provide
for the correct size and location of any changes, slots, and openings required and do any cutting or patching
made necessary by failure to make proper arrangements in this respect with no cost to the owner.
D. Locate pipes essentially as shown on the drawings, but in exact locations as laid out on thejob to suit actual
conditions. Arrange exposed pipes as closely as practical to wall or ceiling surfaces. Indicated connections
to equipment are necessarily based on equipment of a given manufacturer. If the use of"approved equal"
equipment is proposed, then assume the responsibility for proper location in a manner approved by the
Engineer. Make changes that are necessary for this reason without additional cost to the Owner.
E, Follow the equipment manufacturers instructions and recommendations in the installation and connection
of all equipment and materials furnished underthis contract. In the event of conflict or discrepancy between
manufacturers instructions and the contract documents,notifythe Engineer before proceeding. Do not make
any equipment installation in a manner that voids the manufacturer s warranty of the equipment.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Refer to section 232116 for cleaning of the heating and chilled water piping systems.
B. Remove labels, stickers, etc., and leave the entire installation in a clean, usable condition.
C. Thoroughly clean heating and cooling equipment, tanks, heat exchangers, pumps, traps, ducts, etc., and
install new filters or filter media.
3.3 PAINTING
A. Protect the finishes of all mechanical equipment during storage, installation and until final acceptance.
"Touch up" any damage or imperfections or if extensive,repaint the entire unit as directed by the Engineer.
3A FIRE BARRIER PENETRATIONS
A. Seal all cracks, voids, or holes for the passing of mechanical and electrical items through floors and fire
rated walls, or ceilings with fire rating of 1 hour or more with a fire barriercaulk.
B. Provide 3M CP 25 caulk for fire barrier caulking system.
C. Install fire barrier caulking system in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations to maintain a
fire rating of 3 hours minimum.
3.5 SLEEVES
A. The Mechanical Contractor will set and maintain all sleeves. Provide sleever for any pipe passing through
building construction including walls,floors,roofs or masonry partitions in accordance with the following.
B. Provide all pipe sleeves through slabs,floors, masonry walls and partitions that are l/2 inch greater in inside
diameter than the external diameter of pipe passing through. Provide sleeves for insulated piping that are
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
large enough to accommodate the insulation without harming the insulation or vapor barrier. Provide all
sleeves that are fabricated from new material cut square and reamed.
C. Provide sleeves in all masonry partition walls and floors. Provide sleeves that are Schedule 40 steel pipe.
Ensure that wall sleeves are flush with the wall surface. Extend the top of floor sleeves 1" above the floor,
and ensure the bottom of the sleeve is flush with the floor.
D. Protect the space between the pipe and the sleeves,through fire rated walls and floors as designated below.
E. Furnish and install chrome-plated wall,floor and ceiling plates on all exposed pipes where they pass through
walls,floors, or ceilings in finished areas. Provide the wall plates with set screws or spring locks for clamping
to the pipe.
F. Provide watertight seal at all sleeves through floors.
3.6 OPENINGS
A. Provide all openings required for the passage of ductwork and mechanical equipment in the construction.
Determine the correct location for all openings.
B. Provide the inside dimensions of all openings that are 112 inch greater than the size of the ductwork or
equipment passing through the opening. Provide openings for insulated ductwork are large enough to
accommodate the insulation without harming the insulation or vapor barrier.
C. Protect all openings through fire rated walls and floors as described above.
D. Patch and seal all openings through all non-fire rated construction around piping or ductwork. Seal openings
to match construction material or provide fire rated caulking as described in "Fire Barrier Penetrations"
above.
E, Seal all openings around piping and ductwork in return air plenums to prevent non-plenum rated materials
from being exposed in the plenums,
3.7 EXISTING SERVICES
A. Verify the exact location of all existing building services extended and/or relocated for this project.Also verify
the exact location and take proper precautions to protect all services which may be encountered during
construction.
B. Protect, brace, and support all active services which are encountered where required for proper execution
of the work and without interruption of service ifpossible.
C. Protect all inactive services which are encountered or remove as directed by the Owner, Utility Company,
or Municipal Agency havingjurisdiction.
D. When active services must be temporarily interrupted, make arrangements to work continuously including
overtime if required, to assure that services will be interrupted only as long as actually required to complete
necessary work.
3.8 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT
A. Provide access to all motors, valves, dampers,controls,specialties,etc.,for maintenance purposes.Provide
all access doors, access panels, removable sections, etc., required for access.The General Contractor will
provide access panels and doors required in the building construction where shown on the
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
plans. Coordinate the location ofthe access openings relative to the mechanical equipmentto assure proper
access to the equipment.
B. Provide all access openings required for manual motorized, fire and smoke dampers and other devices
requiring access in the ductwork, plenums, housings, tanks, etc., under this portion ofthecontract.
3.9 PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Protect all sheaves, belts, drives, couplings, and moving parts by approved permanent guards, shields, or
railings, which will be in place whenever the equipment is in operation and will be in accordance with
applicable safety standards.
3,10 TESTS
A. Perform tests on the systems Specified herein.
B. Conduct all tests in the presence of the engineer and/or owner. Prior to conducting any tests or balancing
of the systems, obtain and file a letterwith the engineers office ifthe tests are to be witnessed by the owner.
Where required, perform such tests in the presence of local or state building inspection officials. Maintain
reports of all tests as they are performed. Include the following information in thereports.
1. Project
2, Contractor
3. Date
4. Test performed and portion of system tested.
5. Test results
& Name and signature of person performingtest.
7. Name and signature of witness of the test.
C. Upon completion of the project, submit the test reports with the operation and maintenance manuals for
review by the Engineer.
D. Test soil, waste, and vent and storm drainage piping in accordance with applicable state and local codes.
The minimum test will be as follows, Apply the water test to the drainage and vent systems either in its
entirety or in sections. If applied to the entire system, tightly close all openings in the piping, except the
highest opening, and fill the system with water to point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections,tightly
plug each opening except the highest opening of the section under test, and fill each section with water, but
do not test any section with less than ten (10)foot head of water. In testing successive sections,test at least
the upper ten (10) feet of the next preceding section, so that no joint or pipe in the building (except the
uppermost ten (10)feet of the system) is submitted to a test of less than a ten (10)foot head of water. Keep
the water in the system, or in the portion under test,for at least fifteen 05) minutes before inspection starts.
The system is then tight at all points.
E. Test domestic water piping and prove it watertight under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 prig. Ensure the
piping system maintains the test pressure without loss for 2 hours. Determine loss by a drop in gauge
pressure or visual leakage. Read the test pressure from a gauge location atthe low elevation of the system
or portion being tested.
3.11 STERILIZATION OF THE WATER SUPPLY
A. Chlorinate all domestic hot and cold water lines to comply with local and State health regulations.
B. Ensure this work is witnessed by the ArchitecdEngineer.
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Apply the chlorinating agent at the start of a new line and inject it through a corporation cock or similar
device, to ensure complete chlorination of all pipe.
D. Use calcium hypochlorite where applicable and use commercial products such as H.T.H., Perchloron, or
Mexochloron, First mix the calcium hypochlorite mix to a homogeneous paste. The paste must contain
approximately five (5) percent available chlorine by weight. Then, thin the paste to a slurry and mix with
water to obtain a resultant consistency of 100 parts per million. Feed this mixture into the pipeline and retain
for a one-hour contact period. Then open all valves in groups of three and run water of 100 parts per million
calcium chlorite concentration through for a ten minute interval for each group ofvalves.
E. After chlorination, open all valves and run water through to waste for a ten minute period or until the waste
water indicates a residual of not over 0.5 parts per million.
F. Provide potable water system testing by an approved independent testing agency and certifythatthe potable
water system meets the requirements of local health authorities before using for domestic service upon
completion of the system. The testing agency will obtain a representative sample at random outlets on the
Project. If test sample does not prove to be potable, sterilize the entire Projects potable water system at no
additional cost to the Owner, Furnish a copy of the test to the engineer and the local utility.
3.12 ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER DIVISION 220000:
A. At a time set by the contractor and agreed to by the owner, arrange to place equipment in operation and
have available at that time, if required,representatives ofthe manufacturer of equipment to assist in starting
equipment,to make necessary adjustments to equipment,and to prove satisfactory operation priorto turning
facility over to the owner.
B. Repair or replace any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc., as required prior to acceptance.
C. Run operating test for 30 hour periods and submit data for approval.
D. Charge all equipment with clean media and completely finish installation prior to acceptance.
E. Properly balance all pumped water systems.
'j F. Properly balance all air systems. Balance the CFM of all diffusers to within 10% of the CFM listed on the
schedule.
3,13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare two portfolios with two complete sets of shop drawings ofthe equipment used in the erection ofthe
mechanical systems and equipment testings, cleaning and maintenance instructions, operation and
maintenance manuals, list of materials for the maintenance, parts list, wiring diagrams, and name and
address of authorized service organization.
B. Fold information only if necessary, and bind in an 8-112" x 11, hard cover indexed, looseleaf binder. Use
multiple binders if required to contain material. Properly identify all material with job name, date, and the
names and addresses ofthe contractor, architect, and engineer.
C. Submit the portfolios to the engineer for review of material and completeness prior to final inspection, and
Whereapproved by the engineer, turn the portfoliosover to the owner at the time ofthe final inspection.VV D. here indicated in the specification, provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the
owners authorized personnel in the operation, control, and maintenance of equipment. Instruct owners
personnel in the operation of all other equipment and systems.
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
E. Include the following close-out documents in the manuals.
1, Final Test and Balance reports,
2, Valve tag chart.
3. Asbestos letter,
4. Warranty letter.
5. Equipment start-up and functional testreports.
3.14 PROJECT CLOSE OUT
A. The Mechanical Contractorwill arrange for an inspection of all items installed in the ceiling before the ceiling
or ceiling the is installed, Inform the engineer at least one week before the planned installation of the ceiling
to arrange the inspection. If the ceiling the is installed before the inspection, the mechanical contractor will
remove all the ceiling tiles prior to the inspection.
B. General. Refer to Division 1 sections for general closeout requirements. Maintain a daily log of operational
data on mechanical equipment and systems throughout the closeout period, record hours of operation,
assigned personnel, fuel consumption and similar information, submit copy to engineer.
C, Record Drawings. Give special attention to the complete and accurate recording of underground conduit,
piping and concealed and non-accessible work, branching arrangement and valve location of all piping
systems, location of dampers and coils in duct systems, locations of control system sensors and other
control devices, and work of change orders where not shown on contract documents.
D, Closeout Equipment/Systems Operations. Sequence operations properly so that work of the projectwill not
be damaged or endangered. Coordinate with seasonal requirements. Operate each item of equipmentwith
the owners operating personnel present to demonstrate sustained, satisfactory performance. Adjust and
correct operations as needed for proper operation.Clean and lubricate each system,and replace dirty filters,
excessively worn parts and similar expendable parts of the system. -
E, Operating Instructions, Conduct at least a full day walk-through instruction seminar for the Owners
personnel to be involved in the operation and maintenance of the mechanical equipment and systems. If
more time is needed, continue instruction until the owner s personnel are familiar with the operation of the
system. Explain the identification system, operational diagrams, emergency and alarm provisions,
sequencing requirements, seasonal provisions, security, safety, efficiency and similar features of the
system.
F. Turn-Over of Operation. At the time of substantial completion, turn over the prime responsibility for the
operation of the system to the owners personnel. However until the time of final acceptance, provide at least
one full-time operating engineer,who is completely familiarwith the work,to consultwith and continue training
the owners personnel,
G. Final Completion, The following special requirements will be provided in addition to those specified
elsewhere.
1, Do not call for final completion check until the mechanical systems and equipment have been
installed, adjusted, balanced, and are in full and complete satisfactory operation and the following
certifications of inspection from equipment suppliers have been completed and submitted with the
architectlengineer. Certifications of inspection are required for the following items ofequipment.
a. Plumbing fixtures and equipment. Local Rep.)
2, Provide certifications consisting of letters signed by Factory Trained and Authorized service
engineers stating the following.
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-7
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
a. They have inspected all their equipment on the project.
b. They approve the condition of their equipment and its installation.
C. They have fully checked its operation and certify that it is operating properly.
d. They will note any problems, conditions or objections that could lead to future operating
problems.e. Provide log sheets on start-up of all Condensing Units, AHU s and Terminal Units.
3. Exceptions may be permitted upon written request from the contractor listing any minor items that
are uncompleted and beyond his reasonable control. Provide a full guarantee thatthey be completed
at a named later date and the guarantee will be extended as required to provide a fullwarranty.
H. Final Payment will not be made until the contractor has satisfactorily completed all final inspection items.
I. Guarantee. Fully guarantee all equipment andwork,parts and laborforone yearfrom the date of substantial
completion, unless noted otherwise. Guarantee all equipment and work and assume full responsibility to
repair any equipmentwith no additional expense to the Ownerwhich the manufacturer refuses to guarantee.
The Owner has the right to order repairs to any equipment or work provided hereon and to charge the
contractor for the same if repairs are not made during a reasonable period of time not to exceed 24 hours
during an emergency or 72 hours on a non-critical item.
END OF SECTION 220000
BUILDING MECHANICAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220000-8
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 220010- DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 The extent of demolition is shown on the drawings.
1.2 Owner will retain ownership of removed items.
1.3 Remove all items which the owner does not wish to retain and dispose of offsite.
1.4 SUBMIT PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF WORK TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO
START WORK. INCLUDE IN SCHEDULE COORDINATION FOR SHUT-OFF CAPPING AND
CONTINUATION OF UTILITIES,
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate new work. Protect existing
supporting structural members.
3.2 Field verify exact locations of existing services and construction prior to demolition work. Take all necessary
precautions to avoid damage to existing utilities or structure.
3.3 Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required at no cost to the owner.
3.4 Cap all pipes below floor or above ceiling. Remove all excess pipes andducts.
3.5 Carefully remove all items to be retained by owner and store as directed by theowner.
3.6 Remove from site all debris, rubbish, and all other items which the owner does not retain and dispose of off
site.
END OF SECTION 220010
DEMOLITION 220010-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 220523—GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated.Provide valves
of types and pressure ratings indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installerto comply with
Installation requirements. Provide end connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment
connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installers option.
B. SIZES. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipesize.
C. OPERATORS: Provide handwheels,fastened to valve stem,for valves other than quarter-turn. Provide lever
handle for quarter-turn valves, 6 and smaller.
D. Refer to section 220553 for valve tag and valve chart requirements.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with section 220000.
B. Indicate pressure and temperature classifications and joining methods for all types of valves used in the
project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. The following valve manufacturers are approved. Nibco, Apollo, Red White, Watts or approved equal.
Approved flow control valves are Autoflow, Nexus, Griswold or approved equal.
2.2 GATE VALVES
A. Provide NIBCO No. T-111 threaded, S-111 solder, 125 PSI steam, 200 PSI WOG for Bronze Gate Valves.
Provide valves conforming to MSS SP-80,
B. Provide NIBCO No. F-617-0 flanged, 125 PSI steam, 200 PSI WOG for iron body gate valves. Provide
valves conforming to MSS SP-70.
2.3 BALL VALVES
A. Provide NIBCO No. T-580 threaded, S-580 solder, 125 PSI steam, 400 PSI WOG for Bronze Ball Valves.
Provide valves conforming to federal specification WW-V-35 CLASS A,Type II. Furnish with extended lever
handle.
2.4 MANUAL BALANCING VALVES
A. Provide Armstrong, Victaulic TA, Bell and Gossett or Taco circuit settervalves.
1. Provide all valves constructed of bronze body-brass ball type with glass and carbon filled TEE seat
rings.
2. Provide with differential pressure read-out ports across valve seat area. Provide read-out ports fitted
with internal EPT inserts and check valves. Provide 1/4" NPT tapped drain/purge port.
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3, Provide with memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and then reopened to set
point without disturbing balance position.
4. Provide with calibrated name plates to assure specific valve settings.
5. Provide valves designed for positive shut-off.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines
where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate
support can be provided when necessary.
B. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed
downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter for each
valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane.
C. Install extended-stem valves,where insulation is indicated, arranged in proper mannerto receive insulation.
3.2 SELECTION
B. Select and install valves with the following ends or types of pipe-tube connections.
I. Tube Size 2" and Smaller. Soldered joint valves.
2. Pipe Size 2 and Smaller: Threaded valves.
END OF SECTION 220523
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 220529—HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING AND PIPING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide pipe hangers that adequately sup port the piping system. Install near or at cha nges in piping direction
and at concentrated loads. Install to provide vertical adjustment to maintain pitch required for proper
drainage. Install to allow for expansion and contraction of the piping.
B. Construct and install duct hangers in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards.
Do not attach duct hangers to the floor or roof decks.Attach hangers to the structural steel construction with
joist or beam clamps.
1.2 SESMIC REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide and install duct, piping and equipment supports to meet all seismic requirements as required in the
International Building Code and American Society of Civil Engineer(ASCE),ASCE-7, latesteditions.
B. Each manufacturer of seismic system components will submit a certificate of compliance for review and
acceptance by the engineer and/or the authority havingjurisdiction.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 220000.
B. Indicate pipe hangers to be used for each size and type of pipe.
C. Indicate seismic supports to be used for each type of pipe, duct or equipment on the project.
1 A CONCRETE BASES
A. Provide (in coordination with the General Contractor) all concrete bases required for equipment(boilers, air
handling units,tanks, pumps, furnaces,water heaters, etc.)inside the building and condensing units outside
the building.Afterthe bases are poured, allowthem to set at leastfive(5)days before mounting equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SESIMIC SUPPORTS
A. Provide seismic supports for piping, ductwork and equipment as manufactured by Amber Booth, Mason
Industries, or approved equal.
2.2 PIPE HANGERS
A. Provide hangers that are constructed of malleable orwrought iron, and hangers supporting copper pipe that
are copper plated. Hangers for pipe 3 inches and smaller must be adjustable split ring, ELCEN FIG. 89,
Galt', and ELCFN FIG. 389 copper plated. For piping above 3 inches, hangers must be adjustable, Clevis
type, ELCEN FIG. 12.
B. Support rod loading. Provide total hanger rod load (including piping, insulation, and medium) that does not
exceed following limits.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING AND PIPING EQUIPMENT 220529-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Nominal Rod Diameter Max. Load
3/8 IN 600 LB
112 IN 1100 LB
5/8 IN 1800 LB
3/4 IN 2700 LB
7/8 IN 3700 LB
1 IN 4900 LB
2.3 SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT
A. Provide threaded rod supports at each corner and additional support points. Provide vibration isolation as
specified for each piece of equipment. Provide seismic support cables at each corner hanger and attach to
n
the structure. Provide rod stiffeners for rods longer that 12 .
2.4 CONCRETE ANCHORS
A. Provide Hilti (or approved equal) concrete inserts installed per the manufacturers recommendations.
Coordinate locations of pipe support anchors.
2.5 CONCRETE PAD CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide four inch thick indoor equipment bases with re-bartwelve inches on centers both ways. Provide six
inch thick outdoor bases with re-bar twelve inches on centers both ways.
B. Provide wedge anchors to attach the indoor pads to the concrete floors. Provide anchors in the pads to
match the equipment support requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Where groups of three or more pipes occur,they may be supported with trapeze hangers using two hangers
as specified with a capped pipe cross member.
B. Do not attach pipe hangers to the roof deck.Attach hangers to the steel construction with beam clamps,t�
beam attachment and brackets bolted tojoists and beams. Hang nearjoist paneljoints wherever possible.
C. Provide pipe hangers for insulated piping that are large enough to encompass the insulation, using a metal
shield so the vapor barrierjacket will not be broken. See Section 220719, Mechanical Insulation.
D. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited.
E. Install pipe hangers with the following spacing.
1. HORIZONTAL STEEL PIPE:
Pipe Size Maximum Spacing
Up to 1-1/4" 8 feet
1-112"to 3" 10 feet
4" to 6" 12 feet
2. HORIZONTAL COPPER PIPE/TUBE:
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING AND PIPING EQUIPMENT 220529-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
Pipe Size Maximum Spacing
112"to 3/4" 5 feet
1" 6 feet
1-1/4" 7 feet
1-112"to 2" 8 feet
3. Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe at five foot intervals except where 10 ft. lengths of pipe are
used, 10 ft. intervals may be used.
4. Support horizontal and vertical plastic pipe 4-0 on center.
5, Support vertical piping except plastic at each floor.
END OF SECTION 220529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING AND PIPING EQUIPMENT 220529-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 220553—IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide identification for all piping and mechanical equipment as specified in this section.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 220000. Provide shop drawings indicating the materials used,
colors and lettering for all piping and equipment labels. Furnish a complete list of equipment labels to be
furnished for the project.
1.3 STANDARDS
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field and viewing angles of identification devices.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved manufacturers are Allen Systems,W. H. Bradley, Industrial Safety Supply or Seaton Name Plate,
2.2 PIPE MARKERS
A. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS; Snap-On Type. Provide manufacturers standard pre-printed, semi-rigid, snap-
on, color coded pipe markers complying with ANSIA13.1.
B. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS; Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturers standard pre-printed,
permanent adhesive, color coded pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers complying with ANSIA13.1.
C. Small Pipes. For external diameters less than 6 (including insulation), provide full band pipe markers,
extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location fastened by one of the following methods.
1. Snap on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
2. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
3. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or insulation.
4. Taped to pipe or insulation with color coded plastic adhesive tape at least 2°wide with a full circle at
both ends of pipe marker,tape lapped4".
D, Large Pipes, For pipe diameters 6 and larger (including insulation), provide either full-band or strip type
pipe markers, no narrower than 3 times letter height, and of required length fastened by one of the following
methods.
1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or insulation.
2. Taped to pipe or insulation with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 2 wide with a full
circle at both ends of pipe marker. The tape must be lapped 4° at both ends.
3. Strapped-to-pipe or insulation application of semi-rigid type with manufacturers standard stainless
steel bands.
E. Provide lettering of the manufacturers standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes the piping
system in each instance, or as selected by the engineer in cases of variance with names as shown or
specified.
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
F. Provide with arrows on each pipe marker indicating direction of flow, either integrally with the piping system
service lettering or as a separate unit of plastic.
G. Provide plastic tape of the manufacturers standard color coded pressure sensitive vinyl tape not less than
3 mils thick. Provide tape for pipe with outside diameters (including insulation) less than 6 , 1-112" wide.
Provide tape for larger pipes, 2-1/2 wide.
2.3 VALVE TAGS
A. Provide brass valve tags that are 18 gauge with stamp engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4 high
letters and sequenced valve numbers 112 high. Tags will be 1-112 high. Fill the tag engraving with black
enamel. Provide valve tag fasteners that are solid brass chain or solid brass Shooks manufactured
specifically for the connection of tags. Furnish flow control valves with brass tags listing equipment tag and
rating.
2.4 EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Provide engraved plastic laminate signs that are constructed of engraving stock melamine plastic laminate,
compiymg with Fed. .spec. L1 JJV/ ni u— Dices and ..h„�R„Gsses indicated, engraved ;.,.�th the o.^.^yra„c.
standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where
adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Provide engraving that exposes a contrasting inner
layer. The thickness will be 1/16 for units up to 8 max. dimension 1/8" for larger units. Fasteners will be
self tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should
not penetrate the substrate.
B. Provide plastic equipment markers that are manufacturers standard laminated plastic, color coded
equipment markers. Conform to the following color code.
1, Green. Heating
equipment and components.
l
2. Yellow. I leating equipment and components.
3. Yellow/Green, Common heating and cooling equipment components.
4, Blue. Equipment which does not meet any of the abovecriteria.
5. For hazardous equipment use colors and designs recommended by ANSI 13.1.
C. Provide nomenclature matching the terminology on the schedules as closely as possible and includes the
following,
1. Name and plan number.
2. Equipment service.
3. Design capacity.
4. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving conditions, rpm etc.
D. Provide markers that are approximately 2-112 x 4 for control devices, dampers and valves, and 4-112 by
6 for equipment.
E. Provide Lettering and Graphics that coordinates names, abbreviations and other designations used in
mechanical identification work, with corresponding designations shown specified or scheduled. Provide
numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by
manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of mechanical systems
and equipment, Where multiple systems of the same generic name are shown and specified, provide
individual system number as well as service.
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 EXECUTION
31 COORDINATION
A. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces requiring insulation, painting or other covering, install the
identification after completion of the painting and insulating.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A, Install pipe markers on each system including arrows to indicate the direction of flow. Locate pipe markers
and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms,
accessible maintenance spaces, plenums and exterior locations.
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units.
3. Where pipes pass through walls floors orceilings.
4. Near major items and other points of origination andtermination.
5. Spaced intermediately along pipe runs at a maximum distance of 50, reduce spacing to 25'in
congested areas of piping and equipment.
6. On piping above lay-in ceilings.
B. Provide valve tags on all valves, cocks and control devices in each piping system, exclude plumbing fixture
valves and shut off valves at plumbing equipment.
C. Valve Chart, Provide a valve chart in the operation and maintenance manual indicating thefollowing.
1. Valve tag number.
2. Valve type. ball valve, butterfly valve, gate valve,etc.
3. System service. plumbing hot water, heating supply, chilled water supply,etc.
4. Use. isolation, balancing, shut-off, drain,etc.
5. Manufacturer.
D, Provide ductwork labels at the following locations.
1. At each piece of equipment connected by ductwork.
2. Provide at 10 foot intervals in mechanical rooms.
3. Provide at 50 foot intervals above accessible ceilings and at changes indirection.
E. Provide mechanical equipment identification on or near each major item of mechanical equipment as herein
specified. Provide signs that are engraved plastic laminate.
END OF SECTION 220553
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 220719—PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Insulate all piping on the project as specified in this section.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 220000. Include shop drawings for each type of insulation to
be used on the project.
1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Provide all covering and insulation materials used on this projectthat have the manufacturers name on the
container. All materials must be dry and in good condition.
B. Provide all materials with composite fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedures ASTM 84, NFPA
255 and U.L. 723 not to exceed 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Accepted insulation materials are Certainteed or equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Provide fiberglass pipe insulation that is Certainteed 500o fiberglass pipe insulation with factory applied all-
servicejacket. Provide insulation rated for use between-20'F and 500
0 F. Furnish the all servicejacket with
self sealing lap. Provice thermal conductivity at or below O.22 BTU-in/hr,SF,oF at 100-F mean temperature.
Seal all end joints with 3 wide butt strips of materials identical to pipe coveringjackets.
B. Insulate all piping accessories (valve bodies, flanges, air separators, etc.) with Ever Green Cut `n Wrap
insulation with Velcro fasteners or approved equal.
C. Insulate ADA lavatory and sink P-trap drain and exposed supply pipes with fully molded, Truebro, Nandi,
Lav-Guard Insulation kit, light gray color. Provide insulation that is self extinguishing. Furnish nylon type
fasteners with kit.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3,1 PIPE INSULATION
A. Insulation Thickness,
1, Insulate the following systems with the following thickness of fiberglass insulation.
112"to 1" 1-112 to 3" 4" and Larger
a. Domestic Hot Water 1" 1" 1"
(including tempered hot water and recirculated hotwater)
b, Domestic Cold Water 112" 112" 1
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Installation
1. Insulate all valves, fittings, air separators and all other hydronic specialties in the piping with Ever
Green Cut`n Wrap insulation or approved equal.
2. Insulate plumbing vents within six lineal feet of the roof outletwith V thick fiberglass insulation.
3. Install all pipe insulation in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.Seal all to ngitudina[joints
with factory applied self-sealing laps. Seal all endjoints with 3 wide butt strips of materials identical
to pipe covering jackets, using adhesive such as Benjamin Foster 30-35 or self-sealing jacket. No
stapling are permitted on any vapor barrierjackets. Do not perform any vapor barrier work or self-
sealing laps or lap work when temperatures are below40'F.
4. Insulate all fittings, valves, flanges pand strainers with mitered segments of pipe insulation wired in
place. Coat each fitting with two 1/U coats of an approved vapor barrier mastic such as Benjamin
Foster 30-35. Reinforce each fitting by wrapping with glass fabric cloth extending 2 onto adjacent
pipes and finish with an additional coating of mastic worked into mesh of cloth to provide a smooth
finish. Cover with 6 ounce canvas cover in all exposed areas. At the contractors option, premolded
plastic fitting covers may be used if taped and sealed. Acontinuous vapor barrier must be maintained
on all cold piping systems. Use corner beads on all squarecorners.
5. Maintain a continuous vapor barrier on all domestic cold water, chilled water and rain water piping
systems. Install all pipe hangers on these systems outside the insulation with insulation shields
installed to protect the insulation. Repair any damage to the vapor barrier with an approved vapor
barrier mastic,
6. Install insulation shields between insulation and pipe hangers, Ensure shields are of sufficient size
to prevent damage to the insulation.
7. Insulate the exposed water pipes and exposed drain on all lavatories.
8. Insulate the cold water main from the building entrance to the meter.
END OF SECTION 220719
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 221010—PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install where shown on the drawings and required to connect fixtures and equipment, pipe and
fittings oftype and material for the various services as noted below.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 220000.
B. Indicate ASTM or ANSI ratings, pipe and fitting weights,pressure and temperature classifications andjoining
methods for all types of piping used in the project.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit certification that each welder has passed A.W.S. qualification tests for the welding process involved
and that certification is current. Ensure all welding is in compliance with the ASME "Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code",Section IX,"Welding and Brazing Qualifications".Comply with provisions of ASME B31 Series
"Code for Pressure Piping".
B. Provide a lead-free domestic water system including all equipment. piping, valves, fittings,joint materials
and all other components in contact with domestic water. Lead-free is determined by the current codes and
standards.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
A. Provide Type L, ASTM B88, hard drawn copper tubing for domestic cold and hot water in building above
grade. Provide wrought copper solder type fittings,ANSI 1316.22. Providejoints for pipe and fittings that are
made with non-corrosive flux and 95-5 solder. Provide the maximum lead content of the flux and solder of
0.2%by volume.
B, At contractor option, Pro-press mechanical fittings are acceptable in place of solderfittings.
2.2 SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER AND VENT PIPE
A. For sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and vent piping in building below floor to 5' outside building, provide
schedule 40 PVC plastic Type DWV pipe and fittings. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)Schedule 40 will conform to
ASTM D 1785 & 2665. Provide joints that are primer&solvent hubtype.
B. For sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and vent piping in building above floor, provide schedule 40 PVC plastic
Type DWV pipe and fittings. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Schedule 40 will conform to ASTM D 1785 &2665.
Provide primer& solvent hub typejoints.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide all pipes are round and straight, of required size. Do cutting with proper tools and ream pipes to full
size after cutting.
PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 221010- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Properly enclose, support, guide, anchor, sway brace,connect,test, clean and flush out piping and properly
insulate and protect where required.
C. Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominal pipe internal sizes and not outside diameters unless noted
otherwise.D. Run pipes substantially as indicated on the drawings. However,
lowever,the architecdengineer reserves the right to
require this Contractor to make minor changes in pipe locations where conflicts occur with other trades.
Provide for such changes without extra cost to the Owner.
E. Install piping with ample provisions for expansion and contraction to prevent injury to the same and to the
building construction.Make such provision by means of piping offsets,changes in direction, expansion loops
and/or suitable expansion joints. Provide suitable anchors and guides to permit proper deflection and
compression of offset loops and expansion joints. Do not use expansionjoints in lieu of offsets, changes in
direction or loops, except where specified and/or indicated on the drawings or where otherwise obviously
necessary.
F. Run all pipes with proper grade to provide for easy draining and in group runs where applicable and in a
neat and orderly manner, to the satisfaction of architect engineer. Install lines required to be enclosed in
ceiling, chaseways or spaces to permit such enclosure as intended. Carefully lay out all pipe runs and
schedule to avoid unnecessary interferences with otherwork.
G. Provide minimum grade for horizontal drainage piping is 1/4 inch per foot for inch diameter piping or less,
1/8 inch per foot for 4 inch and larger piping. Install all roof drain piping at 1/8 inch perfoot.
H. Install dielectric unions at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping and joints between
dissimilar metals. Comply with manufacturers installation instructions. Provide standard products
recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated, which effectively isolate piping (electric
conductance), prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion.
I. At all fixture connections where nipples are necessary between copper tubing and fixtures, ensure such
nipples are standard weight full iron size chrome plated brass pipe nipples with suitable brass or copper
adapters. Steel or iron nipples will not be permitted in any location in copper lines where connections are
made to brass fixtures valves ortrim.
3.2 JOINTS
A. Threaded Joints. Cut piping straight and square, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use
prepared pipe thread lubricant on outside threads only.
B. Flanged Joints, When bolting flanged joints,take care to insure that there is no restraint on opposite end of
pipe or fittings which would prevent uniform gasket compression or cause unnecessary stress in flanges.
Keep one flange free to move in any direction while flange bolts are being tightened. Tighten bolts gradually
and at a uniform rate, so that gasket compression is uniform over entire area of gasket.
C. Welded Joints. Make welds by electric arc welding process in accord with ANSI B31.1.Mill or machine bevel
pipe, except that in field limited amount of pipe may be flame beveled. Pipe with a wall thickness of 3/16 IN
or less need not be beveled but may be welded by melting down into, and building up over abutting ends.
Separate abutting ends of joints before welding to permit complete fusion to bottom without overlapping.
Tack in two or more points to maintain alignment, and fusion weld.Weld continuously around pipe. Make all
welds of sound weld metal,thoroughly fused into ends of pipe,and to bottom of"V". Build in excess of pipe
wall to give reinforcement of one fourth pipe wall thickness. Weld metal will present a gradual increase in
thickness from surface of pipe to center of weld. Provide minimum weld width of two and one half times
thickness of pipe wall. Use welding elbows at all turns in welded lines exceptwhere pipe
PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 221010-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
bends are indicated or are required for flexibility. Mitered ells will not be permitted. Make all welded fittings
of same material with same pressure and temperature rating as pipe with which they are used.Make flanged
connections to control valves, pump suction, and specialties with ANSI standard welding neck flanges. All
other flange connections may be made with slip-on flanges provided they are seal welded on inside. Fuse
all filletwelds for flanges or fittings into pipe and plate for minimum distance of 1-1/2times pipe wall thickness
and depth of weld of 1-1/4 times pipe wall thickness. Provide eccentric reducers with flat side on top of pipe
to prevent entrapment of air in the piping system.
D. Weld-o-lets and thread-o-lets. Scribe and cut openings in main pipes forwelded branches accurately taking
care to remove all of plug and cuttings from main pipe. Full weld fillet welds for full depth of fillet, with
additional beads to form well rounded connection as recommended by weld-o-let manufacturer. Partially
filled fillets not acceptable. Cut all openings into pipe for welded connections accurately to give carefully
matched intersections.
E. High temperature soldered joints.Take care to avoid annealing of pipe material.Copper potable water piping will have soldered or brazed joints. Clean jointing surfaces thoroughly by hand.Apply flux immediately after
cleaning. Do not rely on flux for actual cleaning. Fill all voids with solder as flux leaves to insure a strong
joint. Select flux compatible with type joint being made. Ensure all joints comply with local codes and
ordinances and are installed per the Copper Development Association recommendations.
F. PVC Pipe, Provide solvent welded joints in all plastic piping according to instructions furnished by the pipe
manufacturer. Do not install plastic pipe if it is not completely dry, if the ambient temperature is below 40*F
or under direct exposure to the sun in temperatures above 90oF. Do not test plastic pipe with air or other
compressible gases which could rupture the pipe and cause an injury. Cut pipe evenly, completely deburr
and bevel. Clean pipejoint area, prime, cure,cement, and allow 48 hours of drying time before applying any
appreciable internal or external pressure.
3.3 UTILITY CONNECTIONS
A. The utility company will furnish the gas meter and regulator. The mechanical contractor is responsible for
any fees for the coordination of the gas piping and the gas meter.
3.4 TESTS
A. Test piping as outlined in Section 220000.
END OF SECTION 221010
PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 221010-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Install the plumbing work in strict accordance with the best plumbing practice, and in accordance with all
applicable local, state and national plumbing regulations.
3.2 WASTE, VENT AND WATER CONNECTIONS
A. Provide chrome-plated brass pipe for all exposed flush, waste and supply pipes at the fixtures, iron pipe
size. No steel nipples will be allowed. Provide heavy cast brass chromium plated components for faucets,
stop valves, pop-up wastes, traps, flush valves etc. Water lines to all individual fixtures, where exposed,
must be equipped with high grade, loose key chromium plated brass stop valves model B-131-l5 T&S BRASS
or equal. Install all chrome plate over a nickel plated base. Provide backing at wall to support fixtures.
Provide all water closets with all bolt caps with retainer clips. Match groups of fixtures. Furnish all fixtures
which do not have integral traps with 17 gauge chromium plated brass p-traps withcleanouts.
B. Provide waste, vent and water supply piping to plumbing fixtures which is not shown on the drawings and
size in accordance with the plumbing schedule on the plans.Vent all plumbing fixtures,wastes, and drains
in accordance with all applicable Local, State and National Plumbing Regulations.
C. SHOCK ABSORBERS: Install piping with proper safeguards to preventwater hammer.This will be done by
providing air cushions in the piping at each plumbing fixture. Air cushion must be same size as piping on
which installed, 16 long, with removable cap wherever accessible.
D. Mount controls for flush valves on the wide side of toilet areas on all handicapped water closets.
E. Provide all floor sinks and floor drains with trap primer taps and JR Smith 2699,Watts A200 or PPP P1-500
trap primer valves. Connect valve to nearest water supply or supply stop. Install valve in an accessible
location.
3.3 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION
A. Install all fixtures, faucets and equipment solid and anchored to building structures. Tighten and fasten all
loose components.
B. Provide caulk sealant at all plumbing fixtures. Caulk between wall and fixtures and between floor and
fixtures.
C. Provide escutcheons at all plumbing penetrations. This includes below fixtures, in cabinets,etc.
END OF SECTION 224200
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 224200-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230000- BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SUPPLEMENTARY AND OTHER CONDITIONS OF THECONTRACT
A. The general, supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract and the General Requirements (Division
1) are hereby made a part of this section.
1.2 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The plans and specifications contemplate the complete installation of the system described so that at the
conclusion of the construction, the systems will be turned over to the owner complete and ready for safe,
efficient operation. The plans and specifications cannot deal individually with the many minute items which
may be required by the nature of the systems. Furnish and install all such items normally included on
systems of this type, which while not mentioned directly herein, are obviously essential to the installation
and operation of the system and which are normally furnished on quality installations of thistype.
B. In receiving bids, it will be assumed that each bidder has made a thorough inspection of the conditions and
is familiar with all conditions affecting the extent or cost of this work. Claims for extra payments as a result
of failure to examine the conditions prior to submitting the bid will not be allowed.
C. The drawings are partly diagramtic and do not necessarily show the exact locations of plumbing and piping
runs unless specifically dimensioned. Install piping to avoid other trades and install in a compact and neat
manner to maximize the available space.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS
A. Comply with all state and local codes and ordinances applying to the work specified herein. Attention is
directed in particular to the UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE,
INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE, INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE, INTERNATIONAL
ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE AND/OR ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, and local
regulations concerning the specified plumbing, heating and cooling equipment.
B. Make application for, obtain and pay for all required permitsand certificates of inspection for the work.
C. In the event of conflict between this specification and a governing code or ordinance, provide work to meet
the higher standard. Provide all work to meet any local codes that affectwork on the project. Extra payment
will not be allowed for changes required by local regulations.
1A INSPECTION
A. Request regular inspections of duly authorized inspectors as required by codes and ordinances.
1.5 SUBSTITUTING
A. Submit proposals to contractorfor substitution of material and equipment listed on the drawings and/orthese
specifications after the architect engineers approval has been obtained. For such proposals, provide
materials and equipment that conform in type, function, quality of material and assembly and meet the
requirements indicated in drawings and specifications. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL TO THE
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE. Include the name of the material
or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including
drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information needed for an evaluation. Include a
statement setting forth any changes in any other equipment or other work that incorporation ofthe substitute
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
would require. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. If these
proposed substitutions are considered as acceptable equals for quotations and use, approval will be issued
in an addendum.
1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Prior to the placing of orders for any equipment, submit to the engineer for approval a complete schedule of
mechanical equipment and fixtures to be installed. Include in the schedule at least six (6) sets each of
catalogs, cuts, diagrams, shop drawings, performance curves or any other descriptive material necessary
to fully describe the equipment proposed and its operating characteristics.In the schedules,listthe operating
conditions of the equipment at the conditions listed on the schedules.
B. Submit all shop drawings and sign, 11 approve and initial priorto submittal to the engineer. The engineer will
check the shop drawings to aid in interpreting the plans and specifications, and in so doing will assume that
the shop drawings conform to all specified requirements set forth in this specification. The approval of the
shop drawings by the engineer does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of complying with all
elements of the specification.
C. Make the determination of quantities of material and equipment required based on the drawings. Schedules
on the drawings and in the specification are completed as an aid to the contractor, but where discrepancies
arise, provide the proper number to complete this work.
1.7 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS
A. Coordinate all work with the asbestos abatement contractor for this project. Prior to the start of work review
all asbestos reports or sample analysis, that the Owner has had completed. Do not cut into or in any other
way disturb existing materials which contain asbestos. Asbestos abatement is not within the scope of
Division 23 work. If a material that has not been tested for asbestos must be disturbed, make a request in
writing to the Owner that the material be tested for asbestos prior to the start ofwork.
B. Provide materials and equipment which do not contain asbestos. Atthe completion of the project, certify in
writing that the materials and equipment installed do not contain asbestos.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS.
A. Provide 3M CP25 caulk for fire barrier caulking system. Provide fire barrier caulk that is UL classified and
Factory Mutual System approved.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF THE WORK
A. Examine all the drawings before proceeding with the layout and installation of his work. General and
electrical wiring contract drawings will be made available to this Contractor. SHOULD DISCREPANCIES
AFFECTING THE WORK BE FOUND, IMMEDIATELY REPORT SAME TO THE ENGINEER FOR
INSTRUCTIONS. Provide for and coverthe expense of subsequent changes made necessary by neglecting
to discover and report such discrepancies, under the direction of the Engineer.
B. "Furnish", "Provide", and/or"Install'are all considered as a requirement to both furnish the equipment and
install it unless specific reference is made to the furnishing or installing of the equipment by others.
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Confer and cooperate with other Contractors on the job in the installation of the work so all work will be
installed in proper relationship to the surrounding location and shape of any part to avoid conflicts. Provide
for the correct size and location of any changes, slots, and openings required and do any cutting or patching
made necessary by failure to make proper arrangements in this respectwith no costto theowner.
D. Locate pipes essentially as shown on the drawings, but in exact locations as laid out on the job to suit actual
conditions. Arrange exposed pipes as closely as practical to wall or ceiling surfaces. Indicated connections
to equipment are necessarily based on equipment of a given manufacturer. If the use of approved equal1
equipment is proposed, then assume the responsibility for proper location in a manner approved by the
Engineer. Make changes that are necessary for this reason without additional cost to the Owner.
E. Follow the equipment manufacturers instructions and recommendations in the installation and connection
of all equipment and materials furnished underthis contract. In the event of conflict or discrepancy between
manufacturers instructions and the contract documents,notifythe Engineer before proceeding.Do not make
any equipment installation in a manner that voids the manufacturer s warranty of the equipment.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Refer to section 232116 for cleaning of the heating and chilled water piping systems.
B. Remove labels, stickers, etc., and leave the entire installation in a clean, usable condition.
C. Thoroughly clean heating and cooling equipment, tanks, heat exchangers, pumps, traps, ducts, etc., and
install new filters or filter media.
3.3 PAINTING
A. Protect the finishes of all mechanical equipment during storage, installation and until final acceptance.
"Touch n
up any damage or imperfections or if extensive,repaintthe entire unit as directed by the Engineer.
3.4 FIRE BARRIER PENETRATIONS
A. Seal all cracks, voids, or holes for the passing of mechanical and electrical items through floors and fire
rated walls, or ceilings with fire rating of 1 hour or more with a fire barriercaulk.
B. Provide 3M CP 25 caulk for fire barrier caulking system.
C. Install fire barrier caulking system in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations to maintain a
fire rating of 3 hours minimum.
3.5 SLEEVES
A. The Mechanical Contractor will set and maintain all sleeves. Provide sleever for any pipe passing through
building construction including walls, floors,roofs or masonry partitions in accordance with the following. -
B. Provide all pipe sleeves through slabs, floors, masonry walls and partitions that are 112 inch greater in inside
diameter than the external diameter of pipe passing through. Provide sleeves for insulated piping that are
large enough to accommodate the insulation without harming the insulation or vapor barrier. Provide all
sleeves that are fabricated from new material cut square and reamed.
C. Provide sleeves in all masonry partition walls and floors. Provide sleeves that are Schedule 40 steel pipe.
Ensure that wall sleeves are flush with the wall surface. Extend the top of floor sleeves above the floor,
and ensure the bottom of the sleeve is flush with the floor.
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
D. Protectthe space between the pipe and the sleeves,through fire rated walls and floors as designated below.
E. Furnish and install chrome-plated wall,floor and ceiling plates on all exposed pipes where they pass through
walls,floors, or ceilings in finished areas. Provide the wall plates with set screws or spring locks for clamping
to the pipe.
F. Provide watertight seal at all sleeves through floors.
3.6 OPENINGS
A. Provide all openings required for the passage of ductwork and mechanical equipment in the construction.
Determine the correct location for all openings.
. B. Provide the inside dimensions of all openings that are 112 inch greater than the size of the ductwork or
equipment passing through the opening. Provide openings for insulated ductwork are large enough to
accommodate the insulation without harming the insulation or vaporbarrier.
C. Protect all openings through fire rated walls and floors as described above.
D. Patch and seal all openings through all non-fire rated construction around piping or ductwork. Seal openings
to match construction material or provide fire rated caulking as described in "Fire Barrier Penetrations"
above,
E. Seal all openings around piping and ductwork in return air plenums to prevent non-plenum rated materials
from being exposed in the plenums.
3.7 EXISTING SERVICES
A. Verify the exact location of all existing building services extended and/orrelocated forthis project.Also verify
the exact location and take proper precautions to protect all services which may be encountered during
construction.
B. Protect, brace, and support all active services which are encountered where required for proper execution
of the work and without interruption of service ifpossible.
C. Protect all inactive services which are encountered or remove as directed by the Owner, Utility Company,
When
Municipal Agency havingjurisdiction,
VV D, hen active services must be temporarily interrupted, make arrangements to work continuously including
overtime if required, to assure that services will be interrupted only as long as actually required to complete
necessary work.
3.8 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT
A. Provide access to all motors, valves, dampers,controls,specialties, etc.,for maintenance purposes.Provide
all access doors, access panels, removable sections, etc., required for access.The General Contractor will
provide access panels and doors required in the building construction where shown on the plans. Coordinate
the location of the access openings relative to the mechanical equipment to assure proper access to the
equipment,
B. Provide all access openings required for manual motorized, fire and smoke dampers and other devices
requiring access in the ductwork, plenums, housings,tanks, etc., under this portion of the contract.
3.9 PROTECTIVE DEVICES
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Protect all sheaves, belts, drives, couplings, and moving parts by approved permanent guards, shields, or
railings, which will be in place whenever the equipment is in operation and will be in accordance with
applicable safety standards.
3.10 TESTS
A. Perform tests on the systems Specified herein.
B. Conduct all tests in the presence of the engineer and/or owner. Prior to conducting any tests or balancing
of the systems, obtain and file a letter with the engineer s office if the tests are to be witnessed by the owner.
Where required, perform such tests in the presence of local or state building inspection officials. Maintain
reports of all tests as they are performed. Include the following information in the reports:
1. Project
2. Contractor
3. Date
4. Test performed and portion of system tested.
5. Test results
6. Name and signature of person performingtest.
7. Name and signature of witness of the test.
C. Upon completion of the project, submit the test reports with the operation and maintenance manuals for
review by the Engineer.
D. Test hot water heating and chilled water piping and prove it watertight under a hydrostatic pressure of 100
prig. Ensure the piping system maintains the test pressure without loss for 2 hours. Determine loss by a
drop in gauge pressure or visual leakage. Read the test pressure from a gauge location atthe low elevation
of the system or portion being tested.
1, Provide the same pressure test for radiant tubing and snowmelt tubing as described above for
O
heating piping, Prior to concrete placement, fill piping with 30�0 propylene glycol and pressurize to
100 psi. Maintain pressure during concrete placement.
E. Test natural gas piping with an air pressure of not less than 25 psig. Ensure the system holds this pressure
for 24 hours without pressure drop except for pressure change due to temperature differential. For natural
gas piping which is welded or carrying gas at pressures over 14 inches water column pressure, test at a
pressure of 60 psig. and is continued for a length of time satisfactory to the administrative authority, but in
no case less then 30 minutes.
F. Provide antifreeze testing by an independent testing agency for hot and chilled water systems. Provide
systems with 30% by volume propylene glycol.
3.11 ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER DIVISION 230000:
A. At a time set by the contractor and agreed to by the owner, arrange to place equipment in operation and
have available at that time, if required, representatives of the manufacturer of equipment to assist in starting
equipment,to make necessary adjustments to equipment,and to prove satisfactory operation priorto turning
facility over to the owner.
B. Repair or replace any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc., as required prior toacceptance.
C. Run operating test for 30 hour periods and submit data for approval.
D. Charge all equipment with clean media and completely Finish installation prior to acceptance.
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
E. Properly balance all pumped water systems.
F. Properly balance all air systems. Balance the CFM of all diffusers to within 10% of the CFM listed on the
schedule,
3.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare two portfolios with two complete sets of shop drawings of the equipment used in the erection of the
mechanical systems and equipment testings, cleaning and maintenance instructions, operation and
maintenance manuals, list of materials for the maintenance, parts list, wiring diagrams, and name and
address of authorized service organization.
B. Fold information only if necessary, and bind in an 8-1/2 x 11 hard cover indexed, looseleaf binder. Use
multiple binders if required to contain material. Properly identify all material with job name, date, and the
names and addresses of the contractor, architect, and engineer.
C. Submit the portfolios to the engineer for review of material and completeness prior to final inspection, and
when approved by the engineer, turn the portfolios over to the owner at the time of the final inspection.
D. Where indicated in the specification, provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the
owners authorized personnel in the operation, control, and maintenance of equipment. Instruct owners
personnel in the operation of all other equipment and systems.
L. Include the following close-out documents in the manuals.
1 Final Test and Balance reports.
2. Valve tag chart.
3. Asbestos letter,
4. Warranty letter.
up and functional to st reports.
5. Equipment start
3,13 PROJECT CLOSE OUT
A. The Mechanical Contractor will arrange for an inspection of all items installed in the ceiling before the ceiling
or ceiling tile is installed. Inform the engineer at least one week before the planned installation of the ceiling
to arrange the inspection. If the ceiling tile is installed before the inspection, the mechanical contractor will
remove all the ceiling tiles prior to the inspection.
B. General. Refer to Division 1 sections for general closeout requirements. Maintain a daily log of operational
data on mechanical equipment and systems throughout the closeout period, record hours of operation,
assigned personnel, fuel consumption and similar information, submit copy to engineer.
C. Record Drawings. Give special attention to the complete and accurate recording of underground conduit,
piping and concealed and non-accessible work, branching arrangement and valve location of all piping
systems, location of dampers and coils in duct systems, locations of control system sensors and other
control devices, and/work of change orders where not shown on contract docu m ents.
D. Closeout Equipmentl Systems Operations. Sequence operations properly so that work of the project will not
be damaged or endangered. Coordinate with seasonal requirements. Operate each item of equipmentwith
the owner s operating personnel present to demonstrate sustained, satisfactory performance. Adjust and
correct operations as needed for proper operation.Clean and lubricate each system, and replace dirty filters,
excessively worn parts and similar expendable parts of the system.
L. Operating Instructions. Conduct at least a full day walk-through instruction seminar for the Owners
personnel to be involved in the operation and maintenance of the mechanical equipment and systems. If
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
more time is needed, continue instruction until the owner's personnel are familiar with the operation of the
system. Explain the identification system, operational diagrams, emergency and alarm provisions,
sequencing requirements, seasonal provisions, security, safety, efficiency and similar features of the
system.
F. Turn-Over of Operation. At the time of substantial completion, turn over the prime responsibility for the
operation of the system to the owners personnel. However until the time of final acceptance, provide at
least one full-time operating engineer,who is completely familiar with the work,to consultwith and continue
training the owners personnel.
G. Final Completion, The following special requirements will be provided in addition to those specified
elsewhere,
1. Do not call for final completion check until the mechanical systems and equipment have been
installed, adjusted, balanced, and are in full and complete satisfactory operation and the following
certifications of inspection from equipment suppliers have been completed and submitted with the -
architecJengineer. Certifications of inspection are required for the following items ofequipment.
a. Pumps (Factory Rep.)
b. Air Handling Units (Factory Rep.)
2. The certifications will consist of letters signed by Factory Trained and Authorized service engineers
stating the following,
a. They have inspected all their equipment on the project.
b. They approve the condition of their equipment and its installation.
C. They have fully checked its operation and certify that it is operating properly.
d. They will note any problems, conditions or objections that could lead to future operating
problems.
e. Log sheets will be provided on start-up of all Condensing Units,AHU's and Terminal Units.
3. Exceptions may be permitted upon written request from the contractor listing any minor items that
are uncompleted and beyond his reasonable control. Provide a full guarantee that they be completed
at a named later date and the guarantee will be extended as required to provide a fullwarranty.
H. Final Payment will not be made until the contractor has satisfactorily completed all final inspection items.
I. Guarantee. Fully guarantee all equipment and work, parts and laborforone yearfrom the date of substantial
completion, unless noted otherwise. Guarantee all equipment and work and assume full responsibility to
repair any equipmentwith no additional expense to the Ownerwhich the manufacturer refuses to guarantee.
The Owner has the right to order repairs to any equipment or work provided hereon and to charge the
contractor for the same if repairs are not made during a reasonable period of time not to exceed 24 hours
during an emergency or 72 hours on a non-critical item.
END OF SECTION 230000
BUILDING MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230000-7
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230010- DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 The extent of demolition is shown on the drawings.
1.2 Owner will retain ownership of meth an icalequipment. -
1.3 Remove all items which the owner does not wish to retain and dispose of off site.
1.4 SUBMIT PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF WORK TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO
START WORK. INCLUDE IN SCHEDULE COORDINATION FOR SHUT-OFF CAPPING AND
CONTINUATION OF UTILITIES.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate new work. Protect existing
supporting structural members.
3.2 Field verify exact locations of existing services and construction prior to demolition work.Take all necessary
precautions to avoid damage to existing utilities or structure.
3.3 Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required at no cost to the owner.
3A Cap all pipes below floor or above ceiling. Remove all excess pipes and ducts.
3.5 Carefully remove all items to be retained by owner and store as directed by the owner. -
3.6 Remove from site all debris, rubbish, and all other items which the owner does not retain and dispose of off
site.
END OF SECTION 230010
DEMOLITION 230010-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230523—GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide valves
of types and pressure ratings indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with
Installation requirements. Provide end connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment
connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installers option.
B. SIZES: Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size.
C. OPERATORS: Provide handwheels,fastened to valve stem,for valves other than quarter-turn.Provide lever
handle for quarter-turn valves, 6 and smaller.
D. Refer to section 230553 for valve tag and valve chart requirements.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with section 230000.
B. Indicate pressure and temperature classifications and joining methods for all types of valves used in the
project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. The following valve manufacturers are approved: Nibco, Apollo, Red White, Watts or approved equal.
Approved flow control valves are Autoflow, Nexus, Griswold or approved equal.
2.2 GATE VALVES
A. Provide NIBCO No. T-111 threaded, S-111 solder, 125 PSI steam, 200 PSI WOG for Bronze Gate Valves.
Provide valves conforming to MSS SP-80.
B. Provide NIBCO No. F-617-0 flanged, 125 PSI steam, 200 PSI WOG for iron body gate valves. Provide
valves conforming to MSS SP-70.
2.3 BALL VALVES
A. Provide NIBCO No. T-580 threaded, S-580 solder, 125 PSI steam, 400 PSI WOG for Bronze Ball Valves.
Provide valves conforming to federal specification WW-V-35 CLASS A,Type II. Furnish with extended lever
handle.
2.4 CHECK VALVES
A. Provide NIBCO No. F-918, 125 PSI stea m,200 PSI WOG for Iron Body Swing Check Valves.Provide valves
conforming to MSS SP-71, Type I. _
B. Provide NIBCO No. T-413 threaded, S-413 solder, 125 PSI Steam,200 PSI WOG for Bronze Swing Check
Valves. Provide valves conforming to MSS SP-80.
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. At all pump outlets, provide silent type spring loaded check valves suitable for vertical or horizontal
installation. Valves must be designed for 175 PSIG non-shock water working pressure at 200 degrees F.
Spring will close valve before reverse flow can occur. Provide non-slam duo-check valves with cast iron
body conforming to ASTM Spec.A278,Class No.40 bronze double plates,conforming to ASTM Spe, 13148
Grade 9A, Buna-N Seal, 316 stainless steel pin and spring for installation between 125 Ib.flanges.
2.5 GAS STOPS
A. Provide MCDONALD MODEL 106858 plug type for Iron Body Gas Stops.
2.6 FLOW CONTROL VALVES
A. Provide Flow Design Incorporated combination flow control-ball valve with temperature/pressure test port
for Flow Control Valves, Butterfly valve may be used with 3° and larger control valves. Control valves will
provide rated flow for a pressure differential from 2 PSI to 32 PSI. The control valve will control flow within
5% of the factory setting. Provide Hanging Metal I.D.Tag with model,flow setting and location. Furnish with
extended valve handles and extended pates plugs to accommodate up to 2� insulation. Nexus and Griswold
are approved equal.
2.1 MANUAL BALANCING VALVES
A. Provide Armstrong, Victaulic TA, Bell and Gossett or Taco circuit settervalves.
1. Provide all valves constructed of bronze body-brass ball type with glass and carbon filled TFE seat
rings.
out ports across valve seat area. Provide read-out ports fitted
2. Provide with differential pressure read
with internal EPT inserts and check valves. Provide 1/4 NPT tapped drain/purge port.
3. Provide with memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and then reopened to set
point without disturbing balance position.
4. Provide with calibrated name plates to assure specific valve settings.
5. Provide valves designed for positive shut-off.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines
where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate
support can be provided when necessary.
B. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed
downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter for each
valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane.
C. Install extended-stem valves,where insulation is indicated, arranged in proper mannerto receive insulation.
3.2 SELECTION
B. Select and install valves with the following ends or types of pipe-tube connections.
1. Tube Size 2 and Smaller. Soldered joint valves.
2. Pipe Size 2 and Smaller, Threaded valves.
END OF SECTION 230523
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230529—HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide pipe hangers that adequately support the piping system. Install near or at changes in piping direction
and at concentrated loads. Install to provide vertical adjustment to maintain pitch required for proper
drainage. Install to allow for expansion and contraction of the piping.
B. Construct and install duct hangers in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards.
Do not attach duct hangers to the floor or roof decks.Attach hangers to the structural steel construction with
joist or beam clamps.
1.2 SESMIC REQUIREMENTS
A, Provide and install duct, piping and equipment supports to meet all seismic requirements as required in the
International Building Code and American Society of Civil Engineer(ASCE),ASCE-7, latesteditions.
B. Each manufacturer of seismic system components will submit a certificate of compliance for review and
acceptance by the engineer and/or the authority havingjurisdiction.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 230000.
B. Indicate pipe hangers to be used for each size and type ofpipe.
C. Indicate seismic supports to be used for each type of pipe, duct or equipment on the project.
1,4 CONCRETE BASES
A. Provide (in coordination with the General Contractor) all concrete bases required for equipment(boilers, air
handling units,tanks, pumps,furnaces,water heaters, etc.)inside the building and condensing units outside
the building.Afterthe bases are poured, allowthem to set atleastfive (5)days before mounting equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SESIMIC SUPPORTS
A. Provide seismic supports for piping, ductwork and equipment as manufactured by Amber Booth, Mason
Industries, or approved equal.
2.2 PIPE HANGERS
A. Provide hangers that are constructed of malleable orwrought iron, and hangers supporting copper pipe that
are copper plated. Hangers for pipe 3 inches and smaller must be adjustable split ring, ELCEN FIG. 89,
Galv. and ELCEN FIG. 389 copper plated. For piping above 3 inches, hangers must be adjustable, Clevis
type, ELCEN FIG, 12.
B. Support rod loading. Provide total hanger rod load (including piping, insulation, and medium)that does not
exceed following limits.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-1.
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Nominal Rod Diameter Max. Load
3/8 IN 600 LB
112 IN 1100 LB
5/8 IN 1800 LB
3/4 IN 2700 LB
7/8 IN 3700 LB
1 IN 4900 LB
2.3 SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT
A. Provide threaded rod supports at each corner and additional support points. Provide vibration isolation as
specified for each piece of equipment. Provide seismic support cables at each corner hanger and attach to
.I n
the structure. Provide rod stiffeners for rods longer that 12 .
2.4 CONCRETE ANCHORS
A. Provide Hilti (or approved equal) concrete inserts installed per the manufacturers recommendations.
Coordinate locations of pipe support anchors.
2.5 CONCRETE PAD CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide four inch thick indoor equipment bases with re-bar twelve inches on centers both ways. Provide six
inch thick outdoor bases with re-bar twelve inches on centers both ways.
B. Provide wedge anchors to attach the indoor pads to the concrete floors. Provide anchors in the pads to
match the equipment support requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Where groups ofthree or more pipes occur,they may be supported with trapeze hangers using two hangers
as specified with a capped pipe cross member.
B. Do not attach pipe hangers to the roof deck.Attach hangers to the steel construction with beam clamps,
beam attachment and brackets bolted to joists and beams. Hang nearjoist paneljoints wherever possible.
C. Provide pipe hangers for insulated piping that are large enough to encompass the insulation, using a metal
shield so the vapor barrierjacket will not be broken. See Section 230713, Ductlnsulation.
D. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited.
E. Install pipe hangers with the following spacing.
1. HORIZONTAL STEEL PIPE:
Pipe Size Maximum Spacing
Up to 1-1/4 8 feet
1-112"to 3" 10 feet
4" to 6" 12 feet
2. HORIZONTAL COPPER PIPE/TUBE:
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
Pipe Size Maximum Spacing
1/2" to 3/4" 5 feet
1" 6 feet
1-1/4" 7 feet
1-112"to 2" 8 feet
3. Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe at five foot intervals except where 10 ft. lengths of pipe are
used, 10 ft. intervals may be used.
4. Support horizontal and vertical plastic pipe 4-0"on center.
5. Support vertical piping except plastic at each floor.
END OF SECTION 230529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230540-ANTIFREEZE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. After the entire hydronic system has been purged and cleaned, add antifreeze to the system.
B. Include in the maintenance manuals the quantity of propylene glycol that was added to each system to bring
the systems to the specified percentages.
C. Refer to section 232116 for hydronic piping testing and cleaning.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 230000.
B. Indicate freeze point, pH and reserve alkalinity of the glycol.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide PROPYLENE GLYCOL that is DOW DOWFROST.,approved equal. Provide product that is designed
for use where there is a possibility of contact with potable water supplies. Provide glycol with all ingredients
thatare recognized as safe and are listed on the U.S. Federal Register.Provide propylene glycol that is inhibited
to protect against corrosion,
RIf the boiler heat exchanger or other internal boiler components provided for the project are constructed of
aluminum, provide glycol that is certified compatible for use in aluminum heatexchangers.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 ANTIFREEZE INSTALLATION
A. HOT WATER LOOP; Stop hot water circulating pump and close the pump isolation valves. Connect a
handpump to the antifreeze fill valve, open the antifreeze fill valve,open the drain valve and pump 40 percent
by volume of propylene glycol into the heating system.
3.2 TESTING A. Hire an independent, certified testing agency to test the propylene glycol concentration and the pH�I I of the
solution in the hot and chilled water systems. The testing agency will furnish a certified report showing the
solutions have the proper concentration of propylene glycol and the properpH.
END OF SECTION 230540
ANTIFREEZE 230540- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230553—IDENIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide identification for all piping, ductwork and mechanical equipment as specified in this section.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000. Provide shop drawings indicating the materials used,
colors and lettering for all piping and equipment labels. Furnish a complete list of equipment labels to be
furnished for the project.
1.3 STANDARDS
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field and viewing angles of identification devices.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved manufacturers are Allen Systems,W. H. Bradley, Industrial Safety Supply or Seaton Name Plate.
2.2 PIPE MARKERS
A. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS; Snap-On Type. Provide manufacturers standard pre-printed, semi-rigid, snap-
on, color coded pipe markers complying with ANSIA13.1.
B. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS; Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturers standard pre-printed,
permanent adhesive, color coded pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers complying with ANSIA13.1.
C. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6"(including insulation), provide full band pipe markers,
extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location fastened by one of the following methods.
1. Snap on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
2. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
3. Laminated or bonded application of pipe markerto pipe orinsulation.
4. Taped to pipe or insulation with color coded plastic adhesive tape at least 2"wide with a full circle at
both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 4".
D. Large Pipes: For pipe diameters 6 and larger (including insulation), provide either full-band or strip type
pipe markers, no narrower than 3 times letter height, and of required length fastened by one of the following
methods:
1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe orinsulation.
2. Taped to pipe or insulation with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 2"wide with a full
circle at both ends of pipe marker. The tape must be lapped 4" at both ends.
3. Strapped-to-pipe or insulation application of semi-rigid type with manufacturers standard stainless
steel bands.
E. Provide lettering of the manufacturers standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes the piping
system in each instance, or as selected by the engineer in cases of variance with names as shown or
specified.
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553-1
.STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
F. Provide with arrows on each pipe marker indicating direction of flow, either integrally with the piping system
service lettering or as a separate unit of plastic,
G. Provide plastic tape of the manufacturers standard color coded pressure sensitive vinyl tape not less than
3 mils thick. Provide tape for pipe with outside diameters (including insulation) less than 6 , 1-112 wide.
Provide tape for larger pipes, 2-1/2 wide.
2.3 VALVE TAGS
A. Provide brass valve tags that are 18 gauge with stamp engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high
letters and sequenced valve numbers 112 high. Tags will be 1-112 high. Fill the tag engraving with black
enamel. Provide valve tag fasteners that are solid brass chain or solid brass S-hooks manufactured
specifically for the connection of tags. Furnish flow control valves with brass tags listing equipment tag and
rating.
2.4 DUCTWORK LABELS
A. Provide ductwork labels for all ductwork exposed in mechanical rooms. In addition provide labels on trunk
ductwork located above accessible ceilings. Provide painted stencils or pressure sensitive vinyl tape, not
less that 3 mils thick, 1-1/2"wide. Provide airflow direction labels at each label indicating the direction of
airflow at that point in the duct system.
2.5 EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Provide engraved plastic laminate signs that are constructed of engraving stock melamine plastic laminate,
complying with Fed, Spec. L-P-3387 in the sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with the engravers
standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where
adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Provide engraving that exposes a contrasting inner
layer. The thickness will be 1/16 for units up to 8 max. dimension 1/8 for larger units. Fasteners will be
self tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should
not penetrate the substrate.
B. Provide plastic equipment markers that are manufacturers standard laminated plastic, color coded
equipment markers. Conform to the following colorcode.
1. Green, Cooling equipment and components.
2. Yellow. Heating equipment and components.
3. Yellow/Green. Common heating and cooling equipment components.
4. Blue. Equipment which does not meet any of the above criteria.
5. For hazardous equipment use colors and designs recommended by ANSI 13.1.
C. Provide nomenclature matching the terminology on the schedules as closely as possible and includes the
following,
1. Name and plan number.
2. Equipment service.
3. Design capacity.
4. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving conditions, rpm etc.
D. Provide markers that are approximately 2-112 x 4 for control devices, dampers and valves, and 4-112 by
6 for equipment.
E. Lettering and Graphics will coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical
identification work,with corresponding designations shown specified or scheduled. Provide numbers,
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as
required for proper identification and operation maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment. Where
multiple systems of the same generic name are shown and specified, provide individual system number as
well as service.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 COORDINATION
A. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces requiring insulation, painting or other covering, install the
identification after completion of the painting and insulating.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install pipe markers on each system including arrows to indicate the direction of flow. Locate pipe markers
and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms,
accessible maintenance spaces, plenums and exterior locations.
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units.
3. Where pipes pass through walls floors orceilings.
4. Near major items and other points of origination andtermination.
5. Spaced intermediately along pipe runs at a maximum distance of 50', reduce spacing to 25' in
congested areas of piping and equipment.
G. On piping above lay-in ceilings.
B. Provide valve tags on all valves, cocks and control devices in each piping system, exclude plumbing fixture
valves and shut off valves at plumbing equipment.
C. Valve Chart. Provide a valve chart in the operation and maintenance manual indicating thefollowing.
1. Valve tag number.
2. Valve type. ball valve, butterfly valve, gate valve,etc.
3. System service, plumbing hot water, heating supply, chilled water supply,etc.
4. Use. isolation, balancing, shut-off, drain,etc.
5. Manufacturer.
D. Provide ductwork labels at the following locations.
1. At each piece of equipment connected by ductwork.
2. Provide at 10 foot intervals in mechanical rooms.
3. Provide at 50 foot intervals above accessible ceilings and at changes indirection.
E. Provide mechanical equipment identification on or near each major item of mechanical equipment as herein
specified. Provide signs that are engraved plastic laminate. Provide signs for the following general
categories.
1. Main control and operating valves including safety devices and gas outlets.
2. Meters, gauges and thermometers.
3. Pumps
4, Air Handling Units
5, Exhaust, Supply and Return Fans
END OF SECTION 230553
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230593—TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The mechanical contractor will procure the services of an independent air balance and testing agency,
approved by the engineer, which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning systems, to balance, adjust, and test air moving equipment and air distribution or exhausting
systems as herein specified. All instruments used by this agency must be accurately calibrated and
maintained in good working order. If requested,conductthe tests in the presence of the mechanical engineer
responsible for the project and/or his representative.
1.2 AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS
A. The testing agency is required to meet the following qualification requirements.
1. Specialize in the balancing and testing of HVAC systems.
2. Certified by NEBB orAABC.
3. An office within 300 miles of the site.
4. Provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope.
B. Provide within fifteen days after receipt of contract, the name and qualifications of the test and balance
agency for approval by the engineer.
1.3 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Provide balance and testing work only after the HVAC system has been completed and is in full working
order. Do not perform any water system or pump tests until the piping system has been cleaned and the
correct amount of propylene glycol has been added to the system.
B. The mechanical contractor will put all heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems and equipment into
operation and continue operation of the same during each working day of testing and balancing.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Provide anextended warranty of 90 days, after completion of the test and balance work, during which time
the Engineer at his discretion may request a recheck, or resetting of any outlet, supply air fan, or exhaust
fan as listed in test report. The agency will provide technicians to assist the engineer in making any tests he
may require during this period of time.
1.5 REPORTS
A. After completing the testing and balancing,compile the test data, and submit four(4)copies of the complete
test data to the contractor for forwarding to the owner, architect and engineer forevaluation and approval.
B. Insert all information on a sheet listing all items required herein and be included in complete test and balance
report. Neatly type all sheets.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TESTING PROCEDURES
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Testing Procedure - Phase One
1. Perform the following tests and balance air systems in accordance with the following requirements.
a. Test and adjust fan RPM to design requirements.
b. Test and record motor full load amperes.
C. Make Pitot tube traverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM atfans.
d. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge.
e. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air.
f. Test and record entering air temperatures.
g. Test and record leaving airtemperatures.
h. Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM.
1. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return.-
J. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 10% of design requirements.
k. Identify each grille, diffuser, and register as to location and area.
I. Identify and list size, type, and manufacturer of diffusers, grilles, registers and all tested
equipment. Use manufacturers ratings on all equipmentto make required calculations.
M. Include in readings and tests of diffusers, grilles, and registers required FPM velocity and test
resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustments.
n. In cooperation with the control manufacturers representative, set adjustments of automatically
operated dampers to operate as specified, indicated, and/or noted.Testing agency will check all
controls for proper calibrations and list all controls requiring adjustment by control installers.
o. Adjust all diffusers, grilles, and registers to minimize drafts in all areas.
0
p. Test and adjust each fume hood to within 10Z0 of the design CFM. Record velocity and CFM for
each fume hood. Perform tests at four representative sash positions from fully open to fully
closed.
q. As a part of the work of this contract, the mechanical contractor will make any changes in the
pulley, belts, and dampers and will install additional dampers required for correct balance as
recommended by air balance agency, at no additional cost to the owner.
B. Testing Procedure Phase Two
1. Prepare the water systems for balancing in the following manner.
a. Open all valves to full open position. Set coil valve to full coilflow.
b. Have contractor remove and clean all strainers.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Examine water in system and determine if system has been flushed,
d. Check pump rotation.
e. Check expansion tanks to determine they are not air bound and the system is completely full of
water.
f, Check all air vents at high points ofwater systems and determine all are installed and operating
freely.
g. Set all temperature controls so all coils are calling for full heating.
h. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers or chiller to design requirements.
i. Complete air balance must have been accomplished before actual water balance begins.
j. Do not begin water system balancing until the proper amount of propylene glycol has been put
in the system.
k. Repeat above procedure on chilled water systems.
I. Set hot water pumps to proper gallons per minute delivery.
M. Check water temperatures at inlet and outlet of heat exchanger. Reset to correct design
temperature.
n. Proceed to balance each hot water coil.
o. Upon completion of flow readings and adjustments at coils, mark all settings and recorddata.
p. Repeat above procedure on chilled watersystem. -
C. Test and Balance Procedure - Phase Three
1. Upon completion of Phase -I I and 2, proceed with Phase 3 as follows.
2. When performing the tests described in this section on the reheat coils, set the entering air
temperatures at design temperatures, set the hot water supply at design temperature of IU0' and
set the CFM at the design Heating CFM. Open valves to full flow through the coil when performing
tests described in this section.
3. After adjustments to coils are made,recheck settings atthe pumps boilers and heat exchangers and
readjust if required.
4. Set the boiler to design operating temperatures before testing the coil performance as indicated
below.
5. Record and check the following items at each heating and cooling coil.
a. CFM
b. Inlet water temperatures.
C. Leaving water temperatures,
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 -3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
d. GPM
e. Inlet air temperature.
f. Leaving air temperature.
g. Pump operating suction and discharge pressure and finalTDH.
h. List all mechanical specifications ofpumps.
i. Rated and actual running amperage of pump motor.
j. Water metering device readings.
k. Test glycol systems for proper freeze protection.
END OF SECTION 230593
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230719—HVAC PIPING AND DUCTWORK INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A, Insulate all HVAC piping and ductwork on the project as specified in this section. Refer to 220719 for
plumbing piping insulation and 230713 for ductwork insulation.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A, Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000, Include shop drawings for each type of insulation to
be used on the project.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide all covering and insulation materials used on this projectthat have the manufacturers name on the
container. All materials must be dry and in goodcondition.
B. Provide all materials with composite fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedures ASTM 84,NFPA
255 and U.L. 723 not to exceed 25 flame spread and 50 smokedeveloped.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A, Accepted insulation materials are Certainteed or equal.
22 MATERIALS
A, Provide fiberglass pipe insulation that is Certainteed 500o fiberglass pipe insulation with factory applied all-
service jacket. Provide insulation rated for use between-20
0 F and 5000 F. Furnish the all servicejacket with
self sealing lap. Provice thermal conductivity at or below O.22 BTU-in/hr,SF,oF at 100-F mean temperature.
Seal all end joints with 3 wide butt strips of materials identical to pipe covering jackets.
B. Hot equipment shall be insulated with Type 700 Series fiberglass board, 2" thick, unfaced, with 8-ounce
canvas jacket applied with a white adhesive such as Aerbol" meeting flame spread and smoke restrictions
listed above. Examples are. air separatortanks, heat exchangers, hotwater storage tanks,tankless heaters
and accumulator tanks.
C. Insulate all piping accessories (valve bodies, flanges, air separators, etc.) with Ever Green Cut `n Wrap
insulation with Velcro fasteners or approved equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE INSULATION
A. Insulation Thickness.
1. Insulate the following systems with the following thickness of insulation.
112"to 1-1/4" 1-112 to 3" 4" and Larger
a. Heating Hot Water 1-112" 2" 2"
HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Installation
1, Insulate all valves, fittings, air separators and all other hydronic specialties in the piping with Ever
Green Cut`n Wrap insulation or approved equal.
2. Cover only the pump body and not the motor on all pumps.
3. Insulate heat exchangers (converters)with 2, thick fiberglass insulation.
4. Install all pipe insulation in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.Seal all longitudinaljoints
with factory applied self-sealing laps. Seal all endjoints with 3 wide butt strips of materials identical
to pipe covering jackets, using adhesive such as Benjamin Foster 30-35 or self-sealing jacket. No
stapling are permitted on any vapor barrier jackets. Do not perform any vapor barrier work or self-
sealing laps or lap work when temperatures are below40'F.
5. Insulate all fittings, valves, flanges and strainers with mitered segments of pipe insulation wired in
place. Coat each fitting with two 1/8 coats of an approved vapor barrier mastic such as Benjamin
Foster 30-35. Reinforce each fitting by wrapping with glass fabric cloth extending 2 onto adjacent
pipes and finish with an additional coating of mastic worked into mesh of cloth to provide a smooth
finish. Cover with 6 ounce canvas cover in all exposed areas.At the contractors option, premolded
plastic fitting covers may be used iftaped and sealed. Acontinuous vapor barrier must be maintained
on all cold piping systems. Use corner beads on all squarecorners.
6. Maintain a continuous vapor barrier on all domestic cold water, chilled water and rain water piping
systems. Install all pipe hangers on these systems outside the insulation with insulation shields
installed to protect the insulation. Repair any damage to the vapor barrier with an approved vapor
barrier mastic.
7. Install insulation shields between insulation and pipe hangers. Ensure shields are of sufficient size
to prevent damage to the insulation.
END OF SECTION 230719
HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 230901 —TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (STAND ALONE)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and
furnishing of all material and equipment necessary to install a complete control system for the mechanical
systems in the building.
B. Section 230000, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including reference to applicable provisions
of the General Requirements, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specification. -
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000.
B. Submittal shall also include a trunk cable schematic diagram depicting the personal computer interface,
control panel locations and a description of the communication type, media and protocol.
C. Include complete performance data and manufacturer's descriptive literature for all products used on the
project.
D. Submit complete approved shop drawings and as-built documentation for inclusion in the mechanical
contractors operation and maintenance manuals.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. The control contractor shall be trained control technician employed by the mechanical contractors company
or a factory approved representative of an approved temperature control manufacturer.
1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Refer to section 230000 for applicable code requirements.B. Wiring shall be installed per the latest adopted edition ofthe National Electric Code and per Division 260000.
1.5 GUARANTEE
A. All components, parts and assemblies shall be guaranteed against defects in material and workmanship for
a period of one year after approved system demonstration. Expressed warranties are conditionally based
on the requirementthat the items covered within the guarantee are used and maintained in accordance with
the manufacturers recommendations. Guarantee commences at time of acceptance and continues for the
previously indicated duration. Individual or aggregate beneficial use shall mean the Owner's operators are
able to use the system and receive reliable information from inputs and outputs completed by the ATC
Contractor.
B. All products used in this installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and shall be applied in
standard off the shelf products. Spare parts shall be available for at least 5 years after completion of this
contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS—STAND ALONE 230901 -1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.1 GENERAL
A. The control system shall be comprised of stand alone controllers. Daikin system controls shall be
manufactured by Daikin and compatiable with all Daikin equipment. Boiler and heat pump controls shall be
Tekmar, Taco or Honeywell standalone controls.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. ELECTRICAL WIRING
1. Provide all electrical wiring in connection with the temperature control system under this section of
the specifications in accordance with Division 26 of the Specifications.
2. Provide all power wiring as required for a complete operational temperature control system. Provide
all power wiring not indicated in the electrical plans and documents for all temperature control devices
and panels.
3. Provide battery back-up and/or UPS units at all control equipment.
B. CONTROL INSTRUMENTS
1. Room sensors and thermostats:
a. Provide Daikin room sensors for each fan coil unit.
2. Line-voltage space thermostat: Shall be bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated,
enclosed, snap-switch type, or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator, UL listed for
electrical rating, concealed setpoint adjustment, 13-C to 30°C [55°F to 85-F] setpoint range, 1 1C
[2-F] maximum differential, and vented ABS plastic cover.
3. Low-limit thermostats: Shall be vapor pressure type with an element 6 m [20 ft] minimum length.
Element shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any 30 cm [1 ft] section. The low-limit
thermostat shall be manual reset only and be supplied as DPST.
4, Duct Mounted Temperature Sensors. Use averaging sensors where prone to temperature
stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq. ft. (1 sq. m).Averaging sensors shall incorporate
a 2x4 electrical conduit box housing, and utilize a sensing element incorporated in a copper capillary
with a minimum length of 20 feet. The sensor shall be installed according to manufacture
recommendation and looped and fastened at minimum of every 36 inches. Use single point sensors
where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. (0.84 sq.
m). Point sensors shall incorporate a 2x4 electrical conduit box housing.
5, Immersion Temperature Sensors: Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable well. The
well shall be stainless steel or brass as required for the application. Pressure rating of well is to be
consistent with the system pressure in which it is to be installed.
6. Outside Air Temperature Sensors: Sunshields shall be provided for outside airsensors.
C. SWITCHES AND RELAYS.
1. Pressure Switches: Differential pressure type switches (air or water service) shall be UL Listed,
SPDTsnap-acting, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum), NEMA 1 enclosure, with scale range and
differential suitable for intended application, or as specified.
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS—STAND ALONE 230901 -2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2, Current Switches. Solid state, split core current switch that operates when the current level (sensed
by the internal current transformer) exceeds the adjustable trip point. Current switch to include an
integral LED for indication of trip condition and a current level below trip setpoint.
3. Relays: Furnish all electric relays and coordinate with the supplier of magnetic starters for auxiliary
contact requirements. All electric control devices shall be of a type to meet current, voltage, and
switching requirement of their particular application. Relays shall be provided with 24 VAC coils and
contacts shall be rated at 10 amps minimum.
4. Flow switches: how-proving switches shall be either paddle or differential pressure type, as shown,
a. Paddle type switches (water service only) shall be UL Listed, SPDT snap-acting with pilot
duty rating (125 VA minimum).Adjustable sensitivity with NEMA 1 enclosure unless otherwise
specified.
5. Relays. Furnish all electric relays and coordinate with the supplier of magnetic starters for auxiliary
contact requirements. All electric control devices shall be of a type to meet current, voltage, and
switching requirement of their particular application. Relays shall be provided with 24 VAC coils and
contacts shall be rated at 10 amps minimum.
6. Override Timers: Timers shall be spring-wound line voltage UL Listed, contact rating and
configuration as required by application. Provide 0-to-6-hour calibrated dial unless otherwise
specified, suitable for flush mounting on control panel face, located on local control panels orwhere
shown.
D. VALVES:
1. All valves shall be equipped with throttling plugs and removable composition discs. All valves will be
sized by the Control Contractor and guaranteed to be of sufficient size to meet the heating or cooling
requirements.
2. All coil valves shall be of the molded rubber diaphragm type. Valves 2"and smaller shall be screwed
and valves 2Y2" and larger shall be flanged.
3. All control valves shall be selected for a maximum pressure drop of 3 psig. _
E. DAMPERS:
1. All dampers shall be provided by equipment manufacturers.
F. ACTUATORS:
1. Valve and damper actuators shall be oil immerse gear train, spring return type with close off ratings
for the service in which they are being used.
2. Damper actuators and springs shall be selected to compensate for size of damper and the torque
required. Minimum torque shall be rated for 5 in-Ib/ft2 plus a 1.8 safety factor(minimum or higher as
recommended by actuator manufacturer).
3. Provide end switches on all damper actuators in fan systems. End switches shall be wired so that
the damper is open before the fan operates.
G. RELAY AND MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES:
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS—STAND ALONE 230901 -3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Necessary relays of the positive and gradual acting type shall be furnished and installed as required
for the successful operation of the system. All such devices shall be installed in local temperature
control panels or equipment enclosures.
H. CONTROL LABELS:
1, All temperature control devices, whether or not located on temperature control panels, shall be
provided with plastic nameplates indicating their purpose in the Sequence of Operation. Permanent
labels shall be attached to all temperature control devices except room thermostats.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
A. HRV SYSTEM—BASE BID:
HRV-1.1. Provide a /-/-day,24 hour digital time clock for Program occupied operation to match OWIIer'S
schedule. During occupied hours, the supply and exhaust fans shall operate. During unoccupied
hours, the fans shall be off.
2. Under base bid, provide electric duct heater for the outside duct preheat with a two stage duct heater
and provide a discharge duct heaterforthe supply ductwith modulating discharge control sensor.At
outside air temperatures below 150 F the outside air duct heater EDH-1 shall operate in two stages to
maintain a temperature to the HRV of WE minimum. EDH-2 shall operate via the modulating control
to maintain the HRV discharge temperature of 700 E.
3. Under All, Bid #5a, provide hot water heating coil and two way valve control for the heating coils to
match the sequence of the electric coils above.
4. Restroom exhaust fans: Refer to the electrical drawings for control of these fans with the room
occupancy sensor. Exhaust fans operate whenever the space is occupied, regardless of HRV
operation.
B. HEAT EXCHANGER HX1-1, PUMPS P1-1, P1-2, ALT BID#5a
1 Under alternate bid 5c, extend existing Tekmar control system for new heat exchanger and pumps.
Provide Tekmar (or equal) controller for the system and interlock with boiler mounted controls.
Provide a duct thermostat in the outside air duct of the HRV. Enable the hot water circulating pump
P1-1 and P1-2, existing heating boiler(BLR-1) and associated boiler pump upon a call for heating in
the duct, Boiler shall operate from existing controller. Provide and program outdoor reset schedule.
0
At 70'F outdoor temperature, heating supply temperature shall be 11 and shall be linearly reset
to I WE at WE outdoor temperature. See reset to 180-F for domestic hot water generation below.
C. HEATING VENTILATING UNITS HVU1-1 ALT BID 5b and 5c.
1 Install the remote control panel provided with the unit. Provide interlock wiring to the existing
exhaust fans. Install motorized control damper and actuator on existing louver. Upon activation of
the remote control panel switch, the HVU fan shall operate and the motorized damper shall open.
Install the duct discharge temperature sensor and connect to remote control panel.
2. Install the duct smoke detector. Coordinate wiring with electrical contractor.
3. Install the freeze stat provided with the unit.
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS—STAND ALONE 230901 -4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAR MONTANA
END OF SECTION 230901
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS-STAND ALONE 230901 -5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 232113—HVAC PIPING AND PIPE FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install where shown on the drawings and required to connect fixtures and equipment, pipe and
fittings of type and material for the various services as noted below.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 230000.
B. Indicate ASTM or ANSI ratings, pipe and fitting weights,pressure and temperature classifications andjoining
methods for all types of piping used in the project.
1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Submit certification that each welder has passed A.W.S. qualification tests for the welding process involved
and that certification is current. Ensure all welding is in compliance with the ASME "Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code",Section IX,"Welding and Brazing Qualifications".Comply with provisions ofASME B31 Series
"Code for Pressure Piping".
PART 2 PRODUCTS
21 NATURAL GAS PIPE
A. Provide Schedule 40 black steel pipe ASTM A 53 for natural gas piping. Ensure fittings for low pressure (7"
W.C. and lower) exposed piping 2 inches or smaller are standard weight black malleable iron screwed -
fittings, ASTM 16.3, Ensure fittings for pipe 2-112 inches and larger, medium pressure pipe (over 7"W.C.)
and all piping in concealed locations are welding type ANSI 16.5. Do not install any unions in concealed
locations. Install a manual shut-off valve and union at each item of mechanical equipment with a gas
connection,
B. Paint exposed portions of exterior gas piping between the meter and the building with one coat of primer
and two coats of exterior grade paint.
2.2 HVAC PIPING
A. Provide Sch. 40 black steel pipe, ANSI A53 for CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN and HOT
WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN. Provide pipe 2" and smaller with screwed cast iron fittings, ANSI B16.4.
Provide pipe 2-112 and larger with wrought steel weld fittings, ANSI B16.9 or"Victaulic" grooved fittings or
flanged cast iron fittings ANSI B16.5 (class 125/150 or class 250) with bolt patterns to match valves or
equipment as required and as shown on the drawings. Select flanged fitting gaskets to match the service of
the installed piping.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A, Provide all pipes, round and straight, of required size. Do cutting with proper tools and ream pipes to full
size after cutting.
HVAC PIPING AND PIPE FITTINGS 232113-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Properly enclose, support, guide, anchor, sway brace,connect,test, clean and flush out piping and properly
insulate and protect where required.
C. Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominal pipe internal sizes and not outside diameters unless noted
otherwise.
D. Run pipes substantially as indicated on the drawings. However, the architecdengineer reserves the right to
require this Contractor to make minor changes in pipe locations where conflicts occur with other trades.
Provide for such changes without extra cost to the Owner.
E. Install piping with ample provisions for expansion and contraction to prevent injury to the same and to the
building construction.Make such provision by means of piping offsets,changes in direction,expansion loops
and/or suitable expansion joints. Provide suitable anchors and guides to permit proper deflection and
compression of offset loops and expansion joints. Do not use expansionjoints in lieu of offsets, changes in
direction or loops, except where specified and/or indicated on the drawings or where otherwise obviously
necessary.
F. Run all pipes with proper grade to provide for easy draining and in group runs where applicable and in a
neat and orderly manner, to the satisfaction of architecdengineer. Install lines required to be enclosed in
ceiling, chaseways or spaces to permit such enclosure as intended. Carefully lay out all pipe runs and
schedule to avoid unnecessary interferences with otherwork.
G. Install dielectric unions at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping and joints between
dissimilar metals. Comply with manufacturers installation instructions. Provide standard products
recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated, which effectively isolate piping electric
conductance), prevent galvanic action and stopcorrosion.
H. At all fixture connections where nipples are necessary between copper tubing and fixtures, ensure such
nipples are standard weight full iron size chrome plated brass pipe nipples with suitable brass or copper
adapters. Steel or iron nipples will not be permitted in any location in copper lines where connections are
made to brass fixtures valves ortrim.
I. Install underground gas piping a minimum of 30"below grade. Provide tracer wire with all below grade gas
piping.
J. Paint exposed portions of exterior gas piping between the meter and the building with one coat of primer
and two coats of exterior grade paint.
3.2 JOINTS
A. Threaded Joints, Cut piping straight and square, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use
prepared pipe thread lubricant on outside threads only.
B. Flanged Joints, When bolting flanged joints,take care to insure that there is no restraint on opposite end of
pipe or fittings which would prevent uniform gasket compression or cause unnecessary stress in flanges.
Keep one flange free to move in any direction while flange bolts are being tightened. Tighten bolts gradually
and at a uniform rate, so that gasket compression is uniform over entire area of gasket.
C. Welded Joints. Make welds by electric arc welding process in accord with ANSI B31.1.Mill or machine bevel
pipe, except that in field limited amount of pipe may be flame beveled. Pipe with a wall thickness of 3/16 IN
or less need not be beveled but may be welded by melting down into, and building up over abutting ends.
Separate abutting ends of joints before welding to permit complete fusion to bottom without overlapping.
Tack in two or more points to maintain alignment, and fusion weld. Weld continuously around pipe. Make
all welds of sound weld metal, thoroughly fused into ends of pipe,and to bottom of W". Build
HVAC PIPING AND PIPE FITTINGS 232113-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
in excess of pipe wall to give reinforcement of one fourth pipe wall thickness. Weld metal will present a
gradual increase in thickness from surface of pipe to center ofweld. Provide minimum weld width oftwo and
one half times thickness of pipe wall. Use welding elbows at all turns in welded lines exceptwhere pipe bends
are indicated or are required for flexibility. Mitered ells will not be permitted. Make all welded fittings of same
material with same pressure and temperature rating as pipe with which they are used. Make flanged
connections to control valves, pump suction, and specialties with ANSI standard welding neck flanges. All
other flange connections may be made with slip-on flanges provided they are seal welded on inside. Fuse
all fillet welds for flanges or fittings into pipe and plate for minimum distance of 1-1/2 times pipe wall thickness
and depth ofweld of 1-1/4 times pipe wall thickness. Provide eccentric reducers with flat side on top of pipe
to prevent entrapment of air in the piping system.
D. Weld-o-lets and thread-o-lets. Scribe and cutopenings in main pipes forwelded branches accurately taking
care to remove all of plug and cuttings from main pipe. Full weld fillet welds for full depth of fillet, with
additional beads to form well rounded connection as recommended by weld-o-let manufacturer. Partially
filled fillets not acceptable. Cut all openings into pipe for welded connections accurately to give carefully
matched intersections.
F. High temperature solderedjoints.Take care to avoid annealing of pipe material.Copper potable water piping
will have soldered or brazed joints, Cleanjointing surfaces thoroughly by hand.Apply flux immediately after
cleaning. Do not rely on flux for actual cleaning. Fill all voids with solder as flux leaves to insure a strong
joint. Select flux compatible with type joint being made. Ensure all joints comply with local codes and
ordinances and are installed per the Copper Development Association recommendations.
F. PVC Pipe. Provide solvent welded joints in all plastic piping according to instructions furnished by the pipe
manufacturer. Do not install plastic pipe if it is not completely dry, if the ambient temperature is below 40*F
0
or under direct exposure to the sun in temperatures above 90F. o not test plastic pipe with air or other
compressible gases which could rupture the pipe and cause an injury. Cut pipe evenly, completely deburr
and bevel. Clean pipejoint area, prime, cure,cement, and allow 48 hours of drying time before applying any
appreciable internal or external pressure.
3.3 UTILITY CONNECTIONS
A. The gas utility is responsible for all gas piping from the utility gas line to the low pressure stubout after the
gas meter. The utility company will furnish the gas meter and regulator. The mechanical contractor is
responsible coordination of the gas meter.
3.4 TESTS
A. Test piping as outlined in Section 230000,
END OF SECTION 232113
HVAC PIPING AND PIPE FITTINGS 232113 -3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 232116- HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all specialties as shown on the plans and specified in this section.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings on all hydronic and steam specialties as listed in Section230000.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
A. Low Water Cut-off—Provide 120 volt Hydrolevel Safeguard No. 550 SV with 1-1/2"x 1-112"x 3/4"Hydrolevel
FOEMtee for the low water cut-off. Provide UL listed low water cutoff and factory mutual approved with
manual reset, test button and lamp. The burner will shut down immediately on a low water condition. If the
low water condition continues for 90 seconds, the burner will be locked out and must be manually reset to
resume operation. Test button will test probe condition and burner circuit at normal water level. Power
failures will not cause the control to lock out the burner
B. Manual Air Vents- Install as shown on the plans, on high points in the piping and where required to vent the
system. Provide manual air vents that are coin operated and rated for 125 psig working pressure.
C. Expansion Tanks — Provide AMTROL bladder type with sizes and capacities as listed on the schedule for
expansion tanks. The tanks will have a standard charge of 12 psig. Provide tanks that are ASMF approved,
with heavy duty butyl replaceable bladder. Provide an air charging valve(standard tire valve). Provide tanks
rated for a maximum working pressure of 125 psi and a maximum working temperature of 240'F. The fluid
will be contained within the bladder to eliminate contact between the tank shell and the fluid. Finish tank
surface with enamel paint. Armstrong, Bell and Gossett,John Wood and Taco will be accepted as equal.
D, Air Separator— Provide Air ARMSTRONG model VAS vertically mounted air separator with strainer for air
separators. Provide air separator with steel tank, tangential inlet and outlet for the separation of air in the
hydronic system and to act as a sediment trap. The air separator must be suitable for pipe line mounting.
Bell and Gossett, Amtrol, and Taco will be accepted as equal.
E. Provide HOFFMAN No, 79 3/4 for Automatic Air Vent. Provide vent designed for use on hot or cold water
mains. Vent must have built-in check valve and 112 female x 3/4" male straight shank connection. Provide
unit with maximum operating pressure is 75 psi. Armstrong and Amtrol will be accepted as equal.
F. Provide HOFFMAN Series 400 for strainers. Provide strainer of cast iron construction, Strainers for pipe
sizes 2 inch and smaller must have screwed connections. Strainers for pipe sizes 2-112 inches and larger
must have flanged connections. Provide strainer rated for 250 PSI at 400'F for steam systems and 400 PSI
at 100oF for hydronic systems. Select screens for steam or water service, based on Pipe use.
G. Pressure Gauges—Provide WEISS No. UG1 N for pressure gauges. Provide gauges with Phosphor Bronze
Bourdon tube with brass movement, 0-60 psig pressure with 4-112 inch diameter dial, Furnish pressure
gauges used in steam service with a No. SY-14S coil syphon,to prevent steam from reaching the bourdon
tube, Accuracymust be within 1% over entire scale range. Provide each gauge complete with pressure
snubbers, and T handle cock. Terice and U.S. Gauge will be accepted as equal.
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 232116-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
H. Thermometers — Provide WEISS No. A9VS35 for thermometers. Provide thermometers with 9 inch scale,
separable, adjustable socket, red reading mercury with thermometer wells. Scale range must be 30-200
degrees F. Terice and U.S. Gauge will be accepted as equal.
I. Flexible Connectors Furnish and install as shown on the plans. Provide METRAFEEX style No.400HT for
connectors. Furnish flexible connectors at the inlet and outlet of base mounted pumps and the HWS/HWR
to the boilers. Twin City Hose and Vibration Mountings Inc. will be accepted as equal. Victaulic vibration
isolators will be accepted as equal. Provide VICTAUEIC style No. 75 flexible couplings for Victaulic
connectors. Provide a minimum of 3 connectors for each pump or boiler.
J. Vibration Pads — Install rubber vibration pads under each boiler module. Provide BRAMIC Model 6438 for
rubber pads. Pads by Vibration Mountings Inc.will be accepted as equal.
— Provide Axiom Industries, Wessels or approved equal. Provide prefabricated make-up
K. Glycol Fill Pump
glycol fill package including fill pump,6 gallon tank, pressure controls, pressure reducing valve and pressure
gauge. Fill with mixture of propylene glycol atthe completion of the project as listed in the schedule. Provide
with mounting shelf and check valve.
L. Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger—Provide GEA(Flat Plate), Bell&Gossett or approved equal. Ensure plates
are constructed of 316L stainless steel. Brazing must be copper. Referto the schedule for size, performance,
number of plates and flow information.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 HYDRONIC SYSTEM FILL AND TREATMENT
A. At completion of project, fill system with clean water and add cleaning compound,tri-sodium phosphate.
B. Circulate at room temperature for eight hours. Coordinate with control contractor to open all system valves.
C. Make temporary connection to the building water system.
D. Without stopping circulation, introduce water into system and open drain valve. Continue flushing until clear
water is visible from drain connection. Clean all strainers after flushing the system.
F. The mechanical contractor is to hire a chemical treatment company to analyze the heating and cooling
system and snowmelt system water. Provide type of treatment and chemical dosages in accord with water
analysis as recommended by chemical treatment company.
F. Mount chemical feeder across pump of heating system header piping with shutoff valves. Install with same
type of piping used in the heating system.
G. On completion of heating water system treatment, provide one year supply of chemicals.After 6 months of
system operation, the chemical company is to return to the site, retest the system water and adjust the
chemical treatments.
for propylene glycol installation.H. Refer to section 230540
END OF SECTION 232116
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 232116-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 232123- IN-LINE CIRCULATING PUMPS HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install as shown on the plans and listed in the schedule in-line circulating pump.
12 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000. Include in shop drawings all performance data as
listed on the schedule and complete unit specifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide pumps manufactured by Armstrong, Bell and Gossett,Grundfos and Taco will be accepted as equal.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide pump with iron body with bronze fitted construction, suitable for 175 psi working pressure. Provide
the shaft with an integral thrust collar and support it by two oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings. Pump will
have a long life, water tight, carbon brass trim -Ceramic seat mechanical seal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install the pump as shown on the plans and as recommended by the pump manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 232123
IN-LINE CIRCULATING PUMPS HVAC 232123 -1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 233100- DUCTWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
C
A. Rigid and Flexible duct.
RInternal Duct Liner,
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Section 230713 Duct Insulation.
B. Section 233300 Ductwork Accessories.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000.
B. Submit shop drawings on all manufactured spiral duct and flexible fiberglass duct.
C. Indicate on drawings duct construction,type and construction offittings and metal gauges. Indicate velocity
ratings, pressure ratings and UL listing for flexible duct.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Construct and install all duct in accordance with the HVAC Duct Construction Standards, published by the
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Provide all duct materials and
construction that meet the requirements of the latest edition of NFPA 90A, and the latest edition of the
International Mechanical Code.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LOW PRESSURE DUCT(Static pressure:x 1"WG positive or negative)
A. Provide low pressure duct for all duct.
B. Provide low pressure rectangular duct that is galvanized iron fabricated and erected in a workmanlike
manner. Fabricate plenums, goosenecks and special fittings, as shown on the drawings, or as required.
Where space permits, construct duct elbows with an inside radius equal to or greater than the duct width.
Where space does not permit duct turns as described above, use duct turn vanes.
C. Properly brace and reinforce duct with tra n sverse joints and bracing. Cross break ducts 18 in width and
larger.
DUCTWORK 233100-1
z 0012H moMi3na
'/�' /r �7 W-18 'ON
dJlSOJNiNv NJ0 se yons an!saype 6u!puoq uo!le!nsu!luels!sai al!j jo a6e�anoo luaojad 00L yl!m Ion p;o
sa p!s w!lalu! 11e o1'we ails J!e splemol ap!s pale oo gl!Miau!I alaypV•wdj 00019
of do sa111001aA J!e yl!nn sjaq!1
ag13o uo!soja 1!e ou seq 1! alnsuo pue splepuel 6u!laaw 6urleoo auaJdo O.lueis!sai_al!1 >J0e1q
S V06 dd J N
e g11M aoepns aql 1eoD •ainlejadwal ueow J.9 le 07.0 10 1111n!lonpuoo Iewlagl e 6u!neg '/Cjisuap punod
lau!I lonp sse!63aq!1 paalu!eliaD s! legl uolle!nsCu,! lonp !eulalul jalsue-1 pue wnlaj ',Cjddns ap!noJd •�../
n
L L dIN iona �/ H
-jadwep awn!on aleJedas jol 00888z uo!leo!1!oads
aaS jadwep awnlon lnogl!M ap!noJd •slnouni lonp punoi !Ie le ap!nojd •!enba panoidde io 'slonpoid
e!gwn!o 'falsewxa! 'sloloauuo lela laag /Cq painloelnuew se a�!el AC UaFo!11a q6!q ap!no�
�dnH o � O N S Sao- d •d
SJ 0-DVl A3N1I3IJJJ HDIH 8'z
Lsse!o ag
lsnw slona 'm in gl!nn bu!/C!dwoo •oul 'so!lolejogel sjal!jMjapun Cq pals!l aie legl slonp a!q!xa!1 ap!noJd •D
•s6u!nnejp agl uo paleolpu! se sgl6uaj alew!xoldde ap!nold •s6u!p!!nq to sloo!j agl g6nojg1 6u!ssed 1ou
pue g16ual wnw!xew laal 8 of do sjoloauuoo jo3 V06 ddJN gl!M 6u!ljdwoo 'lonp paleo!lgel FloloeJ ap!noJd q
•lenba se panoldde ale ujogweI dr
'ialsewxo! I '/.oj000 Xl ljeH •spueq Iaols sso!u!els ql!M suo!loauuoo J
a�!eh OS 1e wd1000�pup ainssald
an!le6au 9M {,/E 'en!7!sod 9M 8 jol paler lonp agl ap!nold •la)!oefJe!fw sse16joq!1 pup uone!nsu! 1,
gl!mlonp S� xa!lelAa3 paalu!ella3 aye legl slasn3l!p pue sa!!u6 slonp u!ew aql woi;slonp i!e al9!xald ap!noJd
77 mna av jimi-Ii V zz
•anoge pa!1!oods sabne6 u! /(�_/z7_V WiSV
6Ugaaw Iaals paz!uenle6 wolf palnloe3nuew �!jonnlonp agl ap!no�d valnloelnuew lonp ag11 /Cq palonllsuoo
sbu!11!d lonp ap!noJd •Goal 06_!'+,_t asn •Goal as.u!inq Aue asn ion oa -ssa�7Am !ejalel aal6ap rV lg6!9Jls
to Goal lenua6uel 'saal lg6!eJls aaJ6ap 06 aje le ql SJ O AWl HDNVf./UM ap!noid sauen 67u!uJnl gl!nn
smoq!a sooibap 06 palal!w asn 'anoge poquosap se sMoq!a to aasn aql l!wjad lou soop coeds ajagM •aoa!d
zoq Il!n sn oq!a aalbap 0E pue aoa!d E aq Illm smoq!a aal6ap r{ pup saoibap r0 'aoo!d r aq 11" snnogla
aai6ap 06 •jalawe!p agl sGow!l S-I of lenbo sn!pej au!l jaluao e g7l!VM SM09]]lon7lsuoo •!en�bo panoidde to
1�110NVI aNb SIMI] 'C�O�'n11j7A nna-nood '�13VddON '�DOIKN 'H031-lVdIdS ''00 SNJ1SAS
NOIln912�1S1a 2ilb ��I�ON a�llNn �q palnloelnuew lonp lel!ds ap!nold lonnlonp punoi!ej!ds ap!nold o
91 ,,58 Ja O
0Z b�,},8 01 55 Ja O
}Z,Z V 7 0' LE Jan0
VZ "OE 01 EL lano
9e zL 01 do
jagwnN slona
a6neD loots punod to •e!a jo slona
laagS pez!uenlen loam!3o uo!suaw!o •xelnl
;snno!lol se aje lonp ainssaid nno!J00!1 anoge jot sabne6 1e1aw wnVwiu!w aql
VNd1NOW 'NVAAZOH
HAINID AiINnmoo � ]Vcl ]]IN AdOlS
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Verify the exact location of ductwork to avoid interference with the work of other trades.Take special care
to avoid interference with piping, conduit, light fixtures etc. Install concealed duct to allow the installation of
the ceilings at the height shown on the plans.
B. Duct sizes shown on the plan are net interior dimensions. Increase the overall duct size to accommodate
internal insulation.
C. Install flexible connections between suction and discharge openings in fan units where shown on plans, to
prevent transmission of vibration noises. Provide material that is watertight and fire retardant glass fabric
approved by Underwriters Laboratory. Furnish the flexible material with all necessary angles, bolts, clips or
other fasteners
D. Construct all medium pressure ductwork in accordance with the HVAC Duct Construction Standards, as
published by SMACNA, for 3 WG static pressure positive or negative. Seal medium pressure duct in
accordance with Seal Class A as defined in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards,latest edition.
E. Construct all low pressure dud in accordance with the HVAC Duct Construction Standards, as published by
SMACNA, for 1 W.G, static pressure positive or negative. Seal low pressure duct in accordance with Seal
Class C as defined in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, latestedition.
F. Paint all ductwork visible through the face of the register or grille with a flat black paint.
G. Seal water tight the bottom 1 of all exhaust and fresh air duct to prevent the leakage of any condensated
water from the duct.
H. During construction, cover all openings in the duct work which would allow debris to enter the duct. Clean
the entire ductwork system of all dust and debris at the conclusion of the construction.
I. Construct and install all duct hangers in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards.
Do not attach duct hangers to the floor or roof decks.Attach hangers to the structural steel construction with
joist or beam clamps.
3.2 DUCT LINER
A. Insulate all rectangular supply and return ductwork in the mechanical mezzanine with 1 of internal
insulation.
B. Duct sizes are net interior dimensions. Increase overall duct sizes to accommodate the insulation.
C. Install liner as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard. Install liner with the coated side
towards the air stream. Adhere liner to all sides of the duct with 100 percent coverage of an approved fire
resistant insulation bonding adhesive. When the duct height or width exceeds 8 , mechanically attach liner
to duct as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard. Install metal nosings as required in
the SMACNA Standards based on the velocity present in the duct.
END OF SECTION 233100
DUCTWORK 233100-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 233300- DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Manual Dampers
B. Access Panels
C. Control Dampers
D. Filters and Filter Gauges
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000.
B. Submit shop drawings for manual dampers, access panels, fire dampers, smoke dampers,control dampers,
filters and filter gauges.
C. Include in shop drawings manufacturers descriptive literature and performance data at actual design
conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTUERS
A. Approved duct accessories manufacturers are Ruskin, Nailor,Air Balance,Greenheck, Pottorff or approved
equal.
2.2 MANUAL DAMPERS
A. Furnish and install splitter dampers and balancing dampers in the ductwork where shown and wherever
required to accurately balance the system. Provide dampers constructed of a minimum of 18 gauge, rigid to
prevent vibration and held securely in place at any setting with a heavy lock quadrant. The engineer must
approve damper construction. Provide volume damper construction that meets the SMACNA HVAC DUCT
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS,
2.3 ACCESS PANELS
A. Furnish and install large access panels in the ductwork adjacent to all dampers and equipmentwhich may
require servicing or cleaning. Furnish access panels adjacent to all control dampers, fire dampers, smoke
dampers, louvers and coils. Provide tight fitting panels and locate panels so as to make them easily
accessible. Provide all panels installed in insulated ductwork that are double wall, insulatedtype.
B. Provide access panels installed in low pressure duct manufactured by Ruskin or approved equal. Provide
panels that are Model ADH-22 with 1 , 1-112 pound fiberglass insulation.
2.4 CONTROL DAMPERS
A. Furnish and install where shown on plans RUSKIN CD-50 LOW LEAKAGE CONTROL DAMPER. Ensure
frames are 5 x V x .125 6063T5 extruded aluminum hat channel with hat mounting flanged on both sides
of the frame. Reinforce each corner with two die formed internal braces and machine staked for maximum
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 233300-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
rigidity. Provide blades that are airfoil type extruded aluminum with integral structural reinforced tube running
full length of each blade. Provide blade edge seals that are extruded vinyl double edge design with inflatable
pocket which enables air pressure from either direction to assist in blade to blade seal off. Blade seals must
be locked in extruded blade slots without the use of cement. Provide with bearings that are non- corrosive
two piece molded synthetic. Provide square or hexagonal axles to provide positive locking connection to
blades and linkage. Conceal linkage in frame. Ensure dampers have a maximum leakage of 6 cfm/sq. ft. at
4 in. wg. PREFCO,AIR BALANCE, NAILOR, GREENHECK and AMERICAN WARMING
are considered as equal.
2.5 FILTER SECTIONS
A. Provide BLC Industries, Farr or approved equal filter frames. Provide models and arrangemens as listed in
the schedule. Provide with 4" thick MERV-7. Provide filter casing with hinged access doors with quick
fasteners. Provide with two sets offilters,
2.6 FILTER GAUGES
A. Install filter gauges across all filters including air handling units. Mount gauges on units or ducts and connect-1
them to reading points on both sides of filters with 1/4-inch copper tubing and shut-off cocks. Gauges must
be Dwyer Instruments, Inc., Magnehelic Series 2000. Provide with air filter kit including mounting panel,
static pressure ties, aluminum tubing and ventvalves.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all duct accessories in accordance with the latest edition of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction
Standard and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Install access panels adjacentto all coils,fire dampers,smoke dampers and control dampers. Install access
panels in an accessible location.
END OF SECTION 233300
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 233300-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 233401 - EXHAUST FANS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install as shown on the plans and listed in the schedules, exhaustfans.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000. Include in shop drawings all performance data as
listed on the schedule and complete unit specifications.Clearly designate all accessories to be provided.
1.3 STANDARDS
A. Provide unit that is UL approved and AMCAcertified.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide units manufactured by Loren look with Penn, Twin City Fan,Areovent,Acme, Carnes,Trane or
Greenheck accepted as equal,
2.2 CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide fan wheels that are true centrifugal type. Provide chatterproof integral backdraft damper. Provide
terminals with cord, plug and receptacle inside the housing. Furnish exhaust fans with white finished grille.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install the exhaust fans as shown on the plans and in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
B. Verify that the unit is operating properly after installation.
END OF SECTION 233401
EXHAUST FANS 233401 -1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 233713—DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install grilles, registers and diffusers as shown on the plan and listed on theschedule.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000.
B. Include in shop drawings all performance data listed in schedule. Include a schedule which lists the model,
size, CFM,throw, NC and air pressure drop for each register, grille and diffuser.C. Include manufacturers descriptive literature for each grille, register and diffuser. Clearly label each model
description with the equipment tag from the plan.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Model numbers listed on the schedule are Krueger. Equivalent models from Titus, Metal-Aire, Price, Nailor
and Carnes will be accepted as equal.
2,2 CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide registers, grilles and diffusers with size, capacity, construction, materials and mounting similar to
those listed in the schedule. Provide units constructed in a neat and workmanlike manner of heavy gauge
metal. Provide finish as listed on the schedule.
RFurnish special requirements such as frames, dampers, blank-off baffles, etc as listed on the schedule or
designated on the plans.
C. Furnish dampers where listed on the schedule. Provide dampers that are opposed or radial blade and of
heavy duty construction to prevent vibration. Butterfly dampers are not acceptable.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mount grilles, registers and diffusers as shown on the plan and recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Locate grilles, registers and diffusers as shown on the Reflected Ceiling Plans.
END OF SECTION 233713
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 233723- LOUVERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install penthouse as shown on the plan and listed on the schedule.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000.
B. Include in shop drawings all performance data listed in the schedule. Include AMCA certified data on air
pressure drop,water penetration and the free area at the actual design conditions.
C. Include manufacturers descriptive literature with the products used clearly designated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide louvers manufactured by Ruskin with American Warming, Nailor, Casco, Greenheck, Pottorff and
Arrow accepted as equal.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide louver of stationary type completely contained within a 4° frame. Provide all louver components
factory assembled by the manufactuerer. Louver design must incorporate structural supports required to
withstand a wind load of 20 lbs, per square foot. Provide louvers of architectural style with continuous
appearing stationary blades, intermediate support mullions will not interrupt blade appearance when viewed
from the outside of the louver. Construct louver of extruded 6063T5 aluminum. Provide louver performance
data that is certified by AMCA for air performance and water penetration. Select louvers so the free area
velocity is significantly below the manufacturers maximum recommended velocity.
B. Provide louvers and accessories with Kynar finish color coating applied following a thorough cleaning,
pretreatment, and prime coating. Include in cleaning complete submersion in an acid cleaner, an alkali
cleaner, an acid deoxidation, an amorphous chrome phosphate conversion coating, and an acidulated final
rinse. Allow penthouse to dry before application of primer coat. Dry film thickness of the primer coat must
0
be approximately 0. mil after baking at 350 F for 10 to 15 minutes and cooled at ambient temperature.
Apply Kynar top coat to provide a final dry film thickness of approximately 1.2 mils when baked at 450oF for
10 minutes. The owner will select color from manufacturers standard colors.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish clip angles and extended sill with each louver.
B. Install a bird screen on the interior of the louver.
C. Provide louver with 3/4 x 2 x 1/8' extruded aluminum trim at head and jamb of louvers finished to match
louvers.
LOUVERS 233723 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install louvers as shown on the plan and recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Coordinate installation of louvers with the Gen era l Contractor.
C. Complete the installation in a workmanlike manner to provide a water proof and airtight installation.
END OF SECTION 233723
LOUVERS 233723-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 237219- HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Packaged heat recovery ventilators manufactured by American Aides, Lifebreath, or approved equal.
Provide unitthat is capable oftransferring sensible ortotal energy as listed in the equipment schedule. Unit
is designed to be used as a heat recovery component in a dedicated HVACsystem.
B. Flat plate heat exchanger will be factory installed in the unit.
1.2 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Provide energy transfer device that is AHRI Certified to AHRI Standard 1060 and bears the AHRI Certified
mark signature.
B. Provide insulation that complies with NFPA 90A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation.
C. Provide airflow data that complies with AMCA 210 method oftesting.
D. Run test all units prior to shipment.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000. Include in shop drawings all performance data shown
on the schedule and complete unit specifications. List performance data at design operating conditions.
Include in shop drawings certified and guaranteed fan performance,coil performance data and sound levels.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide Heat Recovery Ventilators as manufactured by American Aides, Life Breath or approved equal.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION
A. General. Packaged indoor heat recovery ventilator consisting of a flat plate heat exchanger, ventilation air
fan, exhaust air fan, necessary dampers, temperature sensors and controls. Ali regularly maintained parts
must be serviceable in just minutes.
B. Unit Construction: Construct cabinet of galvanized steel with galvanized frame. Cabinet must be less than
31 [787mm] in height for ease of installation. Insullate cabinet throughout with a minimum 1" [25mm] foil
faced fire retardant material. Provide access to all components that require servicing through sealed and
easily removable access panels.
C. Provide flat plate heat exchanger sections that are easily removable from the unit.
D. Unit Sections and Arrangement, Referto schedule and drawings for exact arrangement of the unit. Provide
supply and exhaustfan sections with fans,intake and exhaustdampers, heatexchanger,controls and filters.
E. Fan Section. Fan ratings are based on tests made in accordance with AMCA Standard 210, Blowers must
be selected to operate on a stable, efficient part of the fan curve when delivering air quantities scheduled
against static of the system. Fan blades will be statically and dynamically balanced and tested prior to
HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR 237219-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
shipment. Provide fan with internal vibration isolation mounts. Ensure fan discharge is as noted in the
equipment schedule. Provide fans with sealed ball bearings with L10 life expectancy. '..
F. Provide motors that are continuous duty, permanently lubricated and matched to the fan loads. Ensure
motors meet EPAC regulations for efficiency and have inverter spike resistance wire for protection (where
applicable). Motor selection must include a 15% service factor.
G. Flat plate, cross flow heat exchanger must be made of aluminum 3003 with a minimum 0,006 [0.15mm]
wall thickness. Fabricate the heat exchanger frame from minimum of 18 gauge galvanized steel or 16 gauge
aluminum frame as required. Seal plate corners with silicone. They must be capable of withstanding 3 of
water [750 Pa] pressure differentials without permanent deformation or decrease in performance. Heat
exchanger will operate at temperature up to 212°F [100°C]. Energy transfer ratings must be AHRI
CertifiedTM to AHRI Standard 1060 and bear the AHRI CertifiedTM mark signature for the Air-to-Air Energy
Recovery Ventilation Equipment Program. Deem ratings in accordance with 1060 without certification as
unacceptable. The flat plate heat exchanger must be a UL recognized component and must be
manufactured under ISO 9001-2000 certified quality procedures.
H. Electrical Provide unit with single point power connection only (208/120V, two speed fan motors). All
controls must be factory mounted and wired, requiring only field installation of remote sensing devices and
wiring to unit mounted terminal strips. Provide unit with 24 VAC (30VA) for field installed sensing devices,
etc. Unit will come equipped with a NEMA 3R fused disconnect with single power pointconnection,
I. Controls. Provide all service connectors of quick disconnect type. Unit circuitry will allow the following
operational characteristics. a) dry contacts for occupancy control.
J. Frost Control. Unit is equipped with exhaust only defrost to prevent frost from forming on the flat plate heat
exchanger and to maintain exhaust ventilation at all times. Unit is equipped with a factory mounted and
wired microprocessor control to allow. a) remote wall control interface b) remote fan interlock on call for
ventilation.
K. Include an insulated, motorized outside air damper and motorized exhaust air damper with unit.
L. Include deluxe filter door access with quarter turn fasteners with unit.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Disassemble unit as required to install through existing construction. Mechanical room access is typically
48". Field verify all access requirements.
B. Install piping to allow filter access, motor access and equipment room access.
C. Anchor unit to the structure,
D. Provide clean filters at the completion of the project
END OF SECTION 237219
HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR 237219 -2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 237423- PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, HEATING-ONLY MAKE-UP-AIR UNITS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install indirect fired gas make up air units as listed in the schedule and as specified herein.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A, Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000. Include in shop drawings all performance data shown
on the schedule and complete unit specifications. List performance data at design operating conditions.
Include in shop drawings certified and guaranteed fan performance, burner performance data and sound
levels.
1.3 STANDARDS
A. Include with the units ETL design certification for use in the United States to ANSI Z83,4, latest revision,
standard for non-recirculating Direct Fired Industrial Air Heaters,
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide gas power vent make up air units as manufactured by Captive Aire, Airedale, Modine, Sterling,
Reznor or approved equal.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate casing from 18 gauge steel. Provide for indoor installation with with tan air-dry industrial enamel
finish.
B. Insulate the burner, filter and fan sections with 1", 1.51b density internal insulation. Provide the unit with 4
hinged service access doors. Provide each door with two tooled access draw tight fasteners. Mount gas
piping and electrical controls in separate enclosures and isolate from each other and the airstream.
C. Include with the blower section one forward curved, double width, double inlet, belt driven blower. See
schedule for performance requirements. Provide permanently lubricated spider ball bearings with extended
lube lines. Provide the blower and motor assembly with fully spring isolated, flexible duct connection to unit
casing to allow for vibration isolation. Provide blow motor that is premium efficiency. Provide with adjustable
sheave. Provide with factory mounted and wired starter and outdoor main fused disconnect,
D. n
Provide unit gas controls designed for natural gas with an inlet pressure of I7 W.C. Include with gas controls
and manifold a main gas hand shut-off valve, auxiliary shut-off valve, pilot gas hand shut-off valve, main gas
regulator, pilot gas regulator, main gas solenoid valve,redundant main gas solenoid valve, pilot gas solenoid
valve, modulating gas valve, and three gas pressure ports. Provide the unit with intermittent pilot ignition
with 1000 0 lockout on flame failure with manual reset. Include with these controls aflame safeguard ignition
control, spark pilot ignition generator, manual reset high temperature limit control, primary and secondary
electrical circuit fuses, low air low proving switch, high air flow cutoff switch and a safety pre-purged timed
delay relay. Provide pilot flame supervision with a Ultraviolet scanner. Provide with combination high/low
gas pressure switch with manual reset.
E. Provide controls including modulating gas controls with turndown as scheduled.. Include with this system a
signal conditioner that utilizes a 0-10Vdc or 4-20mA control signal to control the discharge airtemperature.
GAS MAKE UP AIR UNITS 237423 -1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
The control signal to the electronic modulating gas valve is controlled by a discharge air sensor. Provide
with high limit discharge air sensor. Provide with 24 volt main controls and Provide with 24 volt control
transformer.
F. Provide complete factory wiring with single point wiring for the main power supply to the unit. Include with
the main control panel a numbered terminal strip for all factory wiring and field wiring connections,
G. Provide with separate field installed intake hood with washable filters,
H, Provide wall mounted remote control panel. Panel to include on/off switch and remote discharge
temperature control.
I. Provide freeze stat set at35'F.
J. Provide duct mounted smoke detector,field installed by mechanical contractor,wired by electrical
contractor.
K. Provide with 20"high insulated curb.
L. Provide with up-discharge.
M. Provide with duravent Type B ventcap.
N. Provide control panel enclosure with 200w heater.
O. Provide with motorized inlet back draftdamper.
P. Provide with field wired exhaust contactor after airflow switch to start two exhaustfans.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install to allow motor access.
B. Anchor to curb and concrete pad. Provide additional set of filters at the completion of the project.
END OF SECTION 237423
GAS MAKE UP AIR UNITS 237423-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 238216—HOT WATER COILS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install as shown on the plans and listed on the schedule,coils.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000. Include in shop drawings all performance data as
listed on the schedule and complete unit specifications. Clearly designate all accessories to be provided.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS (/��
A. Provide coils unit manufactured by Trane, McQuay, York, JCI or approved equal.
2.2 GENERAL UNIT DESCRIPTION
A. Coils -General, ARI Standard 410-81.Each coil to bear the ARI certification label.
B. Provide continuous or spiral fin type as scheduled, for 200 PSI operating pressure.
C. Provide headers that are copper or brass and fins that are aluminum. Provide copper tubes and arrange for
counter-flow of air and water. Provide coils in which the water velocity does not exceed 8 fps maximum with
head loss not greater than indicated. Provide 16 gauge galvanized steel frames for attaching coils to
ductwork. Provide vent and drain connection at high and low point, respectively, of each coil. Provide all
coils guaranteed to drain.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install as shown on plans and in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
END OF SECTION 238216
HOT WATER COILS 238216 - 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 238335 - ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install electric duct heaters as shown on the plan and listed in the schedule.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings as indicated in Section 230000, Include in shop drawings all performance data listed
on the schedule and complete unit specifications. List the performance data under design conditions.
1.3 Standards
A. Provide unit that is Underwriters Laboratories listed and stamped.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS (�
A. Provide duct heaters as manufactured by Neptronics, Qmark, Brasch or approved equal.
2.2 DUCT HEATER
A. List heaters for zero clearances.
B. Construct duct heater casing from heavy gauge galvanized steel. Provide with ductflanges. Provide terminal
box that is spot welded construction with solid, hinged cover, total enclosed without louvers or grilles.
C. Provide electric heating coils that consist of 80% nickel and 20%chromium.
D. Provide with element terminals that are stainless steel. Provide with insulators and bracket bushings that
are non-porous ceramic and securely positioned.
E. Include as safety devices a disc type automatic reset thermal cutout for overtemperature protection,
Secondary protection will be thermal cutouts in the power lines. All safety devices must be accessible
through the terminal box.
F. Provide accessories, electrical wiring and controls listed in the schedule, Three phase heaters will have
balanced phases, Provide with safety interlocking disconnect switch, disconnecting break magnetic
contactors, transformer with primary fusing, pressure type airflow switch and load and terminal blocks.
G. Provide two stages with two stage ductthermostat.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install the units as shown on the plan.
B. Install units as recommended by the unit manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 238335
ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS 238335 -1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION TITLE
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Division 26 Electrical
260500 Electrical General Requirements
260513 Medium, Low&Control Voltage Cables
260526 Grounding & Bonding for Electrical
260533 Electrical Materials & Methods
260800 Electrical Acceptance Tests
262726 Wring Devices
262900 Motor Controls
265100 Interior Lighting
.Division 27 Communications
271500 Computer, Network &Telephone Low Voltage Cabling
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 260500—ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SUPPLEMENTARY AND OTHER CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
A. The general, supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract and the General Requirements (Division
1) are hereby made a part of this section.
1.2 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICIATIONS
A. The plans and specifications contemplate the complete installation of the system described so that at the
conclusion of the construction, the systems will be turned over to the owner complete and ready for safe,
efficient operation. The plans and specifications cannot deal individually with the many minute items which
may be required by the nature of the systems. The contractor shall be obliged to furnish and install all such
items normally included on systems of this type, which while not mentioned directly herein, are obviously
essential to the installation and operation of the system and which are normally furnished on quality
installations of this type.
B. The drawings are partly diagrammatic and do not necessarily show exact location of conduit unless
specifically dimensioned. Riser and other diagrams are schematic and do not necessarily show the physical
arrangement of the equipment. They shall not be used for obtaining quantities or lineal runs of conduit,
C. In receiving bids, it will be assumed that each bidder has made a thorough inspection of the conditions and
is familiar with all conditions affecting the extent or cost of this work, Claims for extra payments as a result
of failure to examine the conditions prior to submitting the bid will not be allowed.
1.3 ELECTRONIC COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
A, Electronic drawing files are available for construction coordination upon written request to the architect or
engineer for a cost of$100 per drawing. A written release waver will be required to be signed by the entity
requesting the drawing(s), Upon receipt of signed waver and payment of drawing fee, electronic files will be
delivered. Regardless of files delivered, it is the responsiblilty of the recipient to field verify all conditions
prior to the fabrication or installation of anywork,
1.4 CODES, ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND FEES
A. Comply with all state and local codes and ordinances applying to the work specified herein. Attention is
directed in particular to the NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC), NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION (NFPA), AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI), NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS INSTITUTE (NEMA), INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS (IEEE), INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC), UNIFORM FEDERAL
ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (UFAS), INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC),
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, and local
regulations concerning the specified electrical, lighting and special systems equipment.
B. Make application for, obtain and pay for all required permits and certificates of inspection for thework,
C. In the event of conflict between this specification and a governing code or ordinance, the higher standard
shall govern. Bidders shall familiarize themselves with local regulations which affect their work in any way.
Extra payment will not be allowed for changes required by local regulations.
1.5 RESPONSIBILITY
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Be responsible for the installation of a satisfactory and complete system in accordance with the intent of the
drawing and specifications. Provide, at no extra cost, all incidental items required for completion of the work
even though they are not specifically mentioned or indicated on the drawings or in the specifications.
B. The drawings do not attempt to show complete details of the building construction which affect the electrical
installation, and reference is therefore required to the Architectural, Structural, Landscape and Mechanical
drawings and specifications and to shop drawings of (all trades for additional details which affect the
installation of the work covered under this Division of the Contract.
C. Location of electrical system components shall be checked for conflicts with openings, structural members
and components of other systems having fixed locations. In the event of any conflicts,the ArchitecdEngineer
shall be consulted and his decision shall govern. Necessary changes shall be made at no additional expense
to the Architect/Engineer or Owner.
D. Determine, and be responsible for,the proper location and character of inserts for hangers,chases, sleeves
and other openings in the construction required for the work, and obtain this information well in advance of
the construction progress so work will not be delayed. Roughing-in fixtures, etc., must be laid out accurately.
Connections to equipment of the same class shall be equal heights, plumb, and at right angles to the wall,
unless otherwise directed.
F. Final location of inserts, hangers, etc., required for each installation, must be coordinated with facilities
required for other installations to prevent interference.
F. Take extreme caution not to install work that connects to equipment until such time as complete Shop
Drawings of such equipment have been approved by the Architect/Fngineer. Any work installed by the
Contractor, prior to approval of Shop Drawings,will be at the Contractors risk.
G. At all times during the performance of this Contract, properly protect work from damage and protect the
Owners property from injury of loss, Make good any damage, injury or loss, except such as may be directly
due to errors in the Bidding Documents or caused by Agents or Employees ofthe Owner.Adequately protect
adjacent property as provided by law and the Bidding Documents. Provide and maintain passageways,
guard fences, lights and other facilities for protection required by Public Authority or Local conditions.
H. Circuiting and switching shall be exactly as shown on drawings. Combining of home runs is acceptable.
Contractor shall refer to NEC Article 310.8 and adjust accordingly. Combining of wiring of various systems
in conduit runs is not acceptable unless otherwise specified herein or noted on drawings.
1.6 INSPECTION
A. Regular inspections shall be requested of duly authorized inspectors as required by codes and ordinances.
1.7 SUBSTITUTING
A. Proposals to contractor for substitution of material and equipment listed on the drawings and/or these
specifications shall be submitted after the architecUengineers approval has been obtained. For such
proposals, materials and equipment will have to conform in type, function, quality of material and assembly
and meetthe requirements indicated in drawings and specifications. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL SHALL
BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE.
Each request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, photometric IES files,
performance and test data and any other information needed for an evaluation, A statement setting forth
any changes in any other equipment or other work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be
included, The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer, If these proposed
substitutions are considered as acceptable equals for quotations and use, approval will be issued in an
addendum.
1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS
A, The contractor shall submit to the engineer for approval, prior to the placing of orders for any equipment, a
complete schedule of electrical equipment and light fixtures to be installed. The schedule shall consist of at
least six (6) sets each of catalogs, cuts, diagrams, shop drawings, photometric data or any other descriptive
material necessary to fully describe the equipment proposed and its operating characteristics. The
schedules shall list the operating conditions of the equipment at the conditions listed on the schedules.
Provide shop drawings for the following equipment,
1. Starters and Motor Controls,
2, Disconnect and Safety Switches.
3. Wiring Devices,
4, Lighting Fixtures.
5. Lighting Control Systems, Dimmer Systems and Switches.
6. Timers and Time Switches.
7. Fire Alarm Systems.
8, Security and Card Access Control Systems,
9. Raceway and Fittings,
10. Cables,Wires and Terminations.
11. Grounding Connections,
B. All shop drawings shall be submitted by the contractor and shall have been signed, approved and initialed
by the contractor prior to submittal to the engineer. The engineer will check the shop drawings to aid in
interpreting the plans and specifications, and in so doing will assume that the shop drawings conform to all
specified requirements set forth in this specification. The approval of the shop drawings by the engineer
does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of complying with all elements of the specification.
C. The determination of quantities of material and equipment required shall be made by the contractor from
the drawings, Schedules on the drawings and in the specification are completed as an aid to the contractor,
but where discrepancies arise, it shall not release the contractor from providing the proper number to
complete this work.
1.9 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS
A. Coordinate all work with the asbestos abatement contractor for this project. Prior to the start of work the
Contractor shall review all asbestos reports or sample analysis, that the Owner has had completed. The
Contractor shall not cut into or in any other way disturb existing materials which contain asbestos.Asbestos
abatement is not within the scope of Division 16 work. If the Contractor must disturb a material that has not
been tested for asbestos, request in writing shall be made to the Owner that the material be tested for
asbestos prior to the start ofwork.
B, The Contractor shall provide materials and equipmentwhich do not contain asbestos. At the completion of
the project, the Contractor shall certify in writing that the materials and equipment installed do not contain
asbestos.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fire barrier caulking system shall be 3M CP25 caulk. Fire barrier caulk shall be UL classified and Factory
Mutual System approved.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF THE WORK
A. The Contractor shall examine all the drawings before proceeding with the layout and installation of his work.
General, mechanical, and plumbing contract drawings will be made available to this Contractor. SHOULD
DISCREPANCIES AFFECTING THE WORK BE FOUND, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY
REPORT SAME TO THE ENGINEER FOR INSTRUCTIONS. Subsequent changes made necessary by the
neglect of any Contractor to discover and report such discrepancies shall be made by and at the expense
of the Contractor, under the direction of the Fngineer.
B. Furnish, provide, and/or install shall be considered as requiring the Contractor to both furnish the equipment
and install it unless specific reference is made to the furnishing or installing of the equipment by others.
C. The Contractor shall confer and cooperate with other Contractors on the job in the installation of his work
so all work will be installed in proper relationship to the surrounding location and shape of any part to avoid
conflicts, The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct size and location of any changes, slots, and
openings required by him and shall be required to do, at his expense, any cutting or patching made
necessary by his failure to make proper arrangements in this respect.
D, The Contractor shall follow the equipment manufacturers instructions and recommendations in the
installation and connection of all equipment and materials furnished under this contract. In the event of
conflict or discrepancy between manufacturers instructions and the contract documents, the Contractor
shall notify the Engineer before proceeding. No equipment installation shall be made in a manner that voids
the manufacturers warranty of the equipment.
3.2 SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS
A, Provide the design,fabrication, and erection of supplementary structural framing required forthe attachment
of hangers or other devices supporting electrical equipment.
B. Provide framing members of standard rolled steel shapes, A-36 steel, designed for their actual loads, with
allowable stresses specified by AISC, without excessive deflection and with consideration for rigidity under
vibration, in accordance with standard structural practices.
C. When suspending transformers or similar vibrating equipment, provide vibration isolators to isolate vibration
from structural members.
D. Provide housekeeping pads where shown on plans, Size as noted or shown. Electrical contractor shall hire
general contractor to install pads. This also includes the pad for the main pad mounted transformer.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed and the entire installation left in a clean, usable condition.
3A PAINTING
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Finishes of all electrical equipment shall be protected during storage, installation and until final acceptance.
11
Any damage or imperfections shall be touched up or if extensive, the entire unit shall be repainted as
directed by the Engineer.
3.5 FIRE BARRIER PENETRATIONS
A. All cracks, voids, or holes for the passing of mechanical and electrical items through floors and fire rated
walls, or ceilings with fire rating of 1 hour or more shall be sealed with a fire barriercaulk.
B. Fire barrier caulking system shall be 3M CP 25 caulk.
C. Fire barrier caulking system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations to
maintain a fire rating of 3 hours minimum.
3.6 PLENUM PENETRATIONS
A. Seal all cracks, voids, or holes for the passing of mechanical and electrical items through plenum
construction with material to match surrounding construction or with fire barriercaulk.
3.7 SLEEVES
A. The Electrical Contractor shall set and maintain all sleeves. Any conduit passing through building
construction including walls, floors, roofs or masonry partitions shall be encompassed with sleeves in
accordance with the following.
B. All conduit sleeves through slabs, floors, masonry walls and partitions shall be 112 inch greater in inside
diameter than the external diameter of pipe passing through. All sleeves shall be fabricated from new
material cut square and reamed.
C. Sleeves shall be provided in all masonry partition walls and floors. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe.
Wall sleeves shall be flush with the wall surface. The top officer sleeves shall extend 1 above the floor,the
bottom of the sleeve shall be flush with the floor.
D. The space between the pipe and the sleeves, through fire rated walls and floors shall be protected as
designated below.
E. Furnish and install chrome-plated wall,floor and ceiling plates on all exposed pipes where they pass through
walls, floors, or ceilings in finished areas, The wall plates shall have set screws or spring locks for clamping
to the pipe.
F. All sleeves through floors shall be sealed watertight.
3.8 OPENINGS
A. All openings required for the passage of multiple conduits and electrical equipment in the construction shall
be provided by the Mechanical Contractor. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for determining
the correct location for all openings.
B. The inside dimensions of all openings shall be 112 inch greater than the size of the ductwork or equipment
passing through the opening. Openings for insulated ductwork shall be large enough to accommodate the
insulation without harming the insulation or vapor barrier.
C. Ali openings through fire rated walls and floors shall be protected as described above.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3.9 EXISTING SERVICES
A. The Contractor shall verify the exact location of all existing building services extended and/or relocated for
this project, The Contractor shall also verify the exact location and take proper precautions to protect all
services which may be encountered during construction. ,
B. All active services which are encountered shall be protected, braced and supported where required for
proper execution of the work and without interruption of service ifpossible.
C. All inactive services which are encountered shall be protected, or removed as directed by the Owner, Utility
Company, or Municipal Agency havingjurisdiction,
D. When active services must be temporarily interrupted, arrangements shall be made to work continuously
including overtime if required, to assure that services will be interrupted only as long as actually required to
complete necessary work.
3.10 REMODELING WORK
A. Wherever existing electrical wire, conduit, controls, circuits, etc., are cut into, removed, interrupted, as a
result of the remodeling, all such items that serve areas or equipoment that remain shall be re-routed,
extended, relocated, etc., as necessary to maintain operation of equipment and services.
B. Downtime shall be held to a minimum. Outages shall be scheduled at a time acceptable to and approved
by the owner. Consultwith the owner in sufficient time for him to make necessary preparatins for the outage.
3.11 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT
A. Access shall be provided to all motors,junction boxes, relays, controls, specialties, etc., for maintenance
purposes.All access doors, access panels, removable sections, etc„ required for access shall be provided.
The General Contractor will provide access panels and doors required In the building construction where
openings relative to the electrical equipment shall be
shown on the plans. The location of the access
coordinated to assure proper access to the equipment.
3.12 PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. All sheaves, belts, drives, couplings, and moving parts shall be protected by approved permanent guards,
shields, or railings, which shall be in place whenever the equipment is in operation and shall be in
accordance with applicable safety standards.
3.13 TESTS
A. Test all wiring and connections for shorts between conductors, shorts to ground, and for continuity prior to
installation of fixtures and equipment.
B. Perform insulation resistance test on all feeder conductors installed under this contract, including neutrals,
using a megohmeter. Minimum value shall be 100 megohm at 60 degrees F.
C. Correct and retest any defects and submit data to engineer.
D. Test all low-voltage cabling, installed within the contract, per industry standards and submit test results to
engineer.
3.14 ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER DIVISIONs 26000, 27000, and 28000:
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. At a time set by the contractor and agreed to by the owner, arrange to place equipment in operation and
have available atthattime, if required, representatives ofthe manufacturer of equipmentto assist in starting
equipment,to make necessary adjustments to equipment, and to prove satisfactory operation priorto turning
facility over to the owner.
B. Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc., shall be repaired or replaced as required prior to acceptance.
3.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare two portfolios with two complete sets of shop drawings of the equipment used in the erection of the
electrical systems and equipment testings, cleaning and maintenance instructions, operation and
maintenance manuals, list of materials for the maintenance, parts list, wiring diagrams, and name and
address of authorized service organization.
B. Information shall be folded only if necessary, and bound in an 8-1/2 x 11 hard cover indexed, Iooseleaf
binder. Multiple binders shall be used if required to contain material.All material shall be properly identified
withjob name, date, and the names and addresses of the contractor, architect, and engineer.
C. The portfolios shall be submitted to the engineer for review of material and completeness prior to final
inspection, and when approved by the engineer, the portfolios will be turned over to the owner at the time
of the final inspection.
D. Where indicated in the specification, provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the
owners authorized personnel in the operation, control, programming, and maintenance of equipment.
Contractor shall instruct owners personnel in the operation of all other equipment and systems.
E. Include the following close-out documents in the manuals,
1. Warranty letter,
2. Low-voltage cabling testreports.
3. Fire Alarm test reports.
3,16 PROJECT CLOSE OUT
A. The electrical contractor shall arrange for an inspection of all items installed in the ceiling before the ceiling
or ceiling tile is installed. The engineer shall be informed at least one week before the planned installation
of the ceiling to arrange the inspection. If the ceiling tile is installed before the inspection, the electrical
contractor shall remove all the ceiling tiles prior to the inspection.
B. General. Refer to Division 1 sections for general closeout require m ants.
C. Record Drawings. Give special attention to the complete and accurate recording of underground conduit
and concealed and non-accessible work, and junction box location(.) of all conduit systems, location of
lighting controls and remote ballasts in lighting systems, and work of change orders where not shown on
contract documents.
D. Operating Instructions. Conduct at least a full day walk-through instruction seminar for the Owners personal
to be involved in the operation and maintenance of the electrical equipment and systems. If more time is
needed the contractor shall continue instruction until the owners personal are familiar with the operation of
the system. Explain the identification system, operational diagrams, emergency and alarm provisions,
seasonal provisions, security, safety, efficiency and similar features of the system.
E. Turn-Over of Operation. At the time of substantial completion, turn over the prime responsibility for the
operation of the system to the owners personal. However until the time of final acceptance, provide at
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-7
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
least one full-time operating engineer,who is completely familiar with the work, to consult with and
continue training the owners personal.
F. Final Completion. The following special requirements shall be provided in addition to those specified
gelsewhere:
I. The contractor shall not call for final completion check until the electrical systems and equipment
have been installed, adjusted, programmed, and are in full and complete satisfactory operation and
the following certifications of inspection from equipment suppliers have been completed and
submitted with the architecdengineer. Certifications of inspection are required for the following items
of equipment.
a. Lighting Control Devices (Local Rep.)
b. Security System (Local Rep.)
C. Fire Alarm System (Local Rep.)
2. The certifications shall consist of letters signed by Factory Trained and Authorized service engineers
stating the following.
a. They have inspected all their equipment on the project.
b. They approve the condition of their equipment and its installation,
c. They have fully checked its operation and certify that it is operating properly,
d. They will note any problems, conditions or objections that could lead to future operating
problems,
3. Exceptions may be permitted upon written request from the contractor listing any minor items that
are uncompleted and beyond his reasonable control, Provide a full guarantee that they be completed
at a named later date and the guarantee shall be extended as required to provide a full warranty.
G. Final Payment will not be made until the contractor has satisfactorily completed all final inspection items.
H. Guarantee. All equipment and work shall be fully guaranteed, parts and labor for one year from the date of
substantial completion, unless noted otherwise. The contractor has the full responsibility to guarantee all
equipment and work and shall assume full responsibility to repair any equipment at his cost which the
manufacturer refuses to guarantee. The Owner has the right to order repairs to any equipment or work
provided hereon and to charge the contractor for the same if repairs are not made during a reasonable
period of time not to exceed 24 hours during an emergency or 72 hours on a non-critical item.
END OF SECTION 260500
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-8
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 260513 -MEDIUM, LOW AND CONTROL VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections.
1. Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
2. Section 260533 - Electrical Materials and Methods
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CABLE AND WIRE (600 VOLTS AND BELOW)
A. Secondary distribution and power cable shall be single conductor stranded copper, No. 12 AWG minimum,
with NEC Type THHN insulation rated 90 degrees C, 600 volts. Alan Wire, American Insulated Wire,
General, Cerro Wire, Encore, Republic Wire, Rockbestos, Service Wire, or United Copper Industries.
B. Lighting wire for above ground use shall be single conductor stranded copper, No. 12 AWG minimum, with
NECType THHN insulation rated 90 degrees C, 600 volts. Alan Wire, American Insulated Wire, General,
Cerro Wire, Encore, RepublicWire, Rockbestos, Service Wire, or United Copper Industries,
C. Control cable shall be single conductor stranded copper No. 14 AWG minimum, with NEC Type THHN
insulation rated 90 degrees C, 600volts.
D. Instrumentation and special systems wire shall be in accordance with manufacturers'recommendations,but
shall not be less than 20AWG.
E. Type MC cable shall be made up of individual conductors as noted above, be color coded,include a separate
ground conductor, and shall have a corrugated metal armor over its entire length.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install all cables and wires (including telecommunications, low voltage control and power limited circuits) in
raceways. Telecommunications raceways shall be continuous from outlet boxes to telecommunications
rooms or cable trays.
B. Use cable lubricant when pulling secondary feeder cables. Avoid exceeding manufacturer's
recommendations on pulling tensions, sidewall pressures and cable bend radii.
C. Segregate wiring of different voltage levels. Except as follows, circuits operating at different voltages shall
not share raceways.
1. Power wiring to rooftop motors and rooftop receptacles may be routedtogether.
MEDIUM, LOW AND CONTROL VOLTAGE CABLES 260513-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2. Power and control wiring between variable speed drives and motor disconnect switches may be
routed together.
D. Splice power cables with solderless compression butt splices or ring lugs,Terminate power cables including
motor leads with solderless compression ring lugs. Splice branch circuit wiring, lighting wiring, and control '..
and instrumentation wiring with wire nut connectors, Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with
solderless compression ring or spade lugs. Compression connectors and lugs shall be crimped with tools
specifically designed for the terminations beingcrimped,
E. If no color coding system exists for each indicated system function and voltage, color code circuits as
follows:
1. Single Phase Power 240/120 V.Its:
Phase X (A): Black
Phase Y (B): Red
Neutral: White
Ground: Green
2. Control wires to light fixtures for light dimming shall be:
a. 'Hot control wire - Black with white stripe
b. Neutral control wire -White with Black stripe
3. Less Than 120 Volts: Use Industry Standard Methods
F. Provide home runs of No, 10 AWG wire for 20 amp branch circuits that exceed 150 inlength.
G. Ground the shields of shielded instrumentation and control cables at one end only. The shields at the
other end shall be insulated from ground.
H. Provide identification tags on all cables and conductors terminated in panels.
12 COMMISSIONING
A, Perform commissioning activities in accordance with Related Sections.
END OF SECTION 260513
MEDIUM, LOW AND CONTROL VOLTAGE CABLES 260513 -2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 260526—GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections, pp�
1. Section 260513 Medium, Low&Control Voltage Cables
2. Section 260533- Electrical Materials and Methods
3, Section 260800- Electrical Acceptance Tests
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Provide grounding for all systems and equipment.
1.3 CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide exothermic weld type, or Burndy Hyground, ground connections for concealed, underground, and
concrete encased ground connections, for ground connections to structural steel, connections between
sections of the main ground bus and all connections to the substation room ground bus bars.
B. Exposed ground connections (except connections to structural steel and substation room ground bus bars)
may be made with copper or bronze compression ground fittings or bolted compression ring lugs.
C. Provide exothermic weld type, or Burndy Hyground ground connections for splices and taps of grounding
conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. Exposed splices and taps shall betaped.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Grounding conductors for general use shall be stranded, copper conductor, sized in accordance with the
NECunless shown otherwise on the drawings, and insulated with green NEC Type THHN insulation rated
90 degrees C, 600 volts,
2.2 GROUND CONNECTIONS 99�
A. Ground connections shall be Burndy Hyground, Cadweld, Thermo-weld or Thomas & Betts Blackburn only.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL 260526-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Bond transformer, UPS system, central battery inverter system, emergency generator, and separately
derived electrical system neutrals to the building grounding system. '..
B. Ground motors rated 460 volts and below by motor feeder equipment grounding conductors. Stranded
copper grounding conductors connected to building steel shall also bond motors rated over 460volts.
C. Provide green insulated equipment grounding conductors in all service, feeder, and branch circuits for
connection of load devices to the power source ground. Raceways shall not be used as equipment
grounding conductors,
1, Equipment grounding conductors shall not be daisy-chained.
2. Bond equipment-grounding conductors in boxes and enclosures where the grounding conductors
are terminated or spliced.
D. Bond conduits,cable trays,wireways, surface raceways, boxes, and enclosures together, and to the building
grounding system. Provide bonding bushings and bondingjumpers to bond conduits where they enter a box
or enclosure,
E. Ground the lightning protection system with separate ground rods. The building grounding system ground
rods shall not be used.After completion of both systems,the lightning protection system shall be bonded to
the building grounding system.
F. Protect separately routed grounding conductors subject to damage or physical abuse by Schedule 40 PVC
nonmetallic conduits. Grounding conductors shall not be routed in metallic conduits except when routed with
phase conductors.
32 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform commissioning activities in accordance with Related Sections.
END OF SECTION 260526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL 260526-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 260533 - ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections, pp
1, Section 260513 Medium, Low&Control Voltage Cables
2, Section 260526-Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Provide conduits, cable trays, surface raceways, boxes, fittings and supports to form a complete,
coordinated, and continuously grounded raceway system.
1.3 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduits indoors in general areas shall be electrical metallic tubing (EMT)with steel set screwfittings.
B. Conduits indoors in hazardous areas, encased in concrete floor slabs or subjected to water, physical
damage or abuse shall be galvanized rigid steel (RS) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC) with cast or
malleable iron threaded fittings and bushings.
C. Conduits outdoors shall be galvanized rigid steel or intermediate metal conduit with cast or malleable iron
threaded fittings and bushings.
D. Conduits encased in concrete underground shall be Type DB PVC with matching fittings.
E. Conduits direct buried underground shall be Schedule 40 PVC with matching fittings.
F. Final connections to recessed lighting fixtures and under-counter lights shall be 112 minimum flexible
metallic conduit, manufactured wiring systems, or galvanized steel Type MC cable, all with steel fittings.
1. Manufactured wiring systems shall
a. Only be used above accessible ceilings.
b. Shall not be used in walls or above permanent ceilings.
C. Shall contain a dedicated, separate, grounding conductor
d. Be limited to lengths of 6'0"or less.
2, Type MC cable conductors shall be color coded to match the building color-coding scheme. Type
MCcable shall be terminated with steel setscrew connectors that have integral insulating bushings.
Self-locking,twist-in type fittings are not acceptable.
G. Final connections to motors, transformers and equipment subject to vibration or removal for maintenance
shall be 112 minimum liquid tight flexible metallic conduit with steel liquid tight fittings. Transformer
connections may be non-liquid tight flexible metallic conduit in electrical rooms only.
1.4 SURFACE RACEWAY REQUIREMENTS
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533 -1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. When conduits in finished areas cannot be concealed in walls or above ceilings, surface raceways may be
used where permitted. Boxes and fittings shall match and be from the same manufacturer as the raceways.
1,5 BOX REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide sheet steel outlet boxes, extensions, and plaster rings for EMT, flexible metal conduit, and MC
cable.
B, Provide cast or malleable iron outlet boxes and covers for galvanized rigid steel conduits, intermediate metal
conduits, and liquid tight flexible metal conduits.
C. Boxes shall be sized for all conductors and devices to be contained within. Box extensions shall not be used
to correct for undersized boxes. A single extension may be used as follows only if all free conductors
extend at least 3 inches outside of the extension opening.
1. On boxes being flush mounted in masonrywalls.
2. On existing boxes in walls that are being furred out.
3. On existing boxes for connecting to an existing circuit.
4. On fire alarm, security and clock system boxes where required by the system manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Plaster rings shall not be considered box extensions, but their capacities may be included in box fill
calculations.
1.6 SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface mounted equipment shall be secured to steel channels. The channels shall be attached with toggle
bolts to hollow tile, block or similar surfaces, and attached with screws or bolts and expansion shields to
solid masonry or concrete.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUITS
A. Electrical metallic tubing shall be thin wall steel tubing, electro-galvanized or hot dipped galvanized inside
_ and outside. Fittings and bushings shall be galvanized steel set screw type with two screws per connection
for sizes over 2 .
B. Galvanized rigid steel conduit and intermediate metal conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and
outside, in 10 lengths and threaded on both ends. Fittings and bushings shall be cast or malleable iron, and
hot dipped galvanized inside and outside.
C. PVC conduit and fittings shall be Type DBfor encasement in concrete, Schedule 40 for direct burial,
concealed and exposed work, and schedule 80 in parking structures. Fittings shall be of the same type and
from the same manufacturer as the conduit. PVC conduit shall be UL Labeled for 90 degrees C cables.
Cantex, Carlon or National Pipe &Plastic.
D. Fiberglass reinforced epoxy conduit shall be standard wall, iron pipe size, sunlight resistant, gray color,with
matching push-fit fittings. FRE or Champion.
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533 -2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
E. Flexible metallic conduit shall be galvanized steel or aluminum. Fittings shall be of steel with cadmium or
galvanized finish. Fittings shall be machine screw clamp type, single or two-piece. Self-locking,twist-in type
fittings are not acceptable.
F. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall consist of a flexible, galvanized steel core, a continuous copper
ground strip and a polyvinyl chloride jacket. Fittings shall be steel liquid tight grounding type from the same
manufacturer as the conduit.
2.2 SURFACE RACEWAYS
A. Where surface raceways are called for on the drawings, or when conduits in finished areas cannot be
concealed in walls or above ceilings, surface raceways shall be used. Boxes and fittings shall match and be
from the same manufacturer as the surface raceway.
B. Surface raceways shall consist of a base and cover, sized for the number of conductors contained within,
complete with all connectors, fittings, bushings, boxes, covers and mounting hardware.
C. Raceways shall be 600 volt rated, and be in compliance with the applicable paragraphs of NEC Article 352.
D. They shall be non-flammable, and UL labeled, under UL 5, or UL 5A(as applicable),
E. The completed raceway system shall be vandal resistant.
F. Shall accept receptacles,cover plates,telephone data outlets and other standard wiring devices as specified
elsewhere in these specifications.
G. The cover plates used for wiring devices and telecommunication outlets shall be of the overlapping type,
and shall therefore cover the cut-end of the raceway cover.
H. The raceways shall have a select ivory (or white, or gray where noted)color, scuff resistant finish, and the
raceways shall be paintable.
I. All components of the raceway system exposed to view shall be of the same color and shade.
J. Barriers shall be provided when necessary to separate conductors of different voltages, or services.
K. Surface raceways shall be steel or plastic as noted below, and as noted on the drawings.
1. Metallic
a. Metallic raceways shall be of.040 thick (minimum) zinc plated or galvanized steel.
b, The acceptable levels of quality are,generically,
1) Wiremold V500 and V700 for smaller single channel raceway applications,
2) Wiremold V3000 for larger single channel raceway applications,and
3) Wiremold V4000 for larger multichannel raceway applications.
C. Manufacturers include Hubbell, Wiremold, Thomas and Betts, or Mono-System.
2.3 BOXES
A. Boxes for fixtures, outlets, switches, equipment connections and wire pulling shall be
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. Castor formed from carbon steel sheets of commercial grade steel not less than 14-gauge,
2. One-piece construction, zinc, or cadmium plated,
3. Tapped for mounting plates and covers as required.
B. Pull and junction boxes shall be
1. Fabricated from galvanized or painted code gauge cold rolled carbon steel sheets.
2. Welded construction with flat removable covers fastened to the box with machine screws.
3. Seams andjoints shall be closed and reinforced with flanges formed ofthe same material from which
the box is constructed or by continuous welding which will provide equivalent strength to flange
construction.
4. Preferably not provided with'knockouts',
C. Box covers shall be fastened in place by machine screws or hinges and latches. Self-tapping or sheet metal
fasteners are not acceptable,
2.4 SUPPORTS
A. Hangers and brackets shall be made of steel pipe, channel iron, angle iron or prefabricated steel channel.
Prefabricated steel channel shall be by B-Line, Hilo, Powerstrut or Unistrut,
B. Anchors shall be lead shield anchors or plastic expansion anchors for small loads, and expansion or epoxy
anchors for large loads, Powder-driven anchors shall not be used.
2.5 LABELS AND DIRECTORIES
A. Equipment nameplates shall be engraved .125 inch (1/8 ) thick laminated plastic, white, with black letters.
The engraved letters shall be at least one quarter inch (Y4 )high.
B. Receptacles and lighting switches shall be labeled using clear adhesive backed nylon or Mylar tape with
black text permanently laminated to the tape,
C. Panel directories shall be typed on supplied card stock with panel, or card stock similar in thickness and
material as those supplied with the panels. Install supplied clear plastic cover, or one of like material.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 RACEWAYS
A. Size conduits in accordance with the NEC, but not less than the sizes shown on the drawings. Minimum
power and control conduit size shall be 112 , Minimum telecommunications conduit size shall be 3/4 ,
B. Install concealed and exposed conduits and cable trays parallel to or at right angles to building lines.
Conduits shall not be embedded in concrete slabs exceptwhere specifically shown. Install surface raceways
as close to room corners or trim features as possible to make the surface raceways less obvious. Where
conduits are routed over beams and under corrugated decking,conduits shall be offset 3"below the decking
to avoid damage from future decking penetrations.
C. Make directional changes in primary power distribution conduits above ground with sweeps and long radius
elbows, and underground with 20 minimum radius bends.
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
D. Conceal conduits wherever possible and practical. When conduits cannot be concealed in finished areas,
use surface raceways with matching boxes from the same manufacturer as theraceways,
E. Metal conduits, fittings, enclosures and raceways shall be mechanicallyjomed together in a firm assembly
to form a continuous electrical conductor providing effective electrical grounding continuity.
F. Provide expansion fittings at the intervals specified in the manufacturers instructions.
G. Conduits entering panels located outdoors, in parking structures, in steam tunnels and on cooling towers
shall enter from the sides, back, or bottom. Conduits shall not enter from the top.
H. Separate raceways from uninsulated steam pipes, hot water pipes, and other hot surfaces by a minimum of
4"horizontally or 12"vertically. Separate raceways from ventilation ducts and insulated pipes so that they
do not come into contact with each other.
I, Low voltage signal circuits shall be separated or shielded from power circuits to prevent the induction of
noise into the signal circuits.
J, EMT entering sheet metal enclosures and outlet boxes shall be secured in place by a connector with a
locknut. Rigid conduit shall be secured with locknut inside and outside and a bushing, Sufficient thread on
the connector or conduit shall extend into the enclosure so that the bushing will butt tight into the connector
or conduit. Bushings shall not be used asjamb nuts or in lieu oflocknuts,
K. Flexible metallic conduit to motors and similar equipment shall not exceed 3-0 in length, and shall have
adequate slack to absorb the maximum vibration. Flexible conduit connections to lighting fixtures shall not
exceed 6-0 in length.
12 MOUNTING HEIGHTS
A. Except where shown otherwise, install equipment and devices at the following heights.
1. Receptacles (Wall): 18 A.F.F. to center
2. Receptacles (Above Counter): 44 A.F.F.to center
3, Receptacles (Unfinished Area): 44 A.F.F. to center
4, Surface Raceway Receptacle Strips: 42 A.F,F,to bottom
5. Light Switches: 44 A.F.F. to center
6. Telephone Outlets (Wall Phone): 44 A.F.F. to center
7, Telephone/Data Outlets: 18 A.F.F. to center
8. Clock Outlets. 88 A.F.F. to center
9, Fire Alarm Pull Stations: 44 A.F.F. to center
10. Fire Alarm Horn/Strobes: 80 A,F,F, to bottom
11, Card Readers: 44"A.F.F. to card slot
12. Security System Controls: 44"A.F.F. to center
13, Thermostats/HVAC Controls: 44"A.F.F. to center
14, Electrical Panels: 72"A.F.F.to top
15. Safety Switches/Motor Starters/Variable Frequency Drives: 72 A.F.F. to top (except top of handle
shall not exceed 78"A,F.F.)
16. Motor Control Pushbuttons, 60 A.F.F. to center
3.3 SUPPORTS
A, Provide 4 thick concrete housekeeping pads for floor mounted equipment.
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533 -5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
B. Support all electrical items independently of supports provided by the othertrades.
C. Support conduits and boxes using steel conduit straps or 1/4-inch minimum diameter threaded rod hangers.
Suspended ceiling hangers or hanger wire shall not be used (exceptto support flexible metallic conduit and
manufactured wiring systems),
D. Support cable trays with support brackets or 3/8 diameter minimum threaded rod hangers at intervals not
exceeding 8'0 for straight runs. Additional supports shall be provided at trayfittings.
E. Hangers shall be of sufficient strength thattheir deflection at mid span does not exceed 1/240 ofthe hanger
span length after the cables are installed.
F. Route flexible metallic conduit, manufactured wiring systems and Type MC cable parallel to or perpendicular
to building lines, and in a neat and workmanlike manner. Coil the excess manufactured wiring systems and
Type MC cable, and support independently of the ceiling grid system at intervals not exceeding 3 feet.
3.4 PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES, AND FIRE SEALS
A, Cut floor and wall penetrations neatly and to the minimum size required for installation of the equipment and
raceways.
B. Provide galvanized steel pipe sleeves for all conduits penetrating floors, exterior walls androofs,
1. Extend floor sleeves above the floor a minimum of 2 inches.
-. 2. Embed sleeves in new concrete or step-core concrete and grout sleeves into existing concrete with
epoxy grout.
3. Seal floor sleeves using fire-sealing systems approved by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory.
4. Seal exterior wall and roof penetrations watertight.
C. Patch both sides of wall penetrations cut for electrical equipment and raceways to seal against the passage
of air, sound and fire.
1. Seal cable tray penetrations in fire rated walls using fire sealant bags approved by a Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory.
2. Seal conduit penetrations in fire rated walls using fire-sealing caulk approved by a Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory.
3, Seal conduit penetrations in non-rated walls using masonry materials that match the wall
construction.
4. Fire seal between recessed outlet boxes located on opposite sides of a fire rated wall if the box
openings are over 16 square inches and the boxes are less than 24 inches apart.
3.5 EXPANSION FITTINGS
A. Provide expansion fittings at all building expansion joints. Expansion fittings shall be bonded to the raceway
on both sides.
B. Provide expansion fittings, in accordance with manufacture recommendations, in all areas subjectto swings
in temperature of more than 15 degrees C.
C. Install expansion fittings in all locations were expected expansion difference is '14 , or more, between boxes
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533 -6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZFMAN, MONTANA
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide nameplates and labels in accordance with Article 2.6.
1. Laminated plastic labels shall be mechanically secured in place with sheet metal screws and/or
bolts and nuts
2. Labels shall be neatly centered. Place labels in like positions on similar equipment.
B. Color code wiring as noted in Section 260513
C. Color code junction boxes and box covers of emergency and fire alarm circuits with red paint. Color code
junction boxes and box covers of temperature control circuits with blue paint.
D. Markjunction box covers in indelible ink with the panel and breaker numbers ofthe circuits contained within.
E. Provide a 3 by 5 yellow Warning Arc Flash Hazard label on the outside of panels in occupant areas -
Brady Type 99454 or equivalent from another manufacturer. Center the label horizontally and vertically on
outside of door.
F. Provide a 4 by 6 red Danger Arc Flash and Shock Hazard label on the outside of panels in areas open
only to qualified personnel, and on the inside panel door of panels in occupant areas - Brady Type 99459.
Center label on gutter areas of distribution panels, centered above or below the directory of panels, and
otherwise centered in other applications. In all cases, label will be no lower than 48 or above 84 AFF
END OF SECTION 260533
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260533 -7
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 260800- ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
1.2 TESTS
A. Perform the visual inspections, manual operations and tests on systems and equipment as described in Part
3, "Execution",
B. Tests shall be performed and documented by the electrical contractor or a direct sub-contractor to the
electrical contractor.
1.3 TEST REPORTS
A. Provide written test reports, signed and dated, for all tests prior to acceptance of the tested equipment by
the Owner. Test reports on Megger, dielectric absorption and high potential tests shall include the ambient
temperature and relative humidity existing atthe time of thetests.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 VISUAL INSPECTIONS
A. Prior to any testing, perform visual inspections to verify the following.
1. The equipment is completely and properly installed
2. The equipment is free from damage and defects
3. Shipping blocks and restraints have been removed
4. Electrical terminations have been properly tightened
5. The equipment has been properly aligned
6. The equipment has been properly lubricated
7. The ventilation louvers are open and unobstructed
8. The equipment is ready to be tested
3.2 MANUAL OPERATION
A. Prior to any testing, mechanical devices shall be exercised or rotated manually to verify that they operate
properly and freely.
3.3 POWER CABLE TESTS
A. Perform a continuity check and a 1,000 volt DC Megger test on 600 volt power cables No. 4 AWG and
larger.
ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS 26 0800-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
1. The Megger test shall be performed between each pair of conductors and from each conductor to
ground.
2. The Meggertest shall be performed for 15 seconds or until the insulation resistance value stabilizes.
3. The insulation resistance between conductors and from each conductor to ground shall be 100
megohms minimum in one minute or less. In addition,the lowest insulation resistance value shall not
differ from the highest value by more than 20 percent. If Megger readings for a given circuit or feeder
are above 1000 megohms,the 20% balance requirement may be waived.
3.4 CONTROL CABLE TESTS
A. Perform a continuity check on control and instrumentation wiring.
3.5 MOTOR TESTS
A. Run motors and check for vibration.
3.6 GROUNDING TESTS
A. Measure the resistance to ground of each ground rod before connection to the other ground rods. The
resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms.
B. Measure the resistance to ground of the total ground system with all connections completed. The
resistance shall not exceed 5 ohms for secondary services.
C. Tests of the resistance to ground shall be made using either the three point method or the fall-of-potential
method.
D. Perform a continuity check from equipment ground bus bars and ground lugs to the ground system.
33 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform Commissioning activities per Related Sections above.
END OF SECTION 260800
ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS 26 0800-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 262726-WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections. qq�
1. Section 260513 Medium, Low&Control Voltage Cables
2, Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
3. Section 260533 - Electrical Materials and Methods
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
A. See the Electrical Legend for specific devices that were used to design around for the the project.
2.2 TOGGLE SWITCHES
A. Toggle switches shall be rated 1201277 volts, 20-amperes, single-pole, double-pole, 3-way or 4-way as
shown, specification grade, extra-heavy duty, back and side wired, with ivory handles, Arrow Hart, Bryant,
Hubbell, Leviton or Pass &Seymour.
2.3 DIMMER SWITCHES
A. Dimmer switches shall be rated 1000 watts minimum, specification grade, heavy duty,with radio noise filter
and suitable for use in a single gang box. Leviton, Lithoma or Lutron.
2.4 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Wall mounted occupancy sensors shall be rated 600 watts minimum, 180 degrees coverage, 300 sq. ft.
minimum coverage, infrared type, heavy duty, specification grade, with SCR power switching devices,
adjustable range or sensitivity, adjustable time delay, integral manual override switches, and suitable for
mounting in single gang wall mounted boxes. Sensors with triac power switching devices are not acceptable.
Heath, Leviton, Lutron, Pass &Seymour, Sensorswitch, Tork or .Wattstopper.
B. Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors shall be rated 1000 watts minimum, 180 degrees coverage, 1000 sq.
ft. minimum coverage, infrared type, heavy duty, specification grade, with SCR power switching devices,
adjustable range or sensitivity, adjustable time delay, and suitable for mounting in ceiling mounted boxes.
Sensors shall utilize low voltage control circuits and be interlocked with the switch circuit for local auto/off
control. Sensors with triac power switching devices are not acceptable. Heath, Leviton, Lutron, Pass &
Seymour, Sensorswitch, Tork or Wattstopper.
C. Dual technology occupancy sensors shall be rated 1000 watts minimum, 180 degrees coverage, 1000 sq,
ft. minimum coverage, and combination ultra sonic infrared type. The ultrasonic component shall be of a
frequency compatible with hearing aids .The overall occupancy sensor shall be heavy duty, specification
WIRING DEVICES 262726-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
" grade,with SCR power switching devices, adjustable range or sensitivity, adjustable time delay, and suitable
for mounting in ceiling mounted boxes. Sensors shall utilize low voltage control circuits and be interlocked
with the switch circuit for local auto/Off control. Sensors with triac power switching devices are not
acceptable. Heath, Leviton, Lutron, Pass &Seymour, Sensorswitch, Tork or Wattstopper.
2.5 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES
A. Duplex receptacles shall be rated 125 volts, 20 amps, 2-pole, 3-wire, NEMA Type 5-20R, UL heavy duty,
back and side wired, grounding type with nylon or Lexan bodies. Except where shown otherwise, normal
power receptacles shall have ivory faces and"special power"receptacles shall have red faces.Arrow- Hart,
Bryant or Hubbell 5362, or Leviton or Pass &Seymour5362A,
2.6 GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLES
A, GFCI duplex receptacles shall be rated 125 volts, 20 amps, 2 pole, 3 wire straight blade type with nylon or
Lexan bodies and brown faces. GFCI receptacles shall trip when ground currents exceed 5 ma, shall trip in
25 milliseconds maximum, and shall have an interrupting rating of 2000 amps. Receptacles shall lock out
(off)when the protection system fails. Arrow Hart, Bryant, Hubbell or Leviton.
2.7 SPECIAL PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES
A. Special receptacles shall be ofthe voltage, amperage, number of poles, number ofwires,configuration, and
NEMAType shown, and specification grade, with nylon or Lexan bodies ivory faces. Arrow-Hart, Bryant,
Hubbell, Leviton or Pass & Semour, Provide the required quantity of mating plugs when shown on the
drawings.
2.8 `RECEPTACLE STRIPS'
A. Surface mounted receptacle strips shall consist of surface wireways containing receptacles of the types
shown. The receptacles shall be spaced and circuited as shown.
2.9 COVER PLATES
A. Except where unique cover plates are required (wall box dimmers, surface raceways, occupancy sensors,
etc,), cover plates for switches and receptacles shall be of high quality Type 302 stainless steel, unless
otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Except where necessary to match existing receptacles, install receptacles with their ground slots below, or
to the left, of the line and neutral slots.
B. Provide No. 10 AWG wire to NEMA Type 6-20R receptacles serving freezers, window air conditioners or
other large appliances.
C. Where shown on the drawings, provide a separate neutral conductor for each single-phase branch circuit.
The neutrals of these single-phase circuits shall not be shared or daisy-chained.
D. Receptacles installed in surface raceways being fed by multiple circuits, shall have adjacent receptacles
from alternate circuits.
WIRING DEVICES 262726-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
E, Provide ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) receptacles for new and existing 120 volt duplex receptacles
located outdoors, in toilet rooms and within 6 feet of water sources including sinks, cup sinks, fume hood
sinks, faucets, hose bibs and water coolers. Standard receptacles protected by an upstream GFCI
receptacle or a GFCI circuit breaker are not acceptable.
F. Provide waterproof enclosures for receptacles located outdoors or when designated waterproof in special
indoor applications. Enclosures shall remain watertight even while in use. Cantex, Carlon, Leviton or
TayMac Corporation,
G. Provide a nametag on the back of each cover plate of new and existing light switches and receptacles
identifying the panel and circuit number feeding the device. Trace the existing circuits using an electronic
circuit tracer if necessary. Nametags shall consist of black text permanently laminated to adhesive backed
clear nylon or Mylar tape. Brother P-Touch. Embossed plastic tape labels are notacceptable.
H. Color code junction boxes and box covers of emergency circuits with red paint.
1. Markjunction box covers in indelible ink with the panel and breaker numbers ofthe circuits contained within.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The contractor shall perform testing in accordance with Specification Section 260800, and shall submit a
test report.
3.3 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform commissioning activities in accordance with Related Sections.
END OF SECTION 262726
WIRING DEVICES 262726-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 262900-MOTOR CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections.
1. Section 260513- Medium, Low&Control Voltage Cables
2, Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
3. Section 260533 Electrical Materials and Methods
4. Section 260800 Electrical Acceptance Tests
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Install the following equipment furnished by others.
1. Variable speed drives and variable speed motor controllers.
2. Motor controls that are shipped loose with packaged mechanical and plumbing systems.
B. Provide the following equipment as shown.
1. Motor starters
2. Disconnect switches
3. Motor control devices
1.3 MOTOR CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A. Motor starters shall include motor short circuit and overload protection, and a motor disconnecting means
as shown.
B. Reduced voltage or soft starters shall be provided for motors over 100 horsepower as shown.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS
A. Manual motor starters shall be of the voltage shown, horsepower rated for the motors shown, single select
single, double-pole pole, single throw, toggle operated, with red run pilot light, motor overload heater,
padlock provision and a NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Allen-Bradley, Eaton, GE, Siemens or Square D.
2.2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Disconnect switches shall be of the voltage and amperage shown, horsepower rated for motor applications,
fusible or non-fusible as shown, 3 pole, NEMA Type HD heavy duty, in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure indoors
or NEMA Type 3R enclosure outdoors. Provide fuse rejection kits and Class R dual
MOTOR CONTROLS 26 2900-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
element fuses in fusible disconnect switches. Provide early break auxiliary contacts in motor disconnect
switches used with variable frequency drives. Disconnect switches shall be lockable in the open and closed
positions. Allen-Bradley, Eaton, GE, Siemens or Square D,
2.3 MOTOR CONTROL DEVICES
A. Motor control devices shall be heavy duty, rated for operation at 120 volts AC, and contained in a NEMA
Type 1 enclosure indoors or a NEMA Type 3R enclosure outdoors. Pilot lights shall be push-to-test
transformer type. Allen-Bradley, Eaton, GE, Siemens or Square D.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Motor starter hand-off-auto switches shall be wired so that in the hand position, the motor runs
independently of automatic start stop controls. Only the safety and modulating controls shall remain active,
In the auto position, all stardstop controls shall be active.
B. High temperature detectors (firestats), smoke detectors, low temperature detectors (freezestats), flow
switches and other safety controls shall be energized and operational whenever the equipment they protect
is operating.
C. Motor starters shall be wired so that the motors automatically restart after a power disruption. Time delay
relays shall be provided for large pumps and fans so that they can coast down before restarting after a
momentary outage, and to prevent all of the large motors from restarting simultaneously,
D. Motor controls installed below piping or in areas with fire protection sprinklers shall be protected by drip
shields.
E. Connect power factor correction capacitors between the motor starter contacts and the overloadrelays.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform testing in accordance with Specification Section 260800, and submit a testreport.
3.3 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform Commissioning activities per Related Sections above.
3.4 TRAINING
A. Provide a qualified service technician from the Manufacturers staffto provide training.
B. Train Owners maintenance personnel on equipment operation, start-up and shutdown, troubleshooting,
servicing and preventative maintenance procedures. Review the data contained in the Operating and
Maintenance Manuals with Owners personnel. Training shall occur separate from startup activities.
1. Provide 2 hours of training minimum.
END OF SECTION 262900
MOTOR CONTROLS 26 2900-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 265100- INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,Standard General and Supplementary General Conditions,
Division 1 Specification Sections, and other applicable Specification Sections including the Related Sections
listed below, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections.
1. Section 260513- Medium, Low&Control Voltage Cables
2. Section 260526-Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
3. Section 260533 - Electrical Materials and Methods
4. Section 260800- Electrical Acceptance Tests
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Refer to the Light Fixture schedule for light fixtures to be provided within the project. Equivalents may be
submitted following the prior approval process. Light fixtures installed must either be scheduled within the
construction documents or approved within an addendum.
B. Lighting fixtures shall be of specification grade, and shall be listed or labeled by Underwriters Laboratories
(UL) or other approved agency. Lighting fixtures shall be provided in accordance with the Fixture Schedule,
C. Recessed lighting fixtures shall be thermally protected.
2.2 LAMPS A. Unless noted otherwise in the fixture schedule, fluorescent lamps shall be T-8, straight tube, rapid start,
multi-phosphor type with a medium bi-pin base, average rated life of 24,000 hours, 3000 initial lumens, 2820
mean lumens,a correlated color temperature of 3500 degrees K and a CRI of 85("700"series lamps do not
meet this requirement.). Lamps shall be designed to pass the Federal TCLP test in effect at the time of
manufacture. U-tube lamps shall not be used. GE Ecolux, Osram/Sylvania Ecologic, or Philips Alto only.
2.3 BALLASTS pp
A. Unless indicated otherwise, fluorescent fixtures with three or four T-8 lamps shall have two ballasts to
accommodate dual switching. Fluorescent fixtures with multiple compact fluorescent lamps may have only
one ballast unless otherwise noted.
B. Fluorescent ballasts shall be ofthe electronic type, programmed rapid start, series circuited, and completely
solid state. Ballasts shall be rated for the specific lamps they are supplying, shall have a maximum crest
factor of 1.6, a maximum current total harmonic distortion of 10 percent, a minimum starting temperature
of 0 degrees F, and a sound rating of "A". Ballasts, for T-8 lamps shall be
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100-1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
Osram/Sylvania Ouicktronic Professional, Advance Optanium, or Universal Accustart only. Ballasts for
compact fluorescent lamps shall be the fixture manufacturer's standard electronic type.
C. Fluorescent dimming ballasts shall be electronic, comply with the other requirements for electronic ballasts,
be capable of smoothly and consistently dimming the lamps from full output to 10 percent or less output,
and maintain a cathode voltage between 3 to 4 volts, A low voltage slide switch that is compatible with the
ballast shall control light level. Osram/Sylvama Quicktronic, Lightolier or Lutron only.
D. Ballasts shall conform to their applicable ANSI codes. H.I.D. ballasts for use in finished areas shall be of the
quietest type available, or shall be mounted remote from the fixtures.
E. Ballasts shall be rated for the ambient temperatures in which they are located. Outdoor fixtures shall be
equipped with ballasts rated for reliable starting to -20 degrees F. Indoor fixtures located in areas with above
normal ambient temperatures shall have ballasts rated at 65 degrees C minimum.
F. Individually fused ballasts shall have their fuses accessible from outside of the fixturechassis.
2.4 LED SOURCES
A. Lumen Output—minimum initial lumen output of the luminaire shall meet or exceed the basis of design light
fixture(s) included in the light fixture schedule. Lumens compared shall be those exiting the luminaire in the
0-90 degree zone — as measured by IESNA Standard LM-79-08 in an accredited lab. Exact tested lumen
output shall be clearly noted on the submittals.
B. Lumen output shall not decrease more than 20% over the minimum operational life of 50,000 hours.
C. Individual LEDs shall be connected such that a catastrophic loss or the failure of one LED will not result in
the loss ofthe entire luminaire.
D. LED Boards shall be suitable for field maintenance or service from below the ceiling with plug-in connectors.
LEDBoards shall be upgradable.
E. Light Color/Ouality.
1, Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)range as per light fixture schedule, between 3500K,4100K and
5000K shall be correlated to chromaticity as defined by the absolute (X,Y) coordinates on the 2-1)
CIEchromaticity chart.
2.5 POWER SUPPLY AND DRIVE
A. Driver. Voltage as specified within the Light Fixture Schedule, UL Listed, CSA Certified, Sound Rated A+.
p o
Driver shall be > 80% efficient at full load across all input voltages. Input wires shall be a 18AWG solid
copper minimum.
B. Driver shall be suitable forfull-range dimming.The luminaire shall be capable of continuous dimming without
perceivable flicker over a range of 100% to 5% of rated lumen output with a smooth shut off function.
Dimming shall be controlled by a 0-10Vsignal.
C. Maximum stand-by power shall be 1 Watt.
D. Driver disconnect shall be provided where required to comply withcodes,
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
E. Ballasts shall be rated for the ambient temperatures in which they are located. Outdoor fixtures shall be
equipped with ballasts rated for reliable starting to-20 degrees F. Indoor fixtures located in areas with above
normal ambient temperatures shall have ballasts rated at 65 degrees Cminimum.
F. The electronics/power supply enclosure shall be internal to the light fixture and be accessible per UL
requirements.
G. The surge protection which resides within the driver shall protect the luminaire from damage and failure for
transient voltages and currents as defined in ANSI//IEEE C64.41 2002 for Location Category A,where failure
does not mean a momentary loss of light during the transient event.
2.6 ELECTRICAL
A. Operating Voltage—The luminaire shall operate form a 60 HZ +/-3 HZ AC line over a voltage ranging from
120 VAC to 277 VAC. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous output.
The standard operating voltages are 120 VAC, and 277 VAC.
B. 0
Power Factor. The luminaire shall have a power factor of 90% or greater at all standard operating voltages
and full luminaire output.
C. THD: Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by a luminaire shall not
exceed 20 percent at any standard input voltage. Including integral emergency battery provided with the
light fixtures.
D. Surge Suppression:The luminaire shall include surge protection to withstand high repetition noise and other
interference.
E. RF Interference:The luminaire and associated onboard circuitry must meet Class A emission limits referred
in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 Non-Consumer
requirements for EMI/RFI emissions.
F. Electrical connections between normal power and driver must be modular utilizing a snap fit connector. All
electrical components must be easily accessible after installation and be replaceable without removing the
fixture from the ceiling,
G. All electrical components shall be RoHScompliant.
2.7 PHOTOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS
A. Luminaire performance shall be tested as described herein.
1. Luminaire performance shall be judged against the specified minimum illuminance in the specified
pattern for a particular application.
2. Luminaire lighting performance shall be adjusted (depreciated)for the minimum life expectancy,
3. The performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) by using the LED manufacturer's data or the data
from the IESNA Standard TM-21 test report, which ever one results in a higher level of lumen
depreciation.
B. The luminaire may be determined to be compliant photometrically,if:
0
1. he initial minimum illuminance level is achieved in 100 Z0 of the area of the specified lighting pattern.
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. The measurements shall be calibrated to standard photopic calibrations.
2.8 THERMALMANAGEMENT
A. The thermal management(ofthe heat generated bythe LEDs)shall be of sufficient capacity to assure proper
operation of the luminaire over the expected useful life.
B. The LED manufacturer's maximum junction temperature for the expected life shall not be exceeded at the
average operating ambient.
C. The LED manufacturer's maximum junction temperature for the catastrophic failure shall not be exceeded
atthe maximum operating ambient.
D. The luminaire shall have an UL IC rating,
E. The driver manufacturer's maximum case temperature shall not be exceeded at the maximum operating
ambient. Thermal management shall be passive by design. The use of fans or other mechanical devices
shall not be allowed.
2.9 DESIGN QUALIFICATION TESTING
A. Product submittals shall be accompanied by product specifications sheets or other documentation that
includes the designed parameters as detailed in this specification.These parameters include (but not limited
to).
1, Maximum power in Watts
2. L80 in hours, when extrapolated for the worse case operating temperature section 2.2.6). TM21
report shall be submitted to demonstrate this.
3. Product submittals shall be accompanied by performance data this is derived in accordance with
appropriate IESNA testing standards and tested in a laboratory that is NVLAP accredited for Energy
Efficient Lighting Products.
B. Luminaire shall be tested per IESNA LM79-08.
2.10 EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. Emergency lighting shall consist of fluorescent emergency lighting fixtures or sealed beam emergency
lighting units as shown. Chloride, Dual-Lite or Exide Lightguard.
1. LED or Fluorescent emergency lighting fixtures shall consist of normal fluorescent fixtures with one
or two center lamps connected to a remotely mounted, maintenance free, nickel cadmium battery
pack, and solid-state battery charger. Minimum light output shall be 1100 lumens. The battery pack
shall be sized for a minimum of 90 minutes of battery operation. The battery charger shall provide
overload, short circuit, brownout and low battery voltage protection. The normal ballast, battery pack
0
and solid-state battery charger shall have a THD level lower than 10%, The unit shall include self-
diagnostic and self-exercising circuitry to exercise and test itself for 5 minutes every month and for
30 minutes every 6 months. The unit shall include a test monitor module with status indicating lights
mounted on a device plate suitable for mounting remotely from the fixture and battery pack in a single
gang outlet box.
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
2. Sealed beam emergency lighting units shall consist of 6 volt, sealed beam, PAR36 lamps connected
to a wall or ceiling mounted maintenance free nickel cadmium battery pack and solid state battery
charger. The battery pack shall be sized for a minimum of 90 minutes of battery operation. The
battery charger shall provide overload, short circuit, brownout and low battery voltage protection.The
unit shall include self-diagnostic and self-exercising circuitry to exercise and test itself for 5 minutes
every month and for 30 minutes every 6 months. The unit shall include a test monitor module with
status indicating lights.
2.11 EXIT SIGNS
A. Exit signs shall be ofthe LED type. Fluorescent, electro luminescent light panel or self-powered luminous
signs shall not be used. Chloride, Dual-Lite, Emergi-Lite, Exide Lightguard, Lightalarms, Lithonla or Sure-
Lites.
1. LED's shall be wired in parallel to prevent multi-lamp failure, and shall be concealed within the sign
by a clear panel and red optical diffuser. Power consumption shall not exceed 2 watts perface.
2. Exit signs shall have white die cast aluminum or polycarbonate housings with universal mounting
brackets, brushed aluminum stencil faces with red letters and multi-directional knockout arrows.
3. Exit signs shall be provided with emergency battery packs and battery chargers when required.
Batteries shall be maintenance free nickel cadmium, and shall be mounted within the signs.
2,12 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall provide a warranty against loss of performance and defects in materials and
workmanship forthe Luminaires for a minimum period of 5 years after acceptance ofthe Luminaires.Warranty
shall cover all components comprising the luminaire.All warranty documentation shall be provided to customer
prior to the first shipment,
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Support recessed fluorescent troffers independently of the ceiling grid system by using two, safety wires
minimum on diagonally opposite corners ofthe fixtures. Support recessed downlights by using safety wires
or by rigidly attaching the fixtures to the building structure or ceiling grid system. Removable T-bar clips shall
not be used to attach fixtures to the ceiling grid system.
B. Install fixtures level, with no gaps between adjacent fixtures or between fixtures and surrounding surfaces.
Lenses, reflectors and trims of fixtures shall be properly and uniformly aligned.
C. Where fluorescent fixtures are shown with dual switches, connect all inner lamps to one switch and all outer
lamps to the other switch. Dim the inner lamps where a dimmer switch is shown unless indicated otherwise.
D. Connect night light fixtures and emergency lighting fixtures to the hot(unswitched) side of lighting circuits.
E. Provide an individual feed with ground conductor from a junction box to each lighting fixture. Lighting fixtures
shall not be daisy-chained,
F. Drops to recessed fixtures may be flexible metallic conduit, or manufactured wiring systems may be used
where accessible. Fixtures shall be provided with sufficient length to permit removal and lowering of the
fixtures 12"below the ceiling,
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100-5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
G. Provide green grounding conductors back to the panel ground for lighting circuits. Raceways shall not be
used as grounding conductors.
H. Fixtures shall have their exterior labels removed and shall be thoroughly cleaned. Burned out lamps shall
be replaced.
I. Mount fluorescent emergency lighting battery packs in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Locate the remote test monitor modules identically so that they are visible and they form a straight line when
viewed from the end of the corridor or room. Where a suspended ceiling exists, center the modules in
adjacent ceiling tiles.
J. Mount sealed beam emergency lighting units where shown and aim their lamps to light the egress path as
uniformly as possible,
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. A visual inspection shall be performed to verify cleanliness and alignment of the fixtures. Misalignment and
light leaks shall be corrected, and rattles due to ventilation system vibration shall be eliminated.
B. An operational test shall be performed to verify that all fixtures light properly, and are switched according to
the drawings.
3.3 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform Commissioning activities per Related Sections above.
3A TRAINING
A. Provide a qualified service technician from the Manufacturers staff to provide training.
B. Train Owners maintenance personnel on equipment operation, start-up and shutdown, troubleshooting,
servicing and preventative maintenance procedures. Review the data contained in the Operating and
Maintenance Manuals with Owners personnel, Training shall occur separate from startup activities.
1. Provide 2 hours of training minimum.
END OF SECTION 265100
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100-6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
SECTION 271500—COMPUTER, NETWORK&TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING
PART GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
A. Low voltage telecommunications horizontal cabling system shall ensure efficient voice and data signal
transmission up to 500 MHz performance in compliance to ANSI/TIA/EIA/568-C.2 for Category 6 Systems.
The system shall ensure efficient operation from patch panels in IT rack to the station outlets. System shall
be designed and approved for use above drop ceiling spaces, in trays andconduits.
B. Low voltage cabling system is based on home run cabling requirements to the existing Communication
room IT rack in the mezzanine. Distribution is achieved above ceiling spaces and within the low-voltage
cable tray through use of individual 4-pair Category 6 rated cables and components. The low voltage cabling
system shall also include Category 6 cables to WAP locations as specified on the drawings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. This Technical Specification and Associated Drawings
B. ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C.2 Performance Specification for 4-Pair 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling (latestrevision)
C. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard—(latestrevision)
D. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-C.1 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces
-
(latest revision)
E. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial
Buildings—(latest revision)
F. ANSI/J-STD-607-A Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications—(latestrevision)
G. Building Industries Consulting Service, International (BICSI)Telecommunications Distribution Methods
Manual (TDMM)—latest edition
H. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 Optical Fiber Cabling and Components
I. Building Codes.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE CABLING EQUIPMENTMANUFACTURER'S
A. Berk-Tek, Leviton, Inc
B. Tyco Electronics, Inc.
C. Commscope
D. Superior Essex
E. AMP
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500- 1
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
F. Panduit
Plus any associated materials used by above companies and included in their 25-year warranty.
2.5 MEZZANINE IT RACK
2.5.1 REVISIONS
A. Add patch panels to the existing IT rack as required to support the additional horizontal cabling added
within the project.
2.5.2 HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEM
A. Existing IT Rack Hardware
All hardware specified is designed to be mounted on a standard 19"telecommunications rack.
1, Patch Panels Patch panels shall have a capacity of 24-48 ports and be 1 U-2U of rack space high. The patch panels
shall have a removable one-port design that allows one port to be removed from the rear of the panel
without disrupting the other ports. Integral cable tie mounts shall be included in the panel for cable
management of the back of the panel.
2. Power-over-Ethernet(POE) Patch Panels
POEPatch panels shall have a capacity of 24 ports and be 1 U of rack space high. The patch panels
shall have a removable one-port design that allows one port to be removed from the rear of the panel
without disrupting the other ports. Integral cable tie mounts shall be included in the panel for cable
management of the back of the panel.
The panel shall comply with IEEE 802.3af and Cisco Inline Protocol (GIP)to provide power to
compliant devices. The panel shielding shall maintain immunity to electromagnetic and radio frequency
interference by being designed for optimum shielding effectiveness conforming to specification EN-
50029-1-14.2004 for Class B devices. The panel shall provide 24 RJ45 ports to accommodate incoming
data connectivity. A status LED above each port shall designate when the port is actively supplying
power.An additional front panel LED shall indicate overall panel status. Labeling sections above each
of six ports shall accommodate TIA-606-A compliant labeling. Rear 110 punch down connections shall
supply 48VDC power on pairs (4,5) and (7x8) and data on pairs (1,2) and (3,6). Two RJ45 ports on rear
shall provide network connectivity and management.
3. Category 6 Modular Jacks
Category 6 Modular Jacks (white) shall be terminated using a non-impact termination tool to eliminate
connector damage and promote consistent terminations. Each jack shall be wired to T568B.
B. Horizontal Cable.
1. Category 6 Cabling. Plenum horizontal cabling shall be 4-pair UTP, UL/NEC/NFPA CMP rated,with a
PVCjacket, Cablejacketing shall be leadfree. Cable shall be 3rd party verified to ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-
C.2 and meet the standard Category 6 performance requirements. Cable shall be performance tested
to at least 500 MHz. Cable shall be safety listed to ANSI/UL 1666, be UL Listed for safety, and UL
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-2
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
verified for performance as well as be a part of the UL verification program. The cable must meet the
manufactures specifications and pass the 25-year warranty requirement.
C. Work Area
1, Work area outlets shall be configured with Category 6 cables with appropriate Category 6connectors
and faceplates as identified in Work Area description at the end of this section.
D. Horizontal Connectors
1. Category 6 modularjacks (white) shall meet the Category 6 performance requirements. Modularjacks
shall be terminated using a non-impact termination tool to eliminate connector damage and promote
consistent terminations. Each jack shall be wired to T568B.
2. Faceplates shall be stainless steel and fit a standard single gang box and accept the jacks listed in
1.3.2.D.1. Faceplates must be capable of receiving four (4) RJ45 jacks, provide blanks in used ports.
E. Cable SuppordManagement
1. Contractor shall provide conduit from each outlet to the existing low-voltage cable tray for cables to run
within. Cables run above accessible ceiling may be run outside of conduit, but must be supported from
structure.
2. Contractor shall provide and install a cable support system above the ceilings in the corridors in which
cables are run. This system will be used to support and manage the category 6, and other cables as
needed. The system shall not be filled to capacity and allow for about 50% expansion. Cable in rooms
shall run parallel and perpendicular to the walls and be adequately supported in an approved cable
management system. Cables are not to be run diagonally and loosely across light fixtures, ceiling tiles,
piping etc. and are to be systematically and neatly organized.
3. The cable management system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers guidelines and
shall notjeopardize the 25 year warranty. The system shall comply with all the cable manufacture's
guidelines with regards to bend radius.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive network cabling system. Notify Owner Construction Representative of
conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use. Do not proceed with installation
until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Horizontal Distribution Cable Installation
1, Cable shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and best industry
practices.
2. Cable raceways shall not be filled greater than the NEC maximum fill for the particular racewaytype,
3. Cables shall be installed in continuous lengths from origin to destination (no splices) unless specifically
addressed in this document.
4. The cable's minimum bend radius and maximum pulling tension shall not be exceeded.
5. Any cable damaged or exceeding recommended installation parameters during installation shall be
replaced by the contractor prior to final acceptance at no cost to the Owner.
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-3
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
6, Cables shall be identified by a self-adhesive label in accordance with the System Documentation
Section of this specification. The cable label shall be applied to the cable behind the faceplate on a
section of cable that can be accessed by removing the cover plate.
7, Unshielded twisted pair cable shall be installed so that there are no bends less than four times the
cables outside diameter (4 X cable O.D.) at any point in the run.
8. Pulling tension on 4-pair UTP cables shall not exceed manufacturer recommended pulling tension.
B, Coordinate installation of network cabling system with other work in progress.
3.2.1 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT
a. Where conduit and boxes are not available, install a conduit from each outlet to an accessible
ceiling space.Anchor and bush all conduit ends.
b. Provide a pull string in each empty conduit exceeding 8 feet in length or 90 degrees in total
bends.
C. Use conduit in sheet rock wall where possible and raceway on masonrywalls.
3.2.2 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND PLATES
a. Install boxes, plates and outlets where shown. Mount flush in sheetrock walls. Mount surface
on masonry walls.
Interactive Flatscreen Display boxes are to be nail on,open back boxes both at 96"and
standard height as indicated on the drawings with minimum 1.5°conduit.
C. Raceway products as approved by the owner shall be used for all surface installations.
3.2.3 INSTALLATION OF WIRING
a. Data cabling
1, Cabling must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines wherever possible, Cabling
must be fastened with approved fasteners and run as neatly and inconspicuously as
possible in all unexposed locations. Cabling shall be run so as not to impede access to
other systems or inhibit the lifting of ceiling panels or lightfixtures.
2. Cable exposed in pipe chases, ceiling spaces, tunnels, crawl spaces must be supported a
minimum of 5 feet on center. Do not support exposed wiring off of other pipes, utilities or
their hanging systems. Only use the ceiling walls or building structure with appropriate
hangers.
3. Category 6 and Coax cabling must be tie wrapped and hung separately throughout the
building.
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-4
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
4, Where exposed in rooms, halls and other locations below ceiling height, cable must be
encased in a conduit. The contractor will be required to install cabling in all areas except
ceiling spaces, pipe chases, and telecommunication rooms, -
5. Cable shall not be bent in handling or installation,to smaller radii than the minimum
recommended by the manufacturer.
6. Pull cables without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions.
7, Pulling compounds or lubricants shall not be used on inside cable plant. Lube may be
used on OSP cable and must not deteriorate cable.
8, All fiber optic cables shall be installed without splices and in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, including 5 meters of slack coil at each termination
point.
9. A minimum of 5 feet of slack coil is required above ceiling at each cable location and 12"
of cable slack inside box behind faceplate.
b, Install cable in cable support according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Cable shall not be bent in handling or installation to smaller radii than the minimum
recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Pull cables without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pullingtensions.
3, Pulling compounds or lubricants shall be used where necessary, compound used must
not deteriorate cable.
4. All fiber optic cables shall be installed without splices and in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A, Each cable shall be channel tested for continuity and wire-map on all pairs and/or conductors. Twisted-pair
data cables shall be tested for continuity, pair reversals,shorts,and opens using a"green light"type test
set, plus tests that indicate installed cable performance, These data cables shall be tested using a Level III
cable scanner.
a. Continuity/Wire Map
Each pair of each installed cable shall be tested using a"green light"test set that shows opens,shorts,
polarity and pair-reversals and splits. Shielded/screened cables shall be tested with a device that
verifies shield continuity in addition to the above stated tests. The test shall be recorded as pass/fail as
indicated by the test set in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures, and
referenced to the appropriate cable identification number and circuit or pair number. Any faults in the
wiring shall be corrected and the cable retested prior to final acceptance.As an alternate, each wire
shall be tested as part of an auto test procedure to comply with ANSI/TIA and manufacturer standards
with the Level III tester.
b. Length
Each installed cable shall be tested for installed length using a TDR type device. The cables shall be
tested from patch panel work area outlet as appropriate. The cable length shall conform to the
maximum distances set forth in the ANSI/TIA and manufacturer standards, Cable lengths shall be
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-5
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
recorded, referencing the cable identification number and circuit or pair number. For multi-pair cables,
the longest pair length shall be recorded as the length for the cable.
B. Perform a nce Verification
1. hopper 1. Category 6 data cabling systems shall be performance verified using an automated test set.
This test set shall be a Level III or IV qualified tester calibrated less than one (1)year prior to
test date and approved by the cabling manufacturer for Category 6 performance compliance.
The name and qualifications of tester must be submitted for approval by the owner. The test
shall be permanent link which tests for the following performance parameters.
1. Wire Map
2, Length
3. Insertion Loss
4. Pair-to-Pair Near End Crosstalk(NEXT)
5. Power Sum Near End Crosstalk (PSNEXT)
6. Equal Level Far End Crosstalk(ELFEXT)
7. Power Sum Equal Level Far End Crosstalk(PSELFFXT)
8. Return Loss (RL)
9. Propagation Delay
10. Delay Skew
2, Category 6 data cable shall be performance verified using an automated test set. Test results
shall be automatically evaluated by the equipment, using the most up-to-date criteria from the
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2 Standard, and the result shown as pass/fail. Test results shall be
- printed directly from the test unit or from a download file using an application from the test
equipment manufacturer. The printed test results shall include all tests performed, the
expected test result and the actual test result achieved, to include continuity, pair reversals,
shorts, opens and performance.
C. Distance and Footprint
a. Documentation to be recorded for OTDR test results shall include.
i. Date of the test
ii. Description of equipment used, manufacturer model number and serial number
iii. Date of latest equipment calibration
iv. Test personnel
V. Trace of the fiber or cabling link
vi. Test wavelength(s)
3A COORDINATION OF WORK
The contractor is responsible to check locations of lights, panel boards, equipment, piping, ducts, etc.to
predetermine that all work clears openings,
3.5 RESPONSIBILITY
The contractor is responsible for the installation and testing of a complete network of data cabling and
related equipment in accordance with the intent of drawings and specifications.
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-6
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
3.6 CODES, FEES PERMITS AND REGULATIONS
Obtain and arrange for permits, easements, licenses and inspections required for work in this contract by
other agencies.All costs for required permits, easements, licenses and inspections shall be part of this
contractor's responsibility and included in his bid.The contractor shall comply with all local,county,state
and federal codes, regulations and ordinances that apply to this work.
3.7 INTENT OF DRAWINGS
Drawings are diagrammatic and do not necessarily show exact locations of hubs, termination locations or
other equipment involved.
3.8 WORKMANSHIP
Work under this contract shall be performed onlyby craftsmen skilled in the particular trades necessary to
provide a complete and satisfactory installation. Contractor must furnish evidence or previous successful
fiber optic installation experience, Individuals providing fiber optic installation must provide evidence of
previous successful installations. Install equipment in a neat and workmanlike manner and adjust for
satisfactory operation. Install equipment so that all parts are easily accessible for inspection, for operation,
for maintenance and for repair.Align boxes vertically and horizontally to the owner's satisfaction. Contractor
shall have a minimum of three years of experience installing copper and fiber optic infrastructure cabling
adhering to industry standards. Contractor staff shall have all appropriate licenses and certifications.
3.9 GENERAL PROVISIONS
All work, materials and equipment are subject to inspection at any time by the owner or the owner's
representative. The owner decides whether work is satisfactory. The contractor shall replace materials or
equipment not properly installed without any increase in payment received. Route cable away from high
voltage sources, i.e. A/C voltage, fluorescent lighting, electric motors, etc. The cable plant must be protected
from accidental damage, vibrations, chaffing, etc. Cable supports in other than cable trays shall not tie to
supports of other equipment (lighting, ceilings, mechanical equipment, etc.) and shall have its own support
system.
3.10 MOUNTING HEIGHTS
Work lines and established heights shall be in accordance with the drawings and specifications. For
elevations not shown on the drawings,the contractor shall verify a dimension with the owner's
representative prior to installation. Maintain all code required clearances about network and hub equipment.
3,11 CUTTING, PATCHING AND PAINTING
A. No cutting of structural members is permitted without consent of the owner inwriting.
B. Sleeves shall be used where conduit or raceway must pass through a floor, wall or ceiling. The sleeve
shall be flush with the floors, walls or ceilings and sized to accommodate the raceway.
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-7
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
C. Penetrations through fire rated walls, floors or ceilings must be returned to their fire rated status with UL
listed fittings or sealants.
3.12 LABELING
Provide a clear and permanent label on each end of every cable. The label must be on the faceplate of the
termination box and on the patch panel. See submittal 3.0.A,
3.13 CLEANUP
Upon completion of work, clean equipment and the work site of all dirt and debris and return it to a condition
equal to or better than prior to the start of work.
3.14 SUBMITTALS
Prior to the purchase of patch panel equipment, racks, terminations, and cabling, submit to the owner for his
approval catalog cuts or other information that would indicate compliance with these specifications, including
certifications and warranty information. Once approval has been received from the owner,the contractor
may proceed with purchase of that equipment. Substitutions for specified material may be obtained only
after written approval is obtained from the owner. Contractor shall provide documentation they are certified
by the manufacturers to complete the installations of warranted items. Contractor shall provide the name
and qualifications of the cable tester for approval prior to the testing of installations. Prior to work being
performed, contractor shall provide evidence that upon completion of installed components, cable,
connectors, etc. that the system will be covered by a minimum 25 yearwarranty,
3.15 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Deliver to the owner at the completion of the job and prior to final payment two complete maintenance
manuals. The maintenance manuals shall contain catalog cuts of every piece of equipment and cabling
used on the job. Each manual shall also include a copy of the as built drawing for the building, warranty and
-- summary test results (copper and fiber).
3.16 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS
The contractor shall provide materials and equipment which do not contain asbestos, Asbestos is defined as
any material containing minimum forms of crisotile, amosite, or crocidolite. At the completion of the project
and prior to final payment, the contractor shall certify in writing that the material and equipment installed do
not contain asbestos.
4.1 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Cabling System Labeling.The contractor shall develop and submit for approval a labeling system for the
cable installation based on TIA/EIA-606-A standards. Customer will negotiate an appropriate labeling
scheme with the successful Contractor. At a minimum, the labeling system shall clearly identify all
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500- 8
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
components of the system. racks, cables, panels and outlets. The labeling system shall designate the
cables origin and destination and a unique identifier for each cable within the system. Racks and patch
panels shall be labeled to identify the location within the cabling system infrastructure. Clearly identify Room
number as part of the labeling system on the racks and patch panels such that consultation with a cross
reference sheet is not required to determine cable origin. Alf labeling information shall be recorded on the
as-built drawings and all test documents shall reflect the appropriate labeling scheme.
All label printing will be machine generated using labeling software and laser printers obtained from cabling
system manufacturer. Self-laminating labels will be used on cable jackets, appropriately sized to the OD of
the cable, and placed within view at the termination point on each end. Outlet labels will be the
manufacturer's labels made of white card stock or self-adhesive polyester where applicable.
B. As-BUlit Drawings. The installation contractor will be provided with 2 sets of drawings at the start of the
project. One set will be designated for use at the central location to document all as-built information as it
occurs throughout the project.The central set will be maintained by the Contractor's Foreman on a daily
basis, and will be available to the Technical representative upon request during the course of the project.
Anticipated variations from the build to drawings may be for such things as cable routing and actual outlet
placement. No variations will be allowed to the planned termination positions of horizontal and backbone
cables, and grounding conductors unless approved in writing by the Owner.
The Contractor shall provide the central drawing set to the owner at the conclusion of the project. The
marked up drawing set will accurately depict the as-built status of the system including termination locations,
cable routing, and all administration labeling for the cabling system.
C. Test Documentation. Test documentation shall be provided in both a three ring binder(s) and electronic
format on appropriate media,within three weeks after the completion of the project. The binder(.) shall be
clearly marked on the outside front cover and spine with the words"Test Results", the project name, and the
date of completion (month and year). The binder shall be divided by major heading tabs, Horizontal and
Backbone. Each major heading shall be further sectioned by test type. Within the horizontal and backbone
sections, scanner test results category 6, fiber optic power meter attenuation test results, OTDR traces, and
green light test results shall be segregated by tab. Test data within each section shall be presented in the
sequence listed in the administration records. The test equipment by name, manufacturer, model number,
serial number and last calibration date will also be provided at the end of the document. Unless a more
frequent calibration cycle is specified by the manufacturer, an annual calibration cycle is anticipated on all
test equipment used for this installation. The test document shall detail the test method used and the
specific settings of the equipment during the test. Documentation shall include the full name of the person
performing the test.
Tester summary test results shall be printed on 8-1/2"x 11"paper, and in native format of the tester used.
Hand written test results (attenuation results and green light results) shall be documented. Electronic native
format test results shall include the test equipment manufacture s software for reading and interpreting test
results. OTDR test results shall be in electronic format as well as printed or attached and copied on 8-1/2"x
11"paper for inclusion in the test documentation binder.
When repairs and re-tests are performed, the problem found and corrective action taken shall be noted, and
both the failed and passed test data shall be co-located in the binder.
5.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-9
STORY MILL PARK COMMUNITY CENTER
BOZEMAN, MONTANA
A. Delivery. Deliver materials to site in manufacturers original, unopened, protective containers and packaging,
with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer.
B. Storage. Store materials in secure, clean, dry area indoors in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
C, Handling. Protect materials and finish from damage and moisture during handling and installation,
6.1 WARRANTY
The contractor shall provide a system warranty covering the installed cabling system against defects in
workmanship, components, and performance, and follow-on support after project completion.
A. Installation Warranty
The contractor shall warrant the cabling system against defects in workmanship for a period of two years
from the date of system acceptance. The warranty shall cover all labor and materials necessary to correct a
failed portion of the system and to demonstrate performance within the original installation specifications
after repairs are accomplished, This warranty shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Cabling System Warranty
The contractor shall facilitate a 25-year system performance warranty between the manufacturer and the
Owner. A component warranty shall be provided which warrants functionality of all components used In the
system for 25 years from the date of acceptance. The performance warranty shall warrant the installed
horizontal copper, and both the horizontal and the backbone optical fiber portions of the cabling system.
Copper links shall be warranted against the performance minimum expected results defined in ANSI/TIA
requirement. Fiber optic links shall be warranted against the link and segment performance minimum
expected results defined in ANSI/TIA requirements.
7.1 POST INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE
f,
The successful contractor, once confirmed for the contract award, shall furnish an hourly rate with the
proposal submittal, which shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. This rate will
be used when cabling support is required to affect moves, adds, and changes to the system (MACS). MACS
shall not void the Contractor's nor manufacturer's warranty.This rate will not be used to determine the low
bid or award of this contract.
END OF SECTION 271500
COMPUTER, NETWORK, &TELEPHONE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 271500-10